Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutCONTRACT BETWEEN AUGUSTA, GEORGIA AND GEARIG BROTHERS CIVILWORKS FOR DEANS BRIDGE ROAD MSW LANDFILL PHASE III STAGE 1 CELL 3 CONSTRUCTION DEANS BRIDGE ROAD MSW LANDFILL 2017 PHASE 3 STAGE 1 CELL 3 CONSTRUCTION AUGUSTA, GEORGIA !1.11.1' • • • • NOTICE "All addenda items for Specifications and Drawings issued prior to the date of Bid opening have been incorporated into these Contract Documents." A "(1)" directly left of Specification Section number on the title page of a section indicates that section has been replaced or added by addendum. SA "1" in the text of a Specification Section indicates that an addendum item has been incorporated. Atlantic Coast Consulting, Inc. 7 East Congress Street, Suite 801 Savannah, Georgia 31401 (912) 236-3471 • Section 00010 Table of Contents • SPECIFICATIONS Section Title Division 0 - Contract Requirements 00010 Table of Contents Invitation to Bid Attachment B SAVE Program Submittal LSB Program and Utilization Plan 00020 Invitation to Bid 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00300 Bid 00422 Corporate Certificate 00425 Contractor's License Certification 00430 Contractor E-Verify Affidavit 00431 Subcontractor E-Verify Affidavit 00480 Non-collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder 00481 Non-collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor 00500 Contract Agreement • 00550 00610 Pre-Award Oath Performance Bond 00620 Payment Bond 00700 General Conditions 00800 Supplementary Conditions Division 1-General Requirements 01010 Summary of Work 01011 Unique Requirements 01016 Occupancy 01025 Measurement and Payment 01041 Coordination of Work 01051 Grades, Lines and Levels 01055 Construction Staking 01060 Regulatory Requirements 01091 Codes and Standards 01200 Project Meetings 01310 Construction Schedules 01320 Construction Videos and Photographs 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 01410 Testing Laboratory Services • 01510 Temporary Facilities 01540 Job Site Security 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00010 00010 -2 Table of Contents • 01562 01569 Dust Control Safety in Landfill Works 01590 Field Offices 01610 Transportation and Handling 01611 Storage and Protection 01630 Substitutions and Options 01710 Cleaning 01720 Record Documents 01740 Warranties and Bonds Division 2-Sitework 02010 Subsurface Conditions 02060 Demolition of Existing Facilities 02110 Clearing and Grubbing 02125 Erosion and Sedimentation Control 02140 Dewatering 02200 Earthwork 02225 Trench Excavation and Backfill 02510 Asphalt and Concrete Pavement 02601 Testing Piping Systems 02700 Landfill Piping Systems • 02730 02748 Sewers and Accessories HDPE Fabrication 02776 Geomembranes 02778 Geotextile 02779 Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites 02930 Grassing Division 3 - Concrete 03300 Concrete Work • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00010 Invitation to Bid Sealed bids will be received at this office until Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m.for furnishing: Bid Item#17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction for Augusta 41) Environmental Services Department Bids will be received by Augusta,GA Commission hereinafter referred to as the OWNER at the offices of: Geri A.Sams, Director Augusta Procurement Department 535 Telfair Street-Room 605 Augusta,Georgia 30901 Bid documents may be examined at the office of the Augusta, GA Procurement Department, 535 Telfair Street— Room 605, Augusta, GA 30901. Plans and specifications for the project shall be obtained by all prime, subcontractors and suppliers exclusively from Augusta Blue Print. The fees for the plans and specifications which are non-refundable is $70.00. it is the wish of the Owner that all businesses are given the opportunity to submit on this project. To facilitate this policy the Owner is providing the opportunity to view plans online (www.augustablue.com) at no charge through Augusta Blue Print (706 722-6488) beginning Tuesday, November 21, 2017. Bidders are cautioned that submitting a package without Procurement of a complete set are likely to overlook issues of construction phasing, delivery of goods or services, or coordination with other work that is material to the successful completion of the project. A Mandatory Pre Bid Conference will be held on Friday, December 8, 2017 @ 10:00 a.m. in the Procurement Department,535 Telfair Street,Room 605,Augusta,GA 30901. All questions must be submitted in writing by fax to 706 821-2811 or by email to procbidandcontract(aaugustaga.gov to the office of the Procurement Department by Tuesday,December 12 2017 @ 5:00 P.M. No bid will be accepted by fax,all must be received by mail or hand delivered. No bids may be withdrawn for a period of sixty(60) days after bids have been opened, pending the execution of contract with 0 the successful bidder. A 10% Bid Bond is required to be submitted along with the bidders' qualifications; a 100% performance bond and a 100%payment bond will be required for award. invitation for bids and specifications. An Invitation for bids shall be issued by the Procurement Office and shall include specifications prepared in accordance with Article 4(Product Specifications),and all contractual terms and conditions,applicable to the procurement. All specific requirements contained in the invitation to bid including, but not limited to,the number of copies needed, the timing of the submission, the required financial data, and any other requirements designated by the Procurement Department are considered material conditions of the bid which are not waiveable or modifiable by the Procurement Director. All requests to waive or modify any such material condition shall be submitted through the Procurement Director to the appropriate committee of the Augusta, Georgia Commission for approval by the Augusta, Georgia Commission. Please mark BID number on the outside of the envelope. Bidders are cautioned that acquisition of BID documents through any source other than the office of the Procurement Department is not advisable. Acquisition of BID documents from unauthorized sources placed the bidder at the risk-of receiving incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications. Correspondence must be submitted via mail,fax or email as follows: Augusta Procurement Department Attn: Geri A.Sams,Director of Procurement 535 Telfalr Street,Room 605 Augusta,GA 30901 Fax: 706-821-2811orEmail:procbidandcontract@augustaga.gov No bid will be accepted by fax,all must be received by mail or hand delivered. Cc: Louis Brazzel) Deputy Administrator Lori Videtto Environmental Services Department Revised: 2/19/2016 III Bid 17303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 2 of 15 INSTRUCTIONS TO SUBMIT • 1.1 Purpose:The purpose of this document is to provide general and specific information for use by vendors 1.7 Minority/Women Business Enterprise (MWBE) in submitting a bid to supply Augusta, Georgia with Policy:Court Order Enjoining Race-Based Portion of equipment,supplies,and or services as listed above. DBE Program Augusta, Georgia does not have a All bids are governed by the Augusta,Georgia Code. race or gender conscious Disadvantaged Business Enterprises (DBE) program for projects having Augusta, Georgia as the source of funding. 1.2 Viewing the Augusta Code: All bids are governed Augusta does enforce mandatory DBE requirements and awarded in accordance with the applicable of federal and state agencies on contracts funded federal and state regulations and the Augusta, by such agencies and has a OBE Program to comply Georgia Code. To view the Code visit Augusta's with U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT), website at www.augustaRa.eov or Federal Transit Administration (FTA), Federal http://www.augustaga.gov/index.aspx?NI0=685 Aviation Administration (FAA) and other federal Guidelines&Procedures. and state mandated DBE requirements for certain DOT,FTA,FAA,and other federal and state assisted 1.3 Compliance with laws: The Proponent shall obtain contracts as required by 49 C.F.R. Part 26, et. seq. and maintain all licenses,permits,liability insurance, and/or 49 C.F.R.Part 23,et.seq. This DBE program workman's compensation insurance and comply is only for DOT, FTA and FAA assisted contracts and with any and all other standards or regulations other federal or state funded contracts having required by federal, state or Augusta, Georgia mandatory DBE requirements. (See Article 13 of the statute, ordinances and rules during the Augusta,GA. Code.) performance of any contract between the Proponent and Augusta, Georgia. Any such Augusta, Georgia prohibits any language in any requirement specifically set forth in any contract solicitation,bid or contract that is inconsistent with document between the Proponent and Augusta, the July 21,2011 Court Order in the case, Thompson Georgia shall be supplementary to this section and Wrecking, Inc. v. Augusta Georgia, civil action No. not in substitution thereof, 1:07-CV-019. Any such language appearing in any Augusta,Georgia solicitation,bid or contract is void 40 1.4 Bids For All Or Part:Unless otherwise specified by and unenforceable. Augusta,Georgia or by the proponent,AUGUSTA, GEORGIA RESERVES THE RIGHT TO MAKE AWARD A copy of this Order can be reviewed at ON ALL ITEMS,OR ON ANY OF THE ITEMS www.ouqustaga.gov home page. ACCORDING TO THE BEST INTEREST OF AUGUSTA, GEORGIA. Proponent may restrict his bid to 1.8 Augusta, Georgia License Requirement: For further consideration in the aggregate by so stating,but information contact the License and Inspection must name a unit price on each item submitted Department @ 706 312-5050. upon. General Contractors License Number: If applicable, 1.5 All protest shall be made in writing to: in accordance with O.C.G.A. §43-41,or be subjected Attn: Geri A.Sams to penalties as may be required by law. Director of Procurement 535 Telfair Street,Room 605 Utility Contractor License Number: If applicable, in Augusta,GA 30901 accordance with O.C.G.A.§43-14,or be subjected to Fax: 706-821-2811 or Email: penalties as may be required by law. procbidandcontract@augustaga.gov 1.9 Terms of Contract:(Check where applicable) 1,6 Local Vendor Preference: The Local Vendor [ I(A)Annual Contract Preference policy shall only be applied to projects of [X](B)One time Purchase. one-hundred thousand dollars ($100,000) or less [ ](C)Other and only when the lowest local qualified bidder is within 10% or $10,000, whichever Is less of the lowest non-local bidders. Revised 2/11/2016 al Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 3 of 15 l • 4 E-O R i3 `I A NOTICE TO ALL VENDORS (PLEASE READ CAREFULLY) ADHERE TO THE BELOW INSTRUCTIONS AND DO NOT SUBSTITUTE FORMS PLEASE READ CAREFULLY: Attachment B is a consolidated document consisting of: 1. Business License Number Requirement(must be provided) 2. Acknowledgement of Addenda(must be acknowledged, if any) 3. Statement of Non-Discrimination 4. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Proponent/Offeror 5. Conflict of Interest 6. Contractor Affidavit and Agreement(E-Verify User ID Number must be provided) Attachment B Must be Notarized &the 2 Paaes Must be returned with,your submittal No Exceptions. Business License Requirement: Proponent must be licensed in the Governmental entity for where they do the majority of their business. Your company's business license number must be provided on Page 1 of Attachment B. If your Governmental entity (State or Local) does not require a business license, your company will be required to obtain a Richmond County business license if awarded a contract. For further information contact the License and Inspection Department @ 706 312-5050. Acknowledgement of Addenda: You Must acknowledge all Addenda. See Page 1 of Attachment B. • E-Verify* User.Identification Number(Company I.D.) The recommended awarded vendor will be required to provide a copy of Homeland Security's Memorandum Of Understanding (MOU) Affidavit Verifying Status for Augusta Benefit Application(S.A.V.E. Program) (Must Be Returned With Your Submittal) Return Only If Applicable: 1. The Exception Sheet(if applicable) 2. Local Vendor Registration (if applicable) The successful proponent will submit the following forms to the Procurement Department no later than five (5) days after receiving the "Letter of Recommendation" (Vendor's letter will denote the date forms are to be received) 1. Georgia Security and Immigration Subcontractor Affidavit 2. Non-Collusion Affidavit of Sub-Contractor WARNING: Please review "Notice to Proponent" regarding Augusta Georgia's Local Small Business Opportunity Program Proponent Requirements. Vendors are cautioned that acquisition of bid documents through any source other than the office of the Procurement Department is not advisable. Acquisition of bid documents from unauthorized sources places the proposer at the risk of receiving incomplete or inaccurate information upon which to base his qualifications. Bids are publicly opened. It is your responsibility to ensure that your company has met the Specifications and License requirements prior to submitting a bid. Rev.8/6/2015 Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 4 of 15 ,--e- i 7- ' ' . .. _...----‘ 0 ....,--------- . ,. (; L O R GI A Attachment B You Must Complete and Return the 2 pages of Attachment B with Your Submittal. Document Must Be Notarized. Augusta, Georgia Augusta Procurement Department ATTN: Procurement Director 535 Telfair Street, Suite 605 Augusta, Georgia 30901 Name of Proponent: Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC Street Address: 322 Grimaude Blvd. City, State,Zip Code: Grovetown. GA 30813 Phone: 706-860-5981 Fax: 706-860-9639 Email: ryanr@gearig.com Do You Have A Business License? Yes: X No: Augusta, GA Business License#for your Company(Must Provide): N/A And/or Your State/Local Business License#for your Company(Must Provide): 15345 Utility Contractors License#(Must Provide if applicable): UC3O1407 MUST BE LISTED C" FRONT OF ENVELOP. General Contractor License#(Must Provide if applicable): Additional Specialty License#(Must Provide if applicable): NOTE: Company must be licensed in the Governmental entity for where they do the majority of their business, if your Governmental entity (State or Local)does not require a business license, please state above(Procurement will verify), your company will be required to obtain a • Richmond County business license if awarded a BID, For further Information regarding Augusta. GA license requirements, please contact the License and Inspection Department©706 312-5050. List the State, City&County that issued your license: Georgia, Columbia County (See attached license) Acknowledgement of Addenda: (#1) X : (#2) :(#3) :(#4) (#5) : (#6) :(#7) : (#8) NOTE: CHECK APPROPRIATE BOX(ES)-ADD ADDITIONAL XUMBSRS AS APPLICABLE Statement of Non-Discrimination The undersigned understands that it is the policy of Augusta, Georgia to promote full and equal business opportunity for ail persons doing business with Augusta,.Georgia. The undersigned covenants that we have not discriminated, on the basis of race, religion,gender, national origin or ethnicity,with regard to prime contracting, subcontracting or partnering opportunities. The undersigned covenants and agrees to make good faith efforts to ensure maximum practicable participation of local small businesses on the proposal or contract awarded by Augusta, Georgia. The undersigned further covenants that we have completed truthfully and fully the required forms regarding good faith efforts and local small business subcontractor/supplier utilization. The undersigned further covenants and agrees nct to engage in discriminatory conduct of any type against local small businesses, in conformity with Augusta, Georgia's Local Small Business Opportunity Program. Set forth below is the signature of an officer of the proposer/contracting entity with the authority to bind the entity. The undersigned acknowledge and warrant that this Company has been made aware of understands and agrees to take affirmative action to provide such companies with the maximum practicable opportunities to do business with this Company; That this promise of non-discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be continuing in nature and shall remain In full force and effect without interruption: That the promises of non-discrimination as made and set forth herein shall be and are hereby deemed to be made as part of and incorporated by reference into any contract or portion thereof which this Company may hereafter obtain and; That the failure of this Company to satisfactorily discharge any of the promises cf nondiscrimination as made and set forth herein shall constitute a material breach of contract entitling Augusta, Georgia to declare the contract in default and to exercise any and all applicable rights remedies including but not limited to cancellation of the contract, termination of the contract, suspension and debarment from future contracting opportunities,and withholding and or forfeiture of compensation due and owing on a contract. Non-Collusion of Prime Proponent By submission of a proposal,the vendor certifies,under penalty of perjury,that to the best of its knowledge and belief: (a) The prices in the proposal have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation,communications, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition,as to any matter relating to such prices with any other vendor or with any competitor. (b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in the proposal have not been knowingly disclosed by the vendor prior to opening,directly or indirectly,to any other vendor or to any competitor. 0 (c) No attempt has been made, or will be made; by the vendor to induce any other person, partnership or corporation to submit or not to submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition. Collusions arid fraud in proposal preparation shall be reported to the State of Georgia Attorney General and the United States Justice Department. Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 5 of 15 Conflict of Interest By submission of a proposal,the responding firm certifies, under penalty of perjury,that to the best of its knowledge and belief: 1. No circumstances exist which cause a Conflict of Interest in performing the services required by this BID,and 02. That no employee of the County,nor any member thereof, not any public agency or official affected by this BID,has any pecuniary interest in the business of the responding firm or his sub-consultant(s) has any interest that would conflict In any manner or degree with the performance related to this BID. By submission of a proposal,the vendor certifies under penalty of perjury, that to the best of its knowledge and belief; (a) The prices in the proposal have been arrived at independently without collusion, consultation, communications, or agreement, for the purpose of restricting competition,as to any matter relating to such prices with any other vendor or with any competitor. (b) Unless otherwise required by law, the prices which have been quoted in the proposal have not knowingly been disclosed by the vendor prior to opening,directly or indirectly,to any other vendor or competitor. c) No attempt has been made, or will be made, by the vendor to induce any other person, partnership or cooperation to submit or not to submit a proposal for the purpose of restricting competition. For any breach or violation of this provision, the County shall have the right to terminate any related contract or agreement without liability and at Its discretion to deduct from the price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of such fee,commission,percentage,gift, payment or consideration. Contractor Affidavit and Agreement By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with 0.C.G.A. § 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissioners has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program* (any of the electronic verification of work authorization programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 CIRCA), P.L. 99-603], in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in 0.C.G.A §13-10-91. The undersigned further agrees that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s)in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to this contract with Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissioners, contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) similar verification of compliance with 0.C.G.A§13-10-91 on the Subcontractor Affidavit provided in Rule 300-10-01-,08 or a substantially similar form. Contractor further agrees to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to the Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissioners at the time the subcontractor(s)is retained to perform such service. Georgia Law requires your company to have an E-Verify*User Identification Number(Company I.D.)on or after July I, 2009: For additional information or to enroll your company, visit the State of Georgia website: fittpsile-verfv.uscis.clavienroNi and/or htto:i7www.dol.state.qa.usiodfirules/300 10 1.pdf **E-Verify* User Identification Number (Company ID.) 226337 • NOTE: ENERIFY USER IDENDIFICATION NUMBER(COMPANY I.D.)MUST BE PROVIDED: IN ADITION,THE RECOMMENDED AWARDED VENDOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COPY OF HOMELAND SECURITY'S MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING(MOU) The undersigned further agrees to submit a notarized copy of Attachment B and any required documentation noted as part of the Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissions specifications which govern this process. In addition, the undersigned agrees to submit all required forms for any subcontractor(s) as requested and or required. I further understand that my submittal will be deemed non-compliant if any part of this process is violated. Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC Company Name .,. -BY: Authorized Officer or Agent (Contractor Signature) ELIZABETH GERLACH Pident NOTARY PUBLIC res -- RICHMOND COUNTY Title of Authorized Officer or Agent of Contractor State of Georgia . My Commission Expires July 7,2020 Travis Gearig Printed Name of Authorized Officer or Agent SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE_17 DAY OF January , 2018 Elizabeth Gerlach -, . .. .- .:',. ,,„, . , , . , NOTARY SEAL Notary Public My Commission Expires: July 07, 2020 . You Must Complete and Return the 2 pages of Attachment B with Your Submittal. Document Must Be Notarized. REV.2/17/2016 Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 6 of 15 t'r C r E u It 0 1 A • You Must Complete and Return with Your Submittal. Document Must Be Notarized Systematic Alien Verification for Entitlements (SAVE) Program Affidavit Verifying Status for Augusta, Georgia Benefit Application By executing this affidavit under oath, as an applicant for an Augusta, Georgia Business License or Occupation Tax Certificate, Alcohol License, Taxi Permit, Contract or other public benefit as reference in O.C.G.A. Section 50-36-1, I am stating the following with respect to my bid for an Augusta, Georgia contract for Bid Item 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3, Stage 1, Cell 3 Construction (ITB Project Number and Project Name] Travis Gearig /Print/Type:Name of natural person applying on behalf of individual,business,corporation,partnership,or other private entity] Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC [Print/Type: Name of business,corporation,partnership,or other private entity] 1.) X I am a citizen of the United States. OR 2,) I am a legal permanent resident 18 years of age or older. • OR 3.) I am an otherwise qualified alien (8 § USC 1641) or nonimmigrant under the Federal Immigration and Nationality Act (8 USC 1101 et seq.) 18 years of age or older and lawfully present in the United States.* In making the above representation under oath, 1 understand that any person who knowingly and willfully makes a false,fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in an affidavit shall be guilty of a violation of Code Section 16-10-20 of the Official Code of Georgia. Signature of Applicant Travis Gearig Printed Name *Alien Registration Number for Non-Citizens SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN BEFORE ME ON THIS THE 17 DAY OF January , 2018 _ Elizabeth Gerlach ELIZABETH GERLACH Notary Public NOTARY PUBLIC RICHMOND COUNTY State of Georgia My Commission Expires: July 07, 2020 My Commission Expires July 7,2020 _ NOTARY SEA • Note: THIS FORM MUST BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITH YOUR SUBMITTAL REV.2/17/2016 Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road M5W Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday December 27,2017 C 3:00 p.m. Parvo 7 of 15 Local Small Business Opportunity Program Ordinance participation of local small businesses; and (c)agreement Requirements not to engage in discriminatory conduct of any type. 411 Notice To All Bidders (PLEASE READ CAREFULLY) (II) Proposed Local Small Business Shall apply to ALL Bids regardless of the dollar amount Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Plan. In accordance with Chapter 10B of the AUGUSTA, GA. (iii) Documentation of Good Faith Efforts to use CODE, Contractors agree to collect and maintain all records local small businesses, necessary to for Augusta, Georgia to evaluate the effectiveness of Failure to submit the above documentation shall its Local Small Business Opportunity Program and to make such result in the bid being declared non-responsive. records available to Augusta, Georgia upon request. The (d)Pub-Contract Award Requirements,The purpose of requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunity Program can this sub-section Is to establish requirements for contractor be found at ww.auqustaga.eov. In accordance with AUGUSTA,GA. compliance with the LSBOP after a contract has been w CODE, Contractors shall report to Augusta, Georgia the total dollars awarded. This is incorporated into a!i Augusta, Georgia paid to each subcontractor, vendor, or other business on each Contracts for which a local small business goal has been contract, and shall provide such payment affidavits, regarding established or negotiated. payment to subcontractors, if any as required by Augusta, Georgia. (1) Contractors shall have an anted local Such utilization reports shall be in the format specified by the ongoing obligation to meet or exceed the committed loco! Director of Minority and Small Business Opportunities, and shall be small business goal for the duration of the contract. The submitted at such times as required by Augusta, Georgia. Required Augusta, Georgia may deem a contractor to be in violation LBOP forms can be found at www.aunustaga.00v. If you need assistance of the a, Geo and in breach of its contract if at any time completing a form or filing information, please contact the LSBO Augusta, Georgia determines that: Program office at(706) 821-2406. Failure to provide such reports (a) The contractor will not meet the committed within the time period specified by Augusta, Georgia shall entitle local small business goals;and Augusta,Georgia to exercise any of the remedies set forth,Including (b) the reasons for the contractor's failure are but not limited to, withholding payment from the Contractor and/or within the contractor's control. For example, if a contractor collecting liquidated damages. does not meet the local small business goal because the To print a copy of the Prime Contractor Data Collection Form contractor terminated a local small business without cause visit:htte://+www.augustaga,govlindex.aspx?NID=1672 or if the contractor caused and local small business to Website: http:/fwww.augustaga,govlindex.aspx?nid=83 withdraw from the project without justification, then Augusta, Georgia is justified in finding the contractor to be SHALL APPLY TO PROJECTS$100.000&UP in violation of the LSBOP. e. Local Small Business Opportunity Program(Continued) (h)Comp( ) Th Sec.1-10-129.Local small business opportunities program ies The Director of minority for yvas small goodbusinaith participation. opportunities shall be responsible for evaluating faith efforts documentation and subcontractor information (a) Sealed Bids The following procedures and contract submitted by bidders in conformance with,the AUGUSTA, requirements will be used to insure that local small GA.CODE and any State and Federal Laws applicable to • businesses are encouraged to participate in Augusta, any bid specifications for competitive sealed bid projects Georgia contracts, Including but not limited to construction prior to award of the contract. contracts, requests for professional services and the (i)Competitive Bids. performance of public works contracts. The Augusta, Nothing in this Policy is to be construed to require Georgia user department shall indicate goals for local Augusta, Georgia to award a bid contract to other than the small business in all solicitations for contracts over lowest responsible bidder, or to require contractors to $100,000 in value: award to subcontractors, or to make significant material (1) Bid conditions for contracts awarded by purchases from local small businesses who do not submit Augusta, Georgia will require that, where subcontracting the best overall pricing to Augusta,Georgia. goal is utilized in performing the contract, the bidder or Sec.1-10-130.Exceptions—federally funded projects. proponent, will make Good Faith Efforts to subcontract In accordance with§1-10-8 and Chapter 10B,the LSBOP with or purchase supplies from local small businesses. Bid shall only be utilized with federally funded projects, specifications will require the bidder or proponent to keep solicitations or contracts as authorized by federal (and records of such efforts that are adequate to permit a Georgia) laws, regulations and conditions applicable to determination of compliance with this requirement. such projects. To the extent that there are any conflicts (2) Each bidder shall be required to provide between any such laws, regulations or conditions and the documentation of achieving goal or provide documentation LSBOP, the federal (and Georgia) laws, regulations and of Good Faith Efforts to engage local small businesses as conditions shall control. subcontractors or suppliers, the names of local small businesses and other subcontractors to whom it intends to NOTE: All forms should be submitted in a separate, award subcontracts, the dollar value of the subcontracts, sealed envelope labeled Local Small Business and the scope of the work to be performed, recorded on Required Forms,Company's Name&Bid Number the form(s) provided or made available as part of the bid package. If there are no sub-contracting opportunities, For questions and or additional information bidder shall so indicate on the appropriate form. please contact: (6) All bid documents shall require bidders or proponents to submit with their bid the following written Local Small Business Opportunity Program, documents, statements or forms, which shall be made 535 Telfair Street, Room 710, available by the Procurement Department. Augusta,Georgia 30901 (i) Non-Discrimination Statement which shall (706)821-2406. affirm the bidder's: (a) adherence to the policies of Augusta, Georgia relating to equal opportunity In contracting; (b)agreement to undertake certain measures Website: http://www.augustaga.gov/index.aspx?nid=83 ipasprovided in this policy to ensure maximum practicable Revised 2-11-16 Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 8 of 15 Local Small Business Goal • The Local Small Business Opportunity Program provides for Local Small Business goals to be set on all applicable Augusta, Georgia procurements over $100,000 in value.' The Local Small Business goal for this procurement is: 5 All bidders or proposers shall submit the following with their bid or proposal as required by Augusta, GA Code § 1-10-129:2 1. Non-Discrimination Statement: As required by the Procurement document.3 2. Proposed Local Small Business Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Plan. 3. Documentation of Good Faith Efforts to use local small businesses. • 4. Local Small Business Utilization document. Failure to submit the above documentation shall result in the bid or proposal being declared non-responsive. 1 Even when a solicitation does not contain a Local Small Business goal (or the goal is set at zero), each Bidder must negotiate in good faith with each local small business that responds to the Bidder's solicitation and each local small business that contacts the Bidder on its own accord. Self-performance does not exempt Bidders from Local Small Business Opportunity Program requirements unless the self-performer is a qualified and registered Local Small Business. All of the requirements of the Local Small Business Opportunity Program can be found in Augusta, GA Code,Chapter 10B. • 2 Applicable forms are available on Augusta Georgia's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise website: wlvw.aueustaea.goy. 3 Only one Non-Discrimination statement is required"See Attachment B". Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 i'3:00 p.m. Page 9 of 15 Local Small Business Opportunity Program Requirements Augusta, Georgia has adopted a race and gender neutral Local Small Business Opportunity Program (LSBOP). See Augusta, GA Code, Chapter 10B. Bidders are encouraged to carefully review the all of the requirements of the LSBOP which can be found on Augusta, Georgia's Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Department website (www.augustaga.gov). All of the requirements of the LSBOP become covenants of performance upon award of this procurement. The LSBOP provides for Local Small Business (LSB) goals to be set on all applicable procurements over $100,000 in value and even when a solicitation does not contain a LSB goal, each Bidder must negotiate in good faith with each local small business that responds to the Bidder's solicitation and each local small business that contacts the Bidder on its own accord. Self-performance does not exempt Bidders from the LSBOP requirements unless the self-performer is a qualified and registered LSB. (See Augusta, GA Code § 1-10-129). I. The pre-award requirements of the LSBOP are material conditions of this procurement, A Bid shall be rejected if it is determined that a Bid fails to meet the required LSBOP requirements, including but not limited to, failing to provide the Required Pre-Award Bid Submittal documents, failing to provide commitments to achieve the applicable Project Specific LSB Goals (or the Bidder's documented Good Faith Efforts to do so). A Contractor's failure to carry out in good faith its Project Specific Goal commitments in the course of the Contract's performance shall constitute a material breach of the Contract and a violation of the AUGUSTA, GA CODE. If the breach is not cured within a reasonable amount of time, it may result in the termination of the Contract or such other remedies afforded by Federal, State or Local law. IL Good Faith Efforts. Pursuant to AUGUSTA, GA CODE SEC. 1-10-125(4)Good Faith Efforts shall be used by a bidder to seek Local Small Businesses to participate as a subcontractor or supplier. Such good faith efforts include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following actions: (a) Including qualified Local Small Businesses in the prime contractor's solicitations for subcontractors and 4110 suppliers. (b) Assuring that local small businesses are solicited whenever such business enterprises can perform a commercially useful function. (c) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of Local Small Businesses. (d) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirements of the prime contract permit, which encourage participation of Local Small Businesses. (e) Using the services and the assistance of the Director of minority and small business opportunities in the identification of qualified local small businesses and negotiating subcontracts and supply contracts with such enterprises. (f) Requiring each first tier subcontractor to take the affirmative steps outlined within the AUGUSTA, GA CODE with respect to the identification and usage of second or third tier sub-contractors. (g) Placing notices of opportunities for qualified Local Small Businesses to perform subcontracting work on the eligible project in newspapers, trade journals, and other relevant publications, including publications specifically targeted to local small businesses, or communicating such notices of opportunities via the Internet or by other available media or means. (h) Designating portions of the work for Local Small Business subcontracting in trades with available Local Small Business subcontractors. (i) Providing a minimum of five (5) day notice to Local Small Businesses when requesting bids or proposals for furnishing material or services as a subcontractor or supplier. • III. Required Pre-Award Bid Submittals. Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 10 of 15 Pursuant to AUGUSTA, GA CODE SEC. 1-10-129 the following procedures and contract requirements will be used to insure that local small businesses are encouraged to participate in Augusta, Georgia contracts: (a) Each bidder shall be required to provide documentation of achieving the LSB goal or provide • documentation of Good Faith Efforts to engage local small businesses as subcontractors or suppliers, the names of local small businesses and other subcontractors to whom it intends to award subcontracts, the dollar value of the subcontracts, and the scope of the work to be performed. If there are no sub-contracting opportunities, bidder shall so indicate on the appropriate form. Forms may be found on the official website of Augusta, Georgia. (b) Each bidder shall submit with their bid the following written documents, statements or forms, which are available at the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Department and on the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Department website: (1) Non-Discrimination Statement which shall affirm the bidder's: (i) adherence to the policies of Augusta, Georgia relating to equal opportunity in contracting; (Ii) agreement to undertake certain measures as provided in this policy to ensure maximum practicable participation of local small businesses; and (iii) agreement not to engage in discriminatory conduct of any type. (2) Documentation of Good Faith Efforts to use local small businesses. (3) Proposed Local Small Business Subcontractor/Supplier Utilization Plan. (4) Executed Letter(s)of Intent with entities identified in LSB Utilization Plan. Failure to submit the following documents in accordance with these requirements will cause the Bid or proposal to be declared non-responsive. Augusta, Georgia reserves the right to request supplemental information regarding a Bidder's submissions and the Bidder shall furnish such information in a timely • manner. Failure to furnish information or otherwise cooperate may result in the rejection of the Bid. IV. LSB Utilization Plan. The Bidder must submit with its Bid a completed LSB Utilization Plan. The LSB Utilization Plan shall list the Subcontractor or Supplier's name(s), business address(s), telephone number(s), e-mail(s) and the name of the principal contact person(s) of each Subcontractor(s) or Supplier(s) intended to be used in the performance of the Contract, including firms proposed as to meet the Project Specific Goals. Where the solicitation requires the Bidder to submit a base bid and one or more alternates, the LSB Utilization Plan must demonstrate the Bidder's achievement of the Project Specific Goal(s) or its Good Faith Efforts to achieve the Project Specific Goal(s)on the base bid. V. Letter(s)of Intent. The Bidder shall submit with its bid completed Letter(s) of Intent (LOI) utilizing the Letter of Intent format provided by the Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Department documents. The LOI must be executed by an authorized representative of the local vendor identified on the Utilization Plan and by the authorized representative of the Bidder. The LOI must accurately and completely detail the work to be performed and/or the materials to be supplied, and the agreed rates and/or prices to be paid. All Utilization Plan commitments must conform to those included in the submitted LOIs. The LOI will become a binding contract covenant upon the Bidder's receipt of a signed contract from Augusta, Georgia. • VI. Post Award Requirements. (a) Prime Contractor Data Collection Form Bid 17.303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 11 of 15 All prime contractors are required to complete and submit the Prime Contractor Data Collection Form upon award. This form must be completed in its entirety and submitted within the designated time established by the Compliance Department—Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Division. fp (b) First-Tier Subcontractor, Sub-consultant, Supplier Information Form All prime contractors are required to complete and submit the First-Tier Subcontractor, Sub-consultant, Supplier Information Form upon award. This form must be completed in its entirety and submitted within the designated time established by the Compliance Department — Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Division. (c) Monthly Utilization Reports To evaluate the effectiveness of the LSBOP, Augusta, Georgia monitors the participation of Subcontractors and Suppliers on Augusta Georgia contracts. Each Contractor must submit a Monthly Utilization Report of Subcontract Payments by the 151h of each month. The Monthly Utilization Report must reflect, from project start to date, the Contractor's receipt of payments from Augusta Georgia and the utilization of and payments to all Subcontractors or Suppliers identified in the Utilization Plan. Failure to submit the Monthly Utilization Reports will be considered a contract breach. (d) Substitutions,Additions or Deletions of LSB Subcontractors or Suppliers. In accordance with the requirements of the LSBOP, the Contractor shall provide the User Department, the Director of minority and small business opportunities and the Procurement Director written notice prior to replacing or terminating a LSB on a contract and must comply with the Good Faith Efforts requirement to replace the departing local small business with another local small business. Likewise, when new opportunities for subcontracting arise on a contract and Augusta, Georgia sets a supplemental local small business goal, the' contractors shall comply with the Good Faith Efforts set in an effort to meet the supplemental local small business goal. • Submit all Forms and Utilization Reports to: Augusta, Georgia Compliance Department Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Division 535 Telfair Street Room 710 Augusta, Georgia 30901 (706) 821-2406 (e) Monitoring Procedures Procedures for monitoring contract compliance may include, but are not limited to, site visits or telephone audits; consideration of requests for substitutions, additions, deletions, or change orders; and review and verification of payments to Subcontractors or Suppliers as documented by the Monthly Utilization Status Reports of Subcontractor/Suppliers Payments. Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 12 of 15 PROJECT NAME CW 'lC (E Lai BID# /1 - • LOCAL SMALL BUSINESS OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM LETTER OF INTENT TO PERFORM AS A SUBCONSULTANT/SUBCONTRACTOR!SUPPLIER To: eectrio (Name of Proporer) A. The undersigned intends to perform work in connection with the above project in the following capacity(check one): Individual orporation Limited Liability Company(LLC) Partnership Joint Venture B. The Local Small Business Opportunity Program(LSBOP)status of the undersigned is confirmed as follows: By attachment of a current Certificate of Certification issued by the Georgia Department of Transportation • V By attachment of a current letter issued by the Augusta, Georgia Compliance Department-Disadvantaged Business Enterprise Division C. The undersigned is prepared to perform the following work in connection with the above project D. The undersigned states that they will be performing .fig %of the total project. E. The undersigned will sublet and/or award 0 % of this subcontract to non-Local Small Business Opportunity Program contractors and/or suppliers. The undersigned will enter into a formal agreement for the above described work with the Proposer cited above conditioned upon the execution of a contract for the project cited herein between the Proposer and Augusta-Richmond County. ` tiO� C (LSBAP Contractor Firm Name) By: �=16Date: ©(/ !f 2-ti 6 S 1111 (Signa a of A t4orized Representative) Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017®3.:00 p.m. Page 13 of 15 LOCAL SMALL BUSINESS UTILIZATION PLAN The undersigned bidder/offeror has satisfied the requirements of the bid specification in the following manner(please check the appropriate space): Name of bidder/offeror's firm: Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC By: Travis Gearig 01/17/2018 (Print Name) (Signature) (Date) 37- 2( The bidder/offeror is committed to a minimum of LSBOP utilization on this contract. (Please complete the requested subcontractor/supplier information below.) OR The bidder/offeror is unable to meet the LSBOP goal of %. Therefore, the bidder/offeror will complete in its entirety the document titled GOOD FAITH EFFORTS and submit supporting documentation demonstrating good faith efforts. Subcontractor/Supplier Address Principal LSBOP Utilization Name Phone Contact Certified Email 4054 Old Waynesboro Rd RRE Trucking Augusta, GA 30906 Oi (706) 825-34E1 Ruby Basey yes 94 rrbtruckingllcgmail.com Use additional sheets as necessary. 4110 Bid 17-303 Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3,Stage 1,Cell 3 Construction Bid Due:Wednesday,December 27,2017 @ 3:00 p.m. Page 14 of 15 Section 00020 Invitation to Bid • ITB 17-303 DEANS BRIDGE ROAD MSW LANDFILL 2017 PHASE 3 STAGE 1 CELL 3 CONSTRUCTION Augusta, Georgia Sealed Bids for furnishing all materials, labor, tools, equipment and appurtenances necessary for the construction of the Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3 Stage 1 Cell 3 Construction will be received by the Owner at Augusta-Procurement Department, until 3:00 p.m., local time, on Wednesday, 'January 17, 2018, and then at said office publicly opened and read aloud. The Project consists of the following major elements: Excavation of approximately 104,550 CY of soil material and 22,600 CY of structural fill placement; installation of 1,456,620 SF of compacted liner base, 1,465,800 SF of 60 Mil HDPE textured geomembrane; 1,465,620 leachate collection layer, 4,680 LF of 6" perforated leachate collection line, 500 LF of 6" solid leachate collection line, and 5 leachate cleanouts; 6,060 SY of asphalt pavement, 5,120 SY of fabriform lined ditch; the installation of pre-manufactured restroom building, and erosion and sedimentation control items. Bidder Pre-Selection: Only Bids submitted from pre-selected Bidders will be opened. S A mandatory Pre-Bid Conference will be held for all Bidders at 2:00 p.m., local time, Friday, December 8, 2017, in the Augusta Procurement Department, 535 Telfair Street, Suite 605, Augusta, GA 30901. A Bid submitted by a Bidder not having attended the Pre-Bid conference will not be opened. The work will be awarded in One Contract. The Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Contract Agreement, Drawings, Specifications and forms of Bid Bond, Performance Bond, Payment Bond and other Contract Documents may be examined at the following: Augusta-Procurement Department 535 Telfair Street, Room 605 Augusta, Georgia 30901 Bid Documents may be examined at the office of the Augusta, GA Procurement Department, 535 Telfair Street - Room 605, Augusta, GA 30901. Plans and specifications for the project shall be obtained by all prime, subcontractors and suppliers exclusively from Augusta Blue Print. The fees for the plans and specifications which are non-refundable is $70.00. Plans and specifications for the project shall be obtained by all prime, subcontractors and suppliers and suppliers exclusively from Augusta Blue Print. By purchasing the Contract Documents, purchaser agrees to having their company information (company name, city, state, phone number, fax number) published as a 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00020 Milk • • • 00020-2 Invitation to Bid "planholder". Each Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond, prepared on the form of Bid Bond attached to the Contract Documents or a Surety Company's Standard Bid Bond, duly executed by the Bidder as principal and having as surety thereon a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Georgia and listed in the latest issue of U.S. Treasury Circular 570, in the amount of ten (10) percent of the Bid. The Bidder shall affix to the outside of its bid envelope, its Georgia Utility Contractor License Number, not the license number of a Utility Manager nor a subcontractor's Georgia Utility Contractor License Number. The Owner will in no way be liable for any costs incurred by any bidder in the preparation of its Bid in response to this Invitation to Bid. The successful Bidder for this Contract will be required to furnish a satisfactory Performance Bond and Payment Bond each in the amount of 100 percent of the Bid. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all Bids, to waive informalities and to readvertise. • Augusta, Georgia END OF SECTION • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00020 Section 00100 Instructions To Bidders • 1.01 Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents include the Contract Agreement, Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Contractor's Bid (including all documentation accompanying the Bid and any post-Bid documentation required by the Owner prior to the Notice of Award), Bonds, all Special Conditions, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, Drawings, and addenda, together with written amendments, change orders, field orders and the Engineer's written interpretations and clarifications issued in accordance with the General Conditions on or after the date of the Contract Agreement. B. Shop drawing submittals reviewed in accordance with the General Conditions, geotechnical investigations and soils reports, and drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at or contiguous to the site, are not Contract Documents. C. The Contract Documents shall define and describe the complete work to which they relate. 1.02 Definitions A. Where the following words or the pronouns used in their stead occur herein, they shall have the following meaning: 1. "Owner"shall mean Augusta, Georgia the party of the first part to the Contract Agreement, or its authorized and legal representatives. 2. "Engineer" shall mean Atlantic Coast Consulting, Inc. • 3. "Contractor" shall mean the party of the second part to the Contract Agreement or the authorized and legal representative of such party. 4. "Work" and "Project" shall mean the entire completed construction required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. 5. "Contract Time" shall be in accordance with the schedule specified in Section 01011 as provided in the Contract Agreement for completion of the Project, to be computed from the date of the Notice to Proceed. 6. "Liquidated Damages" shall mean the amount as specified in Section 01011, which the Bidder agrees to pay for each consecutive calendar day beyond the Contract Time required to complete the Project. Liquidated Damages will end upon written notification from the Owner of final acceptance of the Project. • 7. "Products" shall mean materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the Project. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00100 MI\ • • • 00100-2 Instructions to Bidders • 8. "Provide"shall mean to furnish and install. 9. "Balanced Bid" shall mean a Bid in which each of the unit prices and total amount bid for each of the listed items reasonably reflects the value of that item with regard to the entire job considering the prevailing cost of labor, material and equipment in the relevant market. A Bid is unbalanced when, in the opinion of the Owner, any unit prices or total amounts bid on any of the listed items do not reasonably reflect such values. 10. "Substantial completion of the work", solely for the purposes of Official Code of Georgia Annotated (O.C.G.A.) §13-10-80(b)(2)(c), shall be defined as occurring on the date of the written notification from the Engineer that the Project is ready for final inspection, as specified in Section 00800, Article 30, paragraph (g)] 11. "Satisfactorily completed", solely for the purposes of O.C.G.A. §13-10-81(b), shall mean the completion of all work, certifications and affidavits as specified in Section 00800,Article 30, paragraph (g). 1.03 Preparation and Execution of Bid • A. Each Bid must be prepared to represent that it is based solely upon the materials and equipment specified in the Contract Documents. B. Each Bid must be submitted on the Bid forms which are attached to the Contract Documents. All blank spaces for Bid prices, both words and figures, must be filled in, in ink. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words will govern. All required enclosed certifications must be fully completed and executed when submitted. C. Each Bid must be submitted in a sealed envelope, addressed to the Owner. Each sealed envelope containing a Bid must be plainly marked on the outside as, "Bid for Deans Bridge MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3 Stage 1 Cell 3 Construction". D. The Bidder shall provide on the outside of the sealed envelope the following information; otherwise the Bid will not be opened and will be returned to the Bidder: 1. Bidder's Name 2. Georgia Utility Contractor License Number E. If forwarded by mail, the sealed envelope containing the Bid must be enclosed in another envelope addressed to the Owner at 535 Telfair Street, Room 605, Augusta, Georgia 30901. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00100 0 • • 00100-3 Instructions to Bidders F. Any and all Bids not meeting the aforementioned criteria for Bid submittal, may be declared non-responsive, and subsequently returned to the Bidder. G. The Contractor, in signing a Bid on the whole or any portion of the Project, shall conform to the following requirements: 1. Bids which are not signed by individuals making them shall have attached thereto a power of attorney evidencing authority to sign the Bid in the name of the person for whom it is signed. 2. Bids which are signed for a partnership shall be signed by all of the partners or by an attorney-in-fact. If a Bid is signed by an attorney-in-fact, there should be attached to the Bid a power of attorney executed by the partners evidencing authority to sign the Bid. 3. Bids which are signed for a corporation shall have the correct corporate name thereof and the signature of the president or other authorized officer of the corporation manually written below the corporate name following the wording "By ". Corporation seal shall also be affixed to the Bid. 4. The Bidder shall complete, execute and submit the following documents, which are attached to these Contract Documents: 111 a. Attachment B b. Save Program Documents c. LSB Goal Documents d. The Bid e. The Bid Bond f. Statement of Bidder's Qualifications g. Corporate Certificate, if the Bidder is a corporation h. Contractor's License Certification 1.04 Method of Bidding The unit or lump sum price for each of the several items in the Bid of each Bidder shall include its pro rata share of overhead and profit so that the sum of the products, obtained by multiplying the quantity shown for each item by the unit price, represents the total Bid. Any Bid not conforming to this requirement may be • rejected. Additionally, Unbalanced Bids will be subject to rejection. Conditional Bids will not be accepted. The special attention of all Bidders is called to this 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00100 00100-4 Instructions to Bidders • provision, for should conditions make it necessary to revise the quantities, no limit will be fixed for such increased or decreased quantities nor extra compensation allowed. 1.05 Addenda and Interpretations A. No interpretation of the meaning of the Drawings, Specifications or other pre-bid documents will be made to any Bidder orally. B. Every request for such interpretation should be made in writing by fax to (706 821- 2811 or email to procbidandcontract@augustaga.gov and addressed to Ms. Geri Sams, Augusta Procurement Department, and to be given consideration must be received by Tuesday, December 12, 2017 @ 5:O0PM. C. Any and all such interpretations and any supplemental instructions will be in the form of written Addenda to the Contract Documents which, if issued, will be mailed, shipped or faxed to all prospective Bidders (at the respective addresses furnished) prior to the date fixed for the opening of Bids. D. Failure of Bidders to receive or acknowledge any Addendum shall not relieve them of any obligation under the Bid. All Addenda shall become part of the Contract Documents. II 1.06 Bid Modifications Bidders may modify their Bid by telegraphic communication at any time prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids, provided such telegraphic communication is received by the Owner prior to the closing time, and provided further, the Owner is satisfied that a written confirmation of the telegraphic modification over the signature of the Bidder was mailed prior to the closing time. The telegraphic communication should not reveal the Bid price but should provide the addition or subtraction or other modification so that the final prices or terms will not be known by the Owner until the sealed Bid is opened. If written confirmation is not received within two business days from the closing time, no consideration will be given to the telegraphic modification. 1.07 Bid Security A. Each Bid must be accompanied by a Bid Bond, prepared on the form of Bid Bond included herein or a Surety Company's Standard Bid Bond, duly executed by the Bidder as principal and having as surety thereon a surety company authorized to do business in the State of Georgia and listed in the latest issue of U.S. Treasury Circular 570, in the amount of ten percent of the Bid. Attorneys-in-fact who sign Bonds must file with each Bond a currently dated copy of their power of attorney. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00100 00100-5 Instructions to Bidders • B. If for any reason whatsoever the successful Bidder withdraws from the competition after opening of the Bids, or if Bidder refuses to execute and deliver the Contract and Bonds required within 10 days after receipt of conformed Contract Document for executing, the Owner may proceed to enforce the provisions of the Bid Bond. 1.08 Receipt and Opening of Bids A. The Owner may consider a minor irregularity any Bid not prepared and submitted in accordance with the provisions hereof and may waive any minor irregularities or reject any and all Bids. Any Bid may be withdrawn prior to the above scheduled time for the opening of Bids or authorized postponement thereof. Any Bid received after the time and date specified shall not be opened. B. If a Bidder, after the Bid opening determines that its Bid contained a material mistake, the Bidder may withdraw its Bid, subject to the provisions of, and, if the mistake meets the criteria in, O.C.G.A. 36-91-52. 1.09 Subcontracts The Bidder is specifically advised that any person, firm or other party to whom it is proposed to award a subcontract under this Contract must be acceptable to the Owner. 1.10 Conditions of the Project A. Each Bidder must be informed fully of the conditions relating to the construction of the Project and the employment of labor thereon. Failure to do so will not relieve a successful Bidder of the obligation to furnish all material and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the Contract. Insofar as possible, the Contractor, in carrying out the work, must employ such methods or means as will not cause any interruption of or interference with the work of any other Contractor. B. The Bidder is advised to examine the location of the Project and to be informed fully as to its conditions; the conformation of the ground; the character, quality and quantity of the products needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work; the general and local conditions and all other matters which can in any way affect the work to be done under the Contract. Failure to examine the site will not relieve the successful Bidder of an obligation to furnish all products and labor necessary to carry out the provisions of the Contract. C. The Bidder shall notify the Owner of the date and time Bidder proposes to examine the location of the Project. The Bidder shall confine examination to the specific areas designated for the proposed construction, including easements and public right-of-ways. If, due to some unforeseen reason, the Owner's proceedings for obtaining the proposed construction site (including easements), have not been • completed, the Bidder may enter the site only with the express consent of the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00100 00100-6 Instructions to Bidders • property owner. The Bidder is solely responsible for any damages caused by examination of the site. 1.11 Notice of Special Conditions If any special federal, state, county or city laws, municipal ordinances, and the rules and regulations of any authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the Project, herein referred to, or applicable by law to the Project, conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents, then the most stringent requirement prevails. 1.12 Obligation of Bidder By submission of a Bid, each Bidder warrants that Bidder has inspected the site and has read and is thoroughly familiar with the Contract Documents (including all addenda). The failure or omission of any Bidder to examine any form, instrument or document shall in no way relieve any Bidder from any obligation in respect to the Bid. 1.13 Method of Award A. The Contract will be awarded to the responsive, responsible Bidder submitting the • lowest Bid complying with the conditions of the Contract Documents. Award will be made on the basis of the prices given in the Base Bid and Owner selected alternatives. B. The Bidder to whom the award is made will be notified. The Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids and to waive any minor irregularities in Bids received whenever such rejection or waiver is in the Owner's interest. C. A responsive Bidder shall be one who submits a Bid in the proper form without qualification or intent other than as called for in the Contract Documents, and who binds himself or herself on behalf of the Bid to the Owner with the proper Bid Bond completed and attached, and who properly completes all forms required to be completed and submitted at the time of the Bidding. The Bidder shall furnish all data required by these Contract Documents. Failure to do so may result in the Bid being declared non-responsive. D. A responsible Bidder shall be one who can fulfill the following requirements: 1. The Bidder shall maintain a permanent place of business. This requirement applies to the Bidder where the Bidder is a division of a corporation, or where the Bidder is 50 percent or more owned by a person, corporation or firm. 2. The Bidder shall demonstrate adequate construction experience and 111 sufficient equipment resources to properly perform the work under and in 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00100 00100-7 Instructions to Bidders • conformance with the Contract Documents. This evaluation will be based upon a list of completed or active projects and a list of construction equipment available to the Bidder to perform the work. The Owner may make such investigations as deemed necessary to determine the ability of the Bidder to perform the work, and the Bidder shall furnish to the Owner all such information and data for this purpose as the Owner may reasonably request. The Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, such Bidder fails to satisfy the Owner that such Bidder is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the Contract and to complete the Project contemplated therein. 3. The Bidder shall demonstrate financial resources of sufficient strength to meet the obligations incident to the performance of the work covered by these Contract Documents. The ability to obtain the required Performance and Payment Bonds will not alone demonstrate adequate financial capability. D. A responsible Bidder shall be one who has been determined prequalified by the Owner prior to the time set for opening of Bids. E. Acceptance of the Bidder's documentation and substantiation or Contract Award by the Owner does not relieve the Bidder of liability for non-performance as covered in the Contract Documents, nor will the Bidder be exempted from any other legal • recourse the Owner may elect to pursue. 1.14 Employment of Local Labor Preference in employment on the Project shall, insofar as practical, be given to qualified local labor. END OF SECTION 111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00100 Section 00300 Bid TO: Augusta, Georgia FROM: Gearing Brothers Civilworks, LLC (Bidder's Name) FOR: Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3 Stage 1 Cell 3 Construction Submitted: January 17 , 2018 The undersigned Bidder, in compliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of this Project having examined the Contract Documents, the site of the proposed work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of the proposed Project, including the availability of materials and labor, hereby proposes to construct the Project in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to contract with Augusta, Georgia in the form of Contract Agreement specified, to furnish all necessary products, machinery, tools, apparatus, means of transportation and labor necessary to complete the construction of the Work in full and complete accordance with the reasonably intended requirements of the Contract Documents to the full and entire satisfaction of Augusta, Georgia with a definite understanding that no money will be allowed for extra work except as set forth in the Contract Documents, for the following prices: 11 • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00300 Section 00300-2 Bid • ITEM 1 -MOBILIZATION a. Lump Sum $1,010,302.66 ITEM 2 -SITE PREPARATION a. Lump Sum Site Demolition $29,250.00 ITEM 3 - EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL a. 2 EA Construction Exit $3,500.00 /EA $7,000.00 b. 3,330 LF Silt Fence - Type NS $4.15 /LF $13,819.50 c. 40 EA Hay Bale Check Dam $140.00 /EA $5,600.00 d. 60 SY Erosion Control Ditch Matting $3.25 /SY $195.00 e. 10.6 AC Permanent Grassing $2,000.00 /AC $21,200.00 f. Lump Sum Temporary Sediment Trap $3,750.00 g. 600 LF Temporary Stormwater Ditch $2.25 /LF $1,350.00 h. Lump Sum NPDES Monitoring and Reporting $17,500.00 ITEM 4 - EARTHWORK a. 104,550 CY Excavation - On-Site Materials $5.00 /CY $522,750.00 • b. 22,600 CY Structural Fill - On Site Materials $0.60 /CY $13,560.00 c. 1,456,620 SF Liner Base: 18-Inch Select Backfill $1.93 /SF $2,811,276.60 d. 1,456,620 SF Liner Base: 6-Inch Subbase $0.70 /SF $1,019,634.00 e. 1,465,620 SF 24-Inch 1 x 10-2 cm/sec $0.77 /SF $1,128,527.40 Leachate Collection Layer or Double-Sided Geocomposite Drainage Layer with 24-Inch Protective Soil Layer ITEM 5 - LEACHATE CONTAINMENT SYSTEM a. 1,465,800 SF 60 Mil HDPE Textured Geomembrane $0.63 /SF $923,454.00 b. 2,230 LF Permanent Anchor Trench $3.00 /LF $6,690.00 c. 1,080 LF Stage Separation Berm $52.00 /LF $56,160.00 d. 2,720 LF Tie to Existing Liner Systems $7.90 /LF $21,488.00 e. 1,400 LF Temporary Stormwater Berm $60.00 /LF $84,000.00 ITEM 6 - LEACHATE COLLECTION SYSTEM a. 4,680 LF 6" Perforated Leachate Collection Line $51.00 /LF $238,680.00 b. 500 6"solid Leachate Collection Line $52.00 /LF $26,000.00 • c. 5 EA 6" Leachate Cleanout $3,050.00 /EA $15,250.00 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00300 00300-3 Bid 410 d. 7 EA Tie to Existing Leachate Collection Line $11000 EA $7 700.00 e. • 2 EA Temporary Stormwater Valve Assembly $15 750.00 EA $31500.0 ITEM 7 - SANITARY SEWER/SEPTIC SYSTEM LF $120.00 a. 20 LF 4-Inch PVC Sanitary Sewer $6.00 1 EA 1,500 Gallon Septic Tank $1800.00 EA $1800.0 b. LF $2 400.00 100 LF Infiltrator Chambers $24.00 c, EA $120.00 d. 1 EA Distribution Box $120.00 1 EA • 4-Inch Cleanouts $120.00 EA $120.0 e. LF $120.00 f. 20 LF Cleanup&Testing $6.00 ITEM 8 - WATER SYSTEM $2 000.00 a. Lump Sum Connection to Existing Water Main LF $_12,901---)0 b. 480 LF 2-Inch Copper Pipe $27.00 c. 1 EA 1-Inch RPZ Backflow Preventer $2 700.00 EA $2 700.00 1 EA 1-Inch Water Meter $360.00 EA $360.0 d. 1 EA 1-Inch Yard Hydrant $1300.00 EA $1300.0 e. LF $864.00 f. 480 LF Cleanup&Testing $1.80 ITEM 9 - BUILDING $g0 000.00 a. LUMP SUM Pre-Fabricated Restroom Building ITEM 10 - PAVEMENT SY $315 120.00 6,060 SY Asphalt Pavement $52.00 a. SY $322 560.00 5,120 SY Fabriform Lined Ditch $63.00 b. LF $6 250.00 c. 500 LF Grout in Place 18" HDPE Pipe $12.50 ITEM 11 - MARKERS 2 115.00 a. 9 EA Permanent Liner Edge Marker $235.00 EA 1190.00 7 EA Temporary Liner Edge Marker $170.00 EA b. ITEM 12-CASH ALLOWANCES $ 15,000.00 a. MATERIALS TESTING 0,000.00 b. CONSTRUCTION VERIFICATION SERVICES $$ 21550,000.00 c. GCCS EQUIPMENT ' $ 200,000.00 d. CONTENGENCY 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00300 • • 0 00300-4 Bid • * * *ADDITIONAL WORK IF ORDERED BY THE ENGINEER * * * ITEM 13- REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL AND REPLACEMENT WITH a. 2,500 CY On-Site Suitable Earth Material $10.00 /CY $25,000.00 b. 50 CY Crushed Stone $60.00 /CY $3,000.00 ITEM 14 - UNDERDRAIN a. 1,200 LF Underdrain $20.00 /LF $24,000.00 BASE BID TOTAL, ITEMS 1 THROUGH 14, INCLUSIVE, THE AMOUNT OF: NINE MILLION THREE HUNDRED NINETY FIVE THOUSAND SEVEN HUNDRED THIRTY SIX AND 16/100 DOLLARS ($ 9,395,736.16 ). • • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00300 00300-5 Bid The Bidder agrees hereby to commence Work under this Contract, with adequate personnel and equipment, on a date to be specified in a written order of the Engineer, and to fully complete all Work under this Contract within the time in consecutive calendar days as specified in Section 01011 from and including said date. Bidder further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the amount as specified in Section 01011 for each consecutive calendar day thereafter required to complete all work as provided in the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder declares an understanding that the quantities shown for unit price items are subject to either increase or decrease, and that should the quantities of any of the items of Work be increased, the Bidder proposes to do the additional Work at the unit prices stated herein; and should the quantities be decreased, the Bidder also understands that payment will be made on the basis of actual quantities at the unit price bid and will make no claim for additional costs or anticipated profits for any decrease in quantities; and that actual quantities will be determined upon completion of Work, at which time adjustment will be made to the Contract amount by direct increase or decrease. In case of discrepancies between the figures shown in the unit prices and the totals, the unit prices shall apply and the totals shall be corrected to agree with the unit prices. In case of discrepancies between written amounts and figures, written amounts shall take precedence over figures and the sum of all Bid extensions (of unit prices) plus lump sum items shall take precedence over BID TOTAL. • Bidder acknowledges receipt of the Following Addenda: Addendum No. 1, dated: December 9, 2017 Addendum No. 4, dated: Addendum No. 2, dated: Addendum No. 5, dated: Addendum No. 3, dated: Addendum No. 6, dated: • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00300 00300-6 Bid • BIDDER: Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC By: Travis Gearig (signature on file) Title: President Address: 322 Grimaude Blvd. Grovetown, GA 30813 Phone: 706-860-5981 Attest: Dave Leehy (signature on file) Title: CFO Note: Attest for a corporation must be by the corporate secretary; for a partnership by another Illpartner;for an individual by a notary. Note: If the Bidder is a corporation, the Bid shall be signed by an officer of the corporation; if a partnership, it shall be signed by a partner. If signed by others, authority for signature shall be attached. The full names and addresses of persons or parties interested in the foregoing Bid, as principals, are as follows: Name Address Travis Gearig 322 Grimaude Blvd Grovetown, GA 30813 Ili 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00300 00300-7 Bid • Selected Subcontractors The Bidder proposes to employ the below listed subcontractors: Subcontractor Environmental Specialties International, Inc. Address 7943 Pecue Lane. Suite A Baton Rouge, LA 70809 Subcontractor RRB Trucking, LLC Address 1991 Dixon Airline Rd. Augusta, GA 30906 Subcontractor Address • Subcontractor Address Subcontractor Address Subcontractor Address END OF SECTION 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00300 Section 00422 Corporate Certificate I, Dave Leehy certify that I am the Secretary of the corporation named as Contractor in the foregoing proposal; that Travis Gearig who signed said proposal in behalf of the Contractor was then President of said corporation; that said proposal was duly signed for and in behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors, and is within the scope of its corporate powers; that said corporation is organized under the laws of the State of Georgia. This 17 day of January , 2018. Corporate Secretary: Dave Leehy (name printed or typed) • END OF SECTION • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00422 Section 00425 Contractor's License Certification • Contractor's Name: Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC Georgia Utility Contractor's License Number: UC3O14O7 Expiration Date of License: April 30, 2019 I certify that the above information is true and correct and that the classification noted is applicable to the Bid for this Project. BIDDER: Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC By: Travis Gearig (signature on file) Title: President Date: 01/17/2018 • END OF SECTION S 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00425 Section 00430 Contractor E-Verify Affidavit • STATE OF GEORGIA BID # 17-303 AUGUSTA, GEORGIA By executing this affidavit, the undersigned contractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is contracting with Augusta, Georgia has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program*[any of the electronic verification work authorization programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 ([RCA), P.L. 99-603], in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A 13-10-91. The undersigned further agrees that, should it employ or contract with any subcontractor(s) in connection with the physical performance of services pursuant to this contract with Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissioners, contractor will secure from such subcontractor(s) similar verification of compliance with O.C.G.A 13-10- 91 on the Subcontractor Affidavit provided in Rule 300-10-01-.08 or a substantially similar form. Contractor further agrees to maintain records of such compliance and provide a copy of each such verification to the Augusta, Georgia Board of Commissioners at the time the subcontractor(s) is retained to perform such service. 226337 • E-Verify * User Identification Number Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC Name of Contractor Travis Gearig Authorized Officer or Agent (Signature on file) President Title of Authorized Officer or Agent Subscribed and sworn to me this 17 day of January 2018. NOTARY PUBLIC: Elizabeth Gerlach (signature on file) Elizabeth Gerlach (name printed or typed) Commission Expires: July 07, 2020 END OF SECTION 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A/TS-00430 • t • Section 00431 Subcontractor E-Verify Affidavit • STATE OF GEORGIA AUGUSTA, GEORGIA BID # 17-303 By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with O.C.G.A 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of service under a proposed contract with Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3 Stage 1 Cell 3 Construction on behalf of Augusta, Georgia has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program*[any of the electronic verification work authorization programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 ([RCA), P.L. 99-603], in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in O.C.G.A 13-10-91. 721341830 E-Verify * User Identification Number Environmental Specialties International, Inc. Name of Subcontractor Kevin Simms • Authorized Officer or Agent(Signature on file) Vice President Title of Authorized Officer or Agent Subscribed and sworn to me this 20 day of December , 2017. NOTARY PUBLIC: Martha Story (signature on file) Martha Story (name printed or typed) Commission Expires: Commission is for life END OF SECTION • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A/TS-00431 Section 00431 Subcontractor E-Verify Affidavit • STATE OF GEORGIA AUGUSTA, GEORGIA BID # 17-303 By executing this affidavit, the undersigned subcontractor verifies its compliance with 0.C.G.A 13-10-91, stating affirmatively that the individual, firm, or corporation which is engaged in the physical performance of service under a proposed contract with Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3 Stage 1 Cell 3 Construction on behalf of Augusta, Georgia has registered with and is participating in a federal work authorization program*[any of the electronic verification work authorization programs operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security or any equivalent federal work authorization program operated by the United States Department of Homeland Security to verify information of newly hired employees, pursuant to the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 ([RCA), P.L. 99-603], in accordance with the applicability provisions and deadlines established in 0.C.G.A 13-10-91. 737777 E-Verify * User Identification Number RRB Trucking LLC Name of Subcontractor Ruby Jenkins-Basey Authorized Officer or Agent (Signature on file) Ruby Jenkins-Basey Title of Authorized Officer or Agent Subscribed and sworn to me this 17 day of January , 2018. NOTARY PUBLIC: Jennifer Jenkins (signature on file) Jennifer Jenkins (name printed or typed) Commission Expires: January 2, 2022 END OF SECTION • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A/TS-00431 Section 00480 Non-Collusion Affidavit of Prime Bidder 1111 STATE OF GEORGIA AUGUSTA, GEORGIA I, Travis Gearig , being first duly sworn, deposes and says that: He or she is Owner (Owner,Partner,Officer,Representative or Agent) of Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC ,the Bidder that has submitted the attached Bid; He is fully informed respecting the preparation and contents of the attached Bid and of all pertinent circumstances respecting such Bid; Such Bid is genuine and is not a collusive or sham Bid; Neither the said Bidder nor any of its officers, partners, owners, agents, representatives, employees or parties in interest, including this Affiant, has in any way colluded, conspired, connived or agreed, directly or indirectly with any other Bidder, firm or person to submit a collusive or sham Bid in connection with the Contract for which the attached Bid has been submitted or to refrain from bidding in connection with such Contract, or has in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement or collusion or communication or conference with any other Bidder,firm or person to fix the price or prices in the attached Bid or of any other Bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit or cost element of the Bid price or the Bid price of any other Bidder, or to secure through any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement any advantage against the City of Augusta or any person interested in the proposed Contract; and 1111 The price or prices quoted in the attached Bid are fair and proper and are not tainted by any collusion, conspiracy, connivance or unlawful agreement on the part of the Bidder or any of its agents, representatives, owners, employees, or parties in interest, including this Affiant. BIDDER: Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC By: Travis Gearig (signature on file) Travis Gearing (name printed or typed) Title: President Date: 01/17/2018 Subscribed and sworn to me this 17 day of January , 2018. NOTARY PUBLIC: Elizabeth Gerlach (signature on file) Elizabeth Gerlach (name printed or typed) Commission Expires : July 07, 2020 • END OF SECTION (SEAL) 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00480 Section 00481 Non-Collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor STATE OF GEORGIA AUGUSTA, GEORGIA I, Kevin Simms certify that this bid or proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a bid for the same work, labor or service to be done or the supplies, materials or equipment to be furnished and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of state and federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences and civil damages awards. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid or proposal and certify that I am authorized to sign this bid or proposal for the bidder. Affiant further states that pursuant to O.C.G.A. Section 36-91-21 (d) and (e), ESI has not, by itself or with others, directly or indirectly, prevented or attempted to prevent competition in such bidding or proposals by any means whatsoever. Affiant further states that (s)he has not prevented or endeavored to prevent anyone from making a bid or offer on the project by any means whatever, nor has Affiant caused or induced another to withdraw a bid or offer for the work. Affiant further states that the said offer of $976,312.98 is bona fide, and that no one has gone to any supplier and attempted to get such person or company to furnish the materials to the bidder only, or if furnished to any other bidder, that the material shall be at a higher price. • SUBCONTRACTOR: Environmental Specialties International, Inc. By: Kevin Simms (signature on file) Title: Vice President Date: 12/20/2017 Subscribed and sworn to me this 20 day of December , 2017. NOTARY PUBLIC: Martha Story (signature on file) Commission Expires: Commission is for Life END OF SECTION 11111 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00481 Section 00481 Non-Collusion Affidavit of Subcontractor • STATE OF GEORGIA AUGUSTA, GEORGIA I, RRB Trucking, LLC certify that this bid or proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting a bid for the same work, labor or service to be done or the supplies, materials or equipment to be furnished and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of state and federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences and civil damages awards. I agree to abide by all conditions of this bid or proposal and certify that I am authorized to sign this bid or proposal for the bidder. Affiant further states that pursuant to O.C.G.A. Section 36-91-21 (d) and (e), RRB Trucking, LLC has not, by itself or with others, directly or indirectly, prevented or attempted to prevent competition in such bidding or proposals by any means whatsoever. Affiant further states that (s)he has not prevented or endeavored to prevent anyone from making a bid or offer on the project by any means whatever, nor has Affiant caused or induced another to withdraw a bid or offer for the work. Affiant further states that the said offer of $876,792.86 is bona fide, and that no one has gone to any supplier and attempted to get such person or company to furnish the materials to the bidder only, or if furnished to any other bidder, that the material shall be at a higher price. SUBCONTRACTOR: RRB Trucking, LLC By: Ruby Jenkins-Basey (signature on file) Ruby Jenkins-Basey (name printed or typed) Title: Owner Date: 01/17/2018 Subscribed and sworn to me this 17 day of January , 2018. NOTARY PUBLIC: Jennifer Jenkins (signature on file) Jennifer Jenkins (name printed or typed) Commission Expires : January 2, 2022 (SEAL) END OF SECTION 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00481 Section 00500 Contract • This Contract Agreement made and entered into on the day of 2018, by and between Augusta, Georgia, party of the first part (hereinafter called the Owner), and Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC , party of the second part, (hereinafter called the Contractor), WITNESSETH: That the Contractor, for the consideration hereinafter fully set out, hereby agrees with the Owner as follows: That the Contractor will furnish all products, tools, construction equipment, skill and labor of every description necessary to carry out and to complete in a good, firm, substantial workmanlike manner construction of the Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3 Stage 1 Cell 3 Construction and will complete work in strict conformity with the Drawings and the Specifications, together with the foregoing Proposal made by the Contractor, the Invitation to Proposal, Instructions to Proposers, General and Supplementary Conditions, Special Conditions, Performance and Payment Bonds and all Addenda hereto incorporated (if applicable) which form essential parts of this Contract Agreement, as if fully contained herein. The Contractor will commence work required by the Contract Documents on or before a date specified in the written Notice to Proceed and will complete the same within the Contract • Time as noted in Specification Section 01011 - Unique Requirements unless the period for completion is extended otherwise by the Contract Documents. Time is of the essence and is an essential element of this Contract, and the Contractor further agrees to pay as liquidated damages the amount as noted in Specification Section 01011 - Unique Requirements for each consecutive calendar day thereafter required to complete all work as provided in the Contract Documents or for failing to comply with associated milestones. If the Contractor abandons the Contract before commencement of the Work or defaults in completion of all the Work after commencement thereof, the Contractor shall be liable for such liquidated damages. These fixed liquidated damages are not established as a penalty but are calculated and agreed upon in advance by the Owner and the Contractor due to the uncertainty and impossibility of making a determination as to the actual and consequential damages incurred by the Owner and the general public of Augusta, Georgia as a result of the failure on the part of the Contractor to complete the Work on time. Such liquidated damages referred to herein are intended to be and are cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy now or hereafter enforceable at law, in equity, by statute, or under the Contract. The Owner hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor for the faithful performance of this Contract Agreement, subject to additions and deductions as provided in the Specifications and Bid, in lawful money of the United States of America, the sum of Nine Million Three Hundred Ninety Five Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Six and 16/100 Dollars ($ 9,395,736.16 ) which sum shall also pay for loss or damage arising out of the nature of • the Work aforesaid, or from the action of the elements, or from unforeseen obstructions or difficulties encountered in the prosecution of the Work, and for all expenses incurred by, or in consequence of the Work, its suspension or discontinuance and for well and faithfully 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00500 00500-2 Contract • completing the Work and the whole thereof, as herein provided, and for replacing defective work or products for a period of one year after completion. The Owner shall make monthly partial payments to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. Final payment on account of this Contract Agreement shall be made within 30 days after the completion by the Contractor of all work covered by this Contract Agreement and the acceptance of such work by the Owner, in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents. It is further mutually agreed between the parties hereto that if, at any time after the execution of this Contract Agreement and the surety bonds hereto attached for its faithful performance, the Owner shall deem the surety or sureties upon such bond to be unsatisfactory, or if, for any reason, such bond ceases to be adequate to cover the performance of the Work, the Contractor shall, at no additional expense to Owner, within five days after the receipt of notice from the Owner to do so, furnish an additional bond or bonds in such form and amount, and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Owner. In such event, no further payment to the Contractor shall be deemed to be due under this Contract Agreement until such new or additional security for the faithful performance of the Work shall be furnished in manner and form satisfactory to the Owner. • IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Contract Agreement under their respective seals on the day and date first above written in six counterparts each of which shall, without proof or accounting for the other counterparts, be deemed an original Contract. • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00500 00500 -3 Contract • APPROVED AS TO ORM BEFORE EXECUTION By: A, Attorney for the wner OWNER: Augusta, Georgia - By: IrC"' A (name signed) 41"(11 //q) (Ye ,6q1//(72} -1/7/7- (name printed or typed) Title: • Address: Augusta, GA 30WQ4,,,,a r Attest . •�` �/I ! rt wc t� e i 1`nJ Y , i '75 s"f tJ;a �6 : t�• eprincdof ed) Title: i �At �� 4 'URGi's,.� (SEAL) imailowe • CONTRACTOR: Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC By: (name signed) Travis Gearig (name printed or typed) Title: President Address: 322 Grimaude Blvd. Grovetown, GA 30813 Attest:, (name signed) Dave Leehy (name printed or typed) Title: CFO (SEAL) Note: If the Contractor is a corporation,the Contract Agreement shall be signed by the president or vice president,attested by the secretary and the corporate seal affixed. If the Contractor is a partnership,the Contract Agreement shall be signed in the partnership name by one of the partners,with indication that he or • she is a general partner. END OF SECTION 02/08/2018 0003-109-2017A\TS-00500 Section 00550 Pre-Award Oath • STATE OF GEORGIA COUNTY OF RICHMOND In accordance with O.C.G.A. §36-91-21(e), we,the undersigned of Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC being first duly sworn, deposes and says that: We have not directly or indirectly violated O.C.G.A. §36-91-21 (d), and more specifically, we have not - prevented or attempted to prevent competition in such bidding or proposals by any means whatever, - prevented or endeavored to prevent anyone from making a bid or proposal thereof by any means whatever, nor - caused or induced another to withdraw a bid or proposal for the work. We, the undersigned, to the best of our knowledge, affirm that no other officers, agents or other persons acted for or represented the Contractor in the bidding for and procurement of this Contract. Signature Printed Name Title Date Travis Gearig Travis Gearig President 01/17/2018 (signature on file) Elizabeth Gerlach (on file) My Commission Expires: July 07, 2020 (Notary Public) (SEAL) END OF SECTION • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00550 Section 00610 Performance Bond 40 STATE OF GEORGIA AUGUSTA, GEORGIA BOND NO. 04 009 74S KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC ,as Principal, (hereinafter known as Contractor), and we, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company, as Surety, do hereby acknowledge ourselves indebted and firmly bound and held unto the City of Augusta for use and benefit of those entitled thereto, in the sum of Nine Million Three Hundred Ninety Five Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Six and 16/100 Dollars ($ 9,395,736.16 ) for the payment of which will and truly to be made, in lawful money of the United States of America, we do hereby bind ourselves, successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives. BUT THE CONDITION OF THE FOREGOING OBLIGATION OR BOND IS THIS: WHEREAS, the Owner has engaged the said Contractor for the sum of Nine Million Three Hundred Ninety Five Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Six and 16/100 Dollars ($ 9,395,736.16 for construction of the Project, Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3 Stage 1 Cell 3 Construction as more fully appears in a written Contract Agreement bearing the date of , 2018, a copy of which Contract Agreement is by reference hereby made a part hereof. NOW, THEREFORE, if said Contractor shall fully and faithfully perform all the undertakings and obligations under the said Contract Agreement hereinbefore referred to and shall fully • indemnify and save harmless the said Owner from all costs and damage whatsoever which it may suffer by reason of any failure on the part of said Contractor to do so, and shall fully reimburse and repay the said Owner any and all outlay and expense which it may incur in making good any such default, and shall correct all defects in products and workmanship appearing within one year of the completion of all Work, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. And for value received it is hereby stipulated and agreed that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the said Contract Agreement, or in the Work to be performed thereunder, or the Specifications accompanying the same shall in any wise affect the obligations under this Contract Agreement or Bond, and notice is hereby waived of any such damage, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract Agreement or to the Work or to the Contract Documents. This bond is given pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of O.C.G.A. Section 36-91-1 etseq.and all the provisions of the law referring to this character of Bond as set forth in said Sections or as may be hereinafter enacted, and these are hereby made a part hereof to the same extent as if set out herein in full. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Contractor has hereunder affixed its signature and seal, and said Surety has hereunto caused to be affixed its corporate signature and seal, by its duly authorized officers, on this day of , 2018, executed in six(6) counterparts. • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00610 00610-2 Performance Bond 1111 CONTRACTOR - PRINCIPAL: Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC By: (name signed) Travis Gearig (name printed or typed) Title: President Address: 322 Grimaude Blvd. Grovetown, GA 30813 Attest: (name signed) Dave Leehy (name printed or typed) Title: CFO • (SEAL) SURETY: The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company By: R (name signed • Buck Leigh (name printed or typed) Title: Attorney-in-Fact Address: 9725 Dunbarton Drive Columbia, SC 29223 Attest: EA.�2 j (name s/O Mary Leigh (name printed or typed) Title: Surety Secretary (SEAL) Note: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list(Circular 570 as amended)and be authorized to transact business in the state where the Project is located. 411 END OF SECTION 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00610 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 5762829 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company • POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire&Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts,and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana(herein collectively called the"Companies"),pursuant to and by authority herein set forth,does hereby name,constitute and appoint, Thomas M.Albus:Buck Leigh all of the city of Columbia ,state of SC _each individually if there be more than one named,its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver,for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed,any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations,in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 1st day of December ,2012 . American Fire and Casualty Company ms The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company N Liberty Mutual Insurance Company m West American Insurance Company c toto d „,..,,, 0 .... .0 By: 42 C STATE OF WASHINGTON ss Gregory .Davenport,Assistant Secretary ...x i COUNTY OF KING as dCDg = On this 1st day of December 2012 ,before me personally appeared Gregory W. Davenport,who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American v I— C.) y Fire and Casualty Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,The Ohio Casualty Company,and West American Insurance Company,and that he,as such,being authorized so to do, >y) p 3 execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. d W C y > IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Seattle,Washington,on the day and year first above written. p o. w d 0 Q Cl it By: l��t Mb/ o KD Riley,Notar4 Public r.-CI e1 C d C d � C E Ca This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company.The Ohio Casualty Insurance H o acCompany,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: :0 o th iii co ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS-Section 12.Power of Attorney.Anyofficer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President,and subject p c ,C 4; to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make,execute,seal, ?,m O C acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective E.: powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. W '— When so wns executed,such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary.Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under > A the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board,the Chairman,the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. d 0 .a C ARTICLE XIII-Execution of Contracts—SECTION 5.Surety Bonds and Undertakings.Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, w ccoo > i and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make,execute, M p 3 seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their C op Z 0 respective powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so O 0 executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. v■— Certificate of Designation—The President of the Company,acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company.authorizes Gregory W.Davenport,Assistant Secretary to appoint such I attorneys-in-fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization—By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors,the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company,wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I,David M.Carey,the undersigned,Assistant Secretary,of American Fire and Casualty Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Power of Attomey executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of ,20 • _, By: 4.,,,--7',4 � ¢� David M.Carey;Assistant Secretary LMS_12873_092012 30 of 100 • a • Section 00620 Payment Bond • STATE OF GEORGIA AUGUSTA, GEORGIA BOND NO. Off 001 7'S KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that we, Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC , as Principal, (hereinafter known as Contractor), and we, The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Augusta, (hereinafter called the Owner), in the penal sum of Nine Million Three Hundred Ninety Five Thousand Seven Hundred Thirty Six and 16/100 Dollars ($ 9395,736.16 ) lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which sum will and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns,jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Contractor has entered into a certain Contract Agreement with said Owner, dated , 2018, for construction of the Deans Bridge MSW Landfill 2017 Phase 3 Stage 1 Cell 3 Construction, (hereinafter called the Contract), which Contract Agreement and the Contract Documents for said Work shall be deemed a part hereof as fully as if set out herein. NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such, that if said Contractor and all subcontractors to whom any portion of the Work provided for in said Contract Agreement is sublet and all assignees of said Contractor and of such subcontractors shall promptly make payments to all persons supplying them with labor, products, services, or supplies for or in the • prosecution of the Work provided for in such Contract Agreement, or in any amendment or extension of or addition to said Contract Agreement, and for the payment of reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by the claimant in suits on this Bond, then the above obligation shall be void; otherwise, it shall remain in full force and effect. HOWEVER, this Bond is subject to the following conditions and limitations: (a) Any person, firm or corporation that has furnished labor, products, or supplies for or in the prosecution of the Work provided for in said Contract Agreement shall have a direct right of action against the Contractor and Surety on this Bond, which right of action shall be asserted in a proceeding, instituted in the county in which the Work provided for in said Contract Agreement is to be performed or in any county in which Contractor or Surety does business. Such right of action shall be asserted in proceedings instituted in the name of the claimant or claimants for its use and benefit against said Contractor and Surety or either party(but not later than one year after the final settlement of said Contract Agreement) in which action such claim or claims shall be adjudicated and judgment rendered thereon. (b) The Pri cipal vnd Surety hereby designate and appoint the clAAA L. Le_‘Ss\ , as the agent of each party to receive and accept service of process or other pleading issued or filed in any proceeding instituted on this Bond and hereby consent that such service shall be the same as • personal service on the Contractor and/or Surety. 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00620 00620-2 Payment Bond • (c) In no event shall the Surety be liable for a greater sum than the penalty of this Bond, or subject to any suit, action or proceeding thereon that is instituted later than one year after the final settlement of said Contract Agreement. (d) This Bond is given pursuant to and in accordance with provisions of O.C.G.A. Section 36-91-1 etseq. hereinafter, and all the provisions of law referring to this character of Bond as set forth in said Sections or as may be hereinafter enacted, and these are hereby made a part hereof to the same extent as if set out herein in full. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Contractor has hereunder affixed its signature and seal, and said Surety has hereunto caused to be affixed its corporate signature and seal, by its duly authorized officers, on this day of , 2018, executed in six (6) counterparts. • • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00620 00620-3 Payment Bond • CONTRACTOR -- PRINCIPAL: Gearig Brothers Civilworks, LLC By: (name signed) Travis Gearig (name printed or typed) Title: President Address: 322 Grimaude Blvd. Grovetown,GA 30813 Attest: (name signed) Dave Leehy (name printed or typed) Title: CFO (SEAL) SURETY: The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company i By: (name sig?) Buck Leigh (name printed or typed) Title: Attorney-in-Fact Address: 9725 Dunbarton Drive Columbia, SC 29223 Attest: t (nam tgned) Mary Leiqh (name printed or typed) Title: Surety Secretary (SEAL) Note: Surety companies executing Bonds must appear on the Treasury Department's most current list (Circular 570 as amended)and be authorized to transact business in the state where the Project is located. END OF SECTION • 02/08/2018 G003-109-2017A\TS-00620 THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY IS NOT VALID UNLESS IT IS PRINTED ON RED BACKGROUND. This Power of Attorney limits the acts of those named herein,and they have no authority to bind the Company except in the manner and to the extent herein stated. Certificate No. 5762828 American Fire and Casualty Company Liberty Mutual Insurance Company The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company West American Insurance Company • POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOWN ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Fire&Casualty Company and The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of New Hampshire,that Liberty Mutual Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts,and West American Insurance Company is a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Indiana(herein collectively called the"Companies"),pursuant to and by authority herein set forth,does hereby name,constitute and appoint, Thomas M.Albus:Buck Leigh all of the city of Columbia ,state of SC each individually if there be more than one named,its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver,for and on its behalf as surety and as its act and deed,any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations,in pursuance of these presents and shall be as binding upon the Companies as if they have been duly signed by the president and attested by the secretary of the Companies in their own proper persons. IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Power of Attorney has been subscribed by an authorized officer or official of the Companies and the corporate seals of the Companies have been affixed thereto this 1st day of December ,2012 5. American Fire and Casualty Company 13 oThe Ohio Casualty Insurance Company CO p, y-,% Liberty Mutual Insurance Company m West American Insurance Company -- By: _ STATE OF WASHINGTON SS Gregory .Davenport,Assistant Secretary = �.;i COUNTY OF KINGco to V 0 On this 1st day of December , 2012 ,before me personally appeared Gregory W. Davenport,who acknowledged himself to be the Assistant Secretary of American v i_ 00 Fire and Casualty Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,The Ohio Casualty Company,and West American Insurance Company,and that he,as such,being authorized so to do, ›,.(0 O_ execute the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by himself as a duly authorized officer. d W 471G 2 > IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed my notarial seal at Seattle,Washington,on the day and year first above written. p CI r To • Q M 11 By: lObeO KD Riley,Not Public d 13 si 0 ?o to Cto This Power of Attorney is made and executed pursuant to and by authority of the following By-laws and Authorizations of American Fire and Casualty Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance to o Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company which resolutions are now in full force and effect reading as follows: t o .o coo ` ARTICLE IV-OFFICERS—Section 12.Power of Attorney.Any officer or other official of the Corporation authorized for that purpose in writing by the Chairman or the President,and subject C ,t ; to such limitation as the Chairman or the President may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Corporation to make,execute,seal, >,o) O C acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact,subject to the limitations set forth in their respective E y powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Corporation by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Corporation. When so '—to executed,such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the President and attested to by the Secretary.Any power or authority granted to any representative or attorney-in-fact under >-0 the provisions of this article may be revoked at any time by the Board,the Chairman,the President or by the officer or officers granting such power or authority. as o " C ARTICLE XIII—Execution of Contracts—SECTION 5.Surety Bonds and Undertakings.Any officer of the Company authorized for that purpose in writing by the chairman or the president, .".oNo .> CD+ and subject to such limitations as the chairman or the president may prescribe,shall appoint such attorneys-in-fact,as may be necessary to act in behalf of the Company to make,execute. M P. 7 seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Such attorneys-in-fact subject to the limitations set forth in their C aQ Z a respective powers of attorney,shall have full power to bind the Company by their signature and execution of any such instruments and to attach thereto the seal of the Company. When so O 0 executed such instruments shall be as binding as if signed by the president and attested by the secretary. to Certificate of Designation—The President of the Company,acting pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company,authorizes Gregory W. Davenport,Assistant Secretary to appoint such ~1— attorneys-in-fact as may be necessary to act on behalf of the Company to make,execute,seal,acknowledge and deliver as surety any and all undertakings,bonds,recognizances and other surety obligations. Authorization-By unanimous consent of the Company's Board of Directors,the Company consents that facsimile or mechanically reproduced signature of any assistant secretary of the Company,wherever appearing upon a certified copy of any power of attorney issued by the Company in connection with surety bonds,shall be valid and binding upon the Company with the same force and effect as though manually affixed. I,David M.Carey,the undersigned,Assistant Secretary,of American Fire and Casualty Company,The Ohio Casualty Insurance Company,Liberty Mutual Insurance Company,and West American Insurance Company do hereby certify that the original power of attorney of which the foregoing is a full,true and correct copy of the Power ofAttorney executed by said Companies, is in full force and effect and has not been revoked. IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies this day of ,20 . 0 f„ i , By: ^�y �,„, p_6 :.,,, , ,,,,, „..i : . , ,,,, David M.Carey,Assistant Secretary i LMS_12873_092012 29 of 100 Section 00700 General Conditions STABLE OF CONTENTS Article Title Page General 00700-1 1 Notice of Award of Contract 00700-1 2 Execution of Contract Documents 00700-1 3 Contract Security 00700-1 4 Insurance 00700-2 5 Indemnification 00700-2 6 Notice to Proceed 00700-3 7 Termination of Work for Default 00700-3 8 Termination for Convenience of the Owner 00700-4 9 Assignments 00700-4 10 Subcontracting 00700-4 11 Authority of the Engineer 00700-5 12 Separate Contracts 00700-5 13 Laws and Regulations 00700-6 14 Taxes 00700-6 15 Notice and Service Thereof 00700-7 16 Patents 00700-7 17 Land and Rights-of-Way 00700-7 • 18 Products 00700-8 19 Supervision of Work 00700-8 20 Interruption of Facility Operations 00700-9 21 Protection of Work, Property and Persons 00700-9 22 Protection of the Environment 00700-10 23 Protection, Location and Relocation of Utilities 00700-10 24 Schedules, Reports and Records 00700-10 25 Drawings and Specifications 00700-11 26 Surveys 00700-11 27 Testing, Inspection and Rejection of Work 00700-12 I 28 Contract Time and Liquidated Damages 00700-13 29 Changes in the Contract 00700-13 30 Payments and Completion 00700-17 • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A TS-00700 00700- 1 General Conditions • GENERAL: The provisions of these General Conditions are intended as, but are not limited to, providing general conditions of agreement and provisions toward the awarding of the Contract, the obligations of the successful Bidder and requirements for execution and administration of the Contract. IN ANY EVENT. PROVISIONS IN THIS SECTION ARE SUBJECT TO AND GOVERNED BY PROVISIONS IN THE SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS, AS APPLICABLE. Article 1 - Notice of Award of Contract After receipt of Bids, the Owner shall notify the successful Bidder of the award of the Contract as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions. Article 2 - Execution of Contract Documents Within 15 days of notification of Award of Contract, the Owner will furnish the Contractor with conformed copies of Contract Documents for execution by the Contractor and the surety. Within 10 days after receipt, the Contractor shall return all the Documents properly executed by the Contractor and the surety. Attached to each Document shall be an original power-of-attorney for the person executing the Bonds for the surety and certificates of insurance for the required insurance coverage. • Within 30 days after receipt of the conformed Documents executed by the Contractor and the surety with the power-of-attorney and certificates of insurance, the Owner will complete the execution of the Documents. Distribution of the completed Documents will be made upon execution by the Owner. Should the Contractor and/or the surety fail to properly execute the Documents within the specified time, the Owner will have the right to proceed on the Bid Bond accompanying the Bid. If the Owner fails to execute the Documents within the time limit specified, the Contractor will have the right to withdraw the Proposal without penalty. In such event the Owner will have no liability to the Contractor under these Documents or otherwise. Should either party require an extension of any of the time limits stated above, this shall be done only by written mutual agreement between both parties. Article 3 - Contract Security The Contractor shall furnish separate Performance and Payment Bonds each in a sum equal to the amount of the Contract Price, the Performance Bond conditioned upon the performance by the Contractor of all undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions and agreements of the Contract Documents, and the Payment Bond conditioned upon the prompt payment by the • Contractor to all persons supplying labor and products in the prosecution of the Work provided by the Contract Documents. Such Bonds shall be executed by the Contractor and a corporate 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A TS-00700 00700-2 General Conditions bonding company licensed to transact such business in the State where the Project is located • and named on the current list of "Surety Companies Acceptable on Federal Bonds" as published in the Treasury Department Circular Number 570. The expense of these Bonds shall be borne by the Contractor. If at any time a surety on any such Bond is declared bankrupt or loses its right to do business in the State where the Project is located or is removed from the list of Surety Companies accepted on Federal Bonds, the Contractor shall, within 10 days after notice from the Owner to do so, substitute an acceptable Bond (or Bonds) in such form and sum and signed by such other surety as may be satisfactory to the Owner. The premium on such Bond (or Bonds) shall be paid by the Contractor. No further progress payments shall be deemed due, nor shall be made, until the new surety furnishes an acceptable Bond to the Owner. The person executing the Bond on behalf of the surety shall file with the Bond a general power of attorney, unlimited as to amount and type of Bond covered by such power of attorney and certified to by an official of said surety. Article 4 - Insurance The Contractor shall not commence any work under this Contract until all insurance, as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions, has been obtained and such insurance has been approved by the Owner, nor shall the Contractor allow any subcontractor to commence any work on subcontractor's contract until all similar insurance required of the subcontractor has been so obtained and approved by the Contractor. • Article 5 - Indemnification The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, the Engineer and their agents and employees from and against all claims, damages, losses and expenses including claims for consultants' and attorneys' fees arising out of or resulting from the performance of the Work, provided that any such claims, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, including the loss of use resulting therefrom; and is caused in whole or in part by negligence, willful act or omission of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. In any and all claims against the Owner or the Engineer, or any of their agents or employees, by any employee of the Contractor, any subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable, the indemnification obligation shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or any subcontractor under worker's compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefits acts. This indemnification and hold harmless obligation shall extend to cover any and all claims not covered by the Owner's Protective Liability Insurance, the requirements of which are specified in Article 4 of the Supplementary Conditions. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-3 General Conditions Article 6 - Notice to Proceed The Notice to Proceed will be issued, following the pre-construction conference, within 10 days of the execution of the Contract Agreement by the Owner. The time may be extended by mutual agreement between the Owner and the Contractor. If the Notice to Proceed has not been issued within the 10 day period or within the period mutually agreed upon, the Contractor may terminate the Contract Agreement without further liability on the part of either party. Article 7 - Termination of Work for Default (a) The Work may be terminated if: (1) The Contractor is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent. (2) The Contractor makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors. (3) A trustee or receiver is appointed for the Contractor or for any of Contractor's property. (4) The Contractor files a petition to take advantage of any debtor's act, or to reorganize under the bankruptcy or applicable laws. • (5) The Contractor repeatedly fails to supply sufficient skilled workmen, materials or equipment. (6) The Contractor fails to make satisfactory progress toward timely completion of the Work. (7) The Contractor repeatedly fails to make prompt payments to subcontractors or material suppliers for labor, materials or equipment. (8) The Contractor disregards laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or orders of any public body having jurisdiction of the Work. (9) The Contractor fails to comply with directives of the Engineer. (10) The Contractor otherwise violates any provision of the Contract Documents. (b) The Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the Contractor and surety a minimum of 10 days from delivery of a written notice, terminate the services of the Contractor and take possession of the Project and of all products thereon owned by the Contractor, and finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may deem expedient. In such case the Contractor shall not be • entitled to receive any further payment until the Work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the Contract Price exceeds the direct and indirect costs of completing 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-4 General Conditions the Project, including compensation for additional professional services, such • excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs exceed such unpaid balance, the Contractor and/or surety shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such costs incurred by the Owner will be determined by the Engineer and incorporated in a Change Order. (c) Where the Contractor's services have been so terminated by the Owner, said termination will not affect any right of the Owner against the Contractor then existing or which may thereafter accrue. Any retention or payment of monies by the Owner due the Contractor will not release the Contractor from compliance with the Contract Documents. Article 8 - Termination for Convenience of the Owner If, for any reason other than those provided for under Article 7, the Owner elects to discontinue, in whole or part, the Work under this Contract, the Owner may, after 10 days from delivery of a written notice to the Contractor and the Engineer, terminate, in whole or in part, the Contractor's performance of the Work under this Contract. The notice of termination shall specify the extent to which performance of the Work under the Contract is terminated. In the event of such termination by the Owner, the Contractor shall be entitled to payment for the Work at the jobsite acceptably performed up to the time of the termination and reimbursement for such costs as are reasonably incurred by the Contractor due to the • termination and not otherwise compensated. The Contractor shall also be entitled to profit on the amounts payable to the Contractor, but such profit shall be limited to 6 percent of such amounts. The Contractor will not be entitled to any payment, including any anticipated profit, on Work not performed and will not be entitled to any compensation for other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such compensation or damages of any nature. Article 9 -Assignments The Contractor shall not assign the whole or any part of this Contract or any monies due or to become due hereunder without written consent of the Owner. In case the Contractor assigns all or any part of any monies due or to become due under this Contract, the instrument of assignment shall contain a clause substantially to the effect that it is agreed that the right of the assignee in and to any monies due or to become due to the Contractor shall be subject to prior liens of all persons, firms, and corporations for services rendered or materials supplied for the performance of the Work called for under this Contract. Article 10 -Subcontracting (a) The Contractor shall not subcontract the complete Work, or any part thereof, and shall not award any work to any subcontractor without prior written approval of the Owner. Owner approval will not be given except upon the basis of written statements containing such information as the Owner may require. At the 41) pre-construction conference, the Contractor shall submit all subcontractors that the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-5 General Conditions • Contractor plans to use on the Project. Any changes or additional subcontractors should be submitted at least 14 days prior to the needed approval. (b) The Contractor shall utilize the services of specialty subcontractors on those parts of the Work which, under normal contracting practices, are best performed by specialty subcontractors, as required by the Engineer in Engineer's sole discretion, at no additional cost to the Owner. If the Contractor desires to perform specialty work, the Contractor shall submit a request to the Owner, accompanied by evidence that the Contractor's own organization has successfully performed the type of work in question, is presently competent to perform the type of work, and the performance of the work by specialty subcontractors will result in materially increased costs or inordinate delays. (c) The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of the Contractor's subcontractors and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of independent contractors or independent subcontractors of the Contractor and of persons indirectly employed by the Contractor as the Contractor is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. (d) The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the Work to bind subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the General Conditions and other Contract Documents insofar as applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power as regards terminating any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the Contract Documents. (e) Nothing contained in this Contract shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner. Article 11 -Authority of the Engineer The Engineer will act as the Owner's representative during the construction period. The Engineer will decide questions which may arise as to quality and acceptability of products furnished and Work performed. The Engineer will interpret the intent of the Contract Documents in a fair and unbiased manner. The Engineer will make visits to the site and determine if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Engineer will judge as to the accuracy of quantities submitted by the Contractor in partial payment estimates and the acceptability of the Work which these quantities represent. The decisions of the Engineer will be final and conclusive. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-6 General Conditions Article 12 -Separate Contracts • (a) The Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this Project. The Contractor shall afford other contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their products and the execution of their work, and the Contractor and other contractors shall properly connect and coordinate their work with each other. If the proper execution or results of any part of the Contractor's work depends upon the work of any other contractor, the Contractor shall inspect and promptly report to the Engineer any defects in such work that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. (b) The Owner may perform additional work related to the Project with Owner's own forces. The Contractor shall afford the Owner reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of products and the execution of work, and shall properly connect and coordinate Contractor's work with work performed by Owner's own forces. (c) If the performance of additional work by other contractors or the Owner is not noted in the Contract Documents prior to the execution of the Contract, written notice thereof will be given to the Contractor prior to starting any such additional work. If the Contractor believes that the performance of such additional work by the Owner or others involves the Contractor in additional expense or entitles the Contractor to an extension of the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a claim therefore as provided in Article 29. Article 13 - Laws and Regulations The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that all applicable federal, state, county and city laws, municipal ordinances, and the rules and regulations of all authorities having jurisdiction over construction of the Project shall apply to the Contract throughout, and they will be deemed to be included in the Contract as though written out in full herein. The Contractor shall keep fully informed of all laws, ordinances and regulations of the federal, state, county, city and municipal governments or authorities in any manner affecting those engaged or employed in the Work or the materials used in the Work or in any way affecting the conduct of the Work and of all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over same. If any discrepancy or inconsistency should be discovered in these Contract Documents herein referred to, in relation to any such law, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, the Contractor shall herewith report the same, in writing, to the Owner. The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all such existing and future laws, ordinances and regulations, and shall protect and indemnify the Owner, the Engineer and their agents against the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, order or decree, whether by the Contractor or by the Contractor's employees. Article 14 - Taxes The Contractor shall pay all sales, consumer, use and other similar taxes required by the law of • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-7 General Conditions . the place where the Work is performed. The Owner will be responsible for any sales or use tax due on products furnished by the Owner to the Contractor to be incorporated into the Work. Article 15 - Notice and Service Thereof (a) All notices, demands, requests, instructions, approvals, and claims shall be in writing. (b) Any notice to or demand upon the Contractor will be sufficiently given if delivered at the office of the Contractor specified in the Proposal (or at such other office as the Contractor may from time to time designate to the Owner in writing), or if delivered by the United States Mail in a sealed, postage-prepaid envelope, or delivered by facsimile transmission, followed by written confirmation, in each case addressed to such office. (c) All papers required to be delivered to the Owner shall be delivered as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions. (d) Any such notice or demand shall be deemed to have been given to the Owner or made as of the time of actual delivery to Owner. Article 16 - Patents • (a) The Contractor shall hold and save the Owner, the Engineer and their agents harmless from liability of any kind, including cost and expenses, reasonable attorney's fees, for, or on account of, any patented or unpatented invention, process, article, or appliance manufactured or used in the performance of the Work, including its use by the Owner. (b) If the Contractor uses any design, process, device or materials covered by letters, trademarks, patent or copyright, the Contractor shall provide for such use by suitable agreement between the Owner and the holder of such patented or copyrighted design, device or material. The Contract prices shall include royalties or costs arising from the use of such design, device or materials, in any way involved in the Work. The Contractor and the Contractor's sureties shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, the Engineer and their agents from claims for infringement by reason of the use of such patented or copyrighted design, process, device or materials or any trademark or copyright in connection with Work agreed to be performed under this Contract, and shall indemnify the Owner, the Engineer and their agents for any cost, expense, damage and reasonable attorney's fees which it may be obliged to pay by reason of such infringement, at any time during the prosecution of the Work or after completion of the Work. Article 17 - Land and Rights-of-Way • The Owner will provide, as indicated in the Contract Documents andp rior to the Notice to 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-8 General Conditions Proceed, the lands upon which the Work is to be done, rights-of-way for access thereto, and • such other lands which are designated for the use of the Contractor. The Contractor shall confine work and all associated activities to the easements and other areas designated for the Contractor's use. The Contractor shall comply with any limits on construction methods and practices which may be required by easement agreements. If, due to some unforeseen reason, the necessary easements are not obtained, the Contractor shall receive an equitable extension of Contract Time and/or an equitable increase in the Contract Price to cover the Contractor's additional costs as a result thereof, provided the Owner is notified immediately of the claim. The Contractor's claim therefore shall be handled as provided for under Article 29. Should additional temporary easements for ingress or egress be required by the Contractor for more suitable access to the Work, these easements shall be obtained by the Contractor, at no additional cost to the Owner. Additional requirements shall be as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions. Article 18 -Products (a) Products shall be so stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to insure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the Work. Stored products to be incorporated in the Work shall be located so as to • facilitate prompt inspection. (b) Manufactured products shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned as directed by the manufacturer. (c) Products shall be furnished in accordance with shop drawings and/or samples submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. (d) Products to be incorporated into the Work shall not be purchased by the Contractor or the subcontractor subject to a chattel mortgage or under a conditional sale contract or other agreement by which an interest is retained by the seller. Article 19 -Supervision of Work The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction. The Contractor shall employ and maintain on the Work a qualified supervisor or superintendent who shall have been designated in writing by the Contractor as the Contractor's representative at the site. The supervisor shall be present on the site at all times as required to perform adequate supervision and coordination of the Work. The supervisor shall have full authority to act on behalf of the Contractor and to execute the orders or directions of the Engineer without delay. The supervisor shall have full authority to • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-9 General Conditions • promptly supply products, tools, plant equipment and labor as may be required. The supervisor's authority shall be such that all communication given to the supervisor shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. The Contractor shall employ only competent and skilled personnel. The Contractor shall, upon demand from the Engineer, immediately remove any superintendent, foreman or workman whom the Engineer or Owner may consider incompetent or undesirable. Article 20 - Interruption of Facility Operations The Contractor shall provide the Owner with written notice at least five days prior to any interruption in facility operations required by construction activity. The notice shall include the date and time of the scheduled interruption;the length of time the interruption will be in effect; the procedures to be followed in effecting the interruption; a complete identification of all those processes, equipment and operations to be affected; and all other information the Owner may require. The Contractor shall provide any equipment, piping, auxiliary power or other means necessary to sustain facility operations or function for interruptions which have not been identified by the Specifications, or when interruptions must exceed the time allowed by the Specifications. Additional requirements, if any, shall be as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions. 1111 Article 21 - Protection of Work, Property and Persons (a) The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. The Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to all employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby, all the Work and all products to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, and other property at the site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction. (b) The Contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for construction, promulgated under the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL 91-596) and under Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (PL 91-54). The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by the conditions and progress of the Work, all necessary safeguards for safety and protection. (c) The Contractor shall remedy all damage, injury or loss to any property, improvements or facilities caused, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, by the Contractor or any of the Contractor's subcontractors or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. The • property, improvements or facilities shall be replaced or restored to a condition as good as when the Contractor entered upon the Work. In case of failure on the part 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700- 10 General Conditions of the Contractor to restore such property, or make good such damages or injury, the Owner may, after 48 hours written notice, proceed to repair, rebuild, or El) otherwise restore such property, improvements or facilities as may be deemed necessary. The cost thereof will be deducted from any monies due or which may become due the Contractor under this Contract. (d) In emergencies affecting the safety of persons or the Work or property at the site or adjacent thereto, the Contractor, without special instruction or authorization from the Engineer or Owner, shall act to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. (e) Completed Work and stored products shall be suitably protected during unseasonable weather, to allow Work to proceed in a timely fashion. Work planned, or in progress, should be performed to minimize impact of adverse weather. Article 22 - Protection of the Environment (a) The Contractor shall be responsible for taking all measures required to minimize all types of pollution associated with the undertaking of the proposed Work, and shall abide by the requirements of all governmental agencies having jurisdiction over the Work or Contractor's Project operations. (b) Any area used or involved in the Project that is disturbed by the Contractor, shall be restored to original or better condition, even though such area is outside the limits • of that specified for grading, grassing or landscaping. Article 23 - Protection, Location and Relocation of Utilities The Contractor shall notify owners of adjacent utilities when prosecution of the Work may affect them. The Contractor shall protect from damage all existing improvements or utilities at, or in proximity to, the site of the Work, and shall repair or restore any damage to such facilities resulting from failure to exercise reasonable care in the performance of Work. If the Contractor fails or refuses to repair any such damage promptly, the Owner may have the Work performed and charge the cost thereof to the Contractor. Prior to the construction or installation of any proposed facility or pipeline, the Contractor shall expose all existing utilities true to their vertical and horizontal location, within the vicinity of the Work. In order to avoid conflicts between existing and proposed facilities or utilities, the Contractor shall either relocate the existing or proposed utility on a temporary or permanent basis, or shall take whatever means necessary to protect the existing facilities or utilities during the installation of proposed utilities, as approved by the Engineer. No separate payment will be made for the relocation of existing utilities or for any work associated with the protection of existing facilities or utilities. Article 24 -Schedules, Reports and Records The Contractor shall submit to the Owner progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, 1111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-11 General Conditions • records and other data as the Owner may request concerning work performed or to be performed as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions. Article 25 - Drawings and Specifications The Drawings, Specifications, Contract Documents, and all supplemental documents, are considered essential parts of the Contract, and requirements occurring in one are as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to define, describe and provide for all Work necessary to complete the Project in an acceptable manner, ready for use, occupancy, or operation by the Owner. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor five copies of the Contract Documents, one copy of which the Contractor shall have available at all times on the Project site. Any additional copies will be furnished at additional cost. In case of conflict between the Drawings and Specifications, the Specifications will govern. Figure dimensions on Drawings will govern over scale dimensions, and detailed Drawings will govern over general Drawings. In cases where products or quantities are omitted from the Specifications, the description and quantities shown on the Drawings will govern. • Any materially differing site condition as between what is shown on the Drawings and Specifications and actually found on site shall be immediately reported to the Engineer, in writing, prior to the commencement of Work at the site. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Engineer, in writing, of the differing site condition prior to performance of Work at the site shall constitute a waiver of any claim for additional monies. Any Change Order necessitated by the differing site condition shall be processed as provided under Article 29. Any ambiguities or need for clarification of the Drawings or Specifications shall be immediately reported in writing to the Engineer. Any such ambiguity or need for clarification will be handled by the Engineer, in writing, as authorized by Article 11. No clarification of the Drawings and Specifications hereunder by the Engineer will entitle the Contractor to any additional monies unless a Change Order has been processed as provided by Article 29 hereof. Any work done by the Contractor following a discovery of such differing site condition or ambiguity or need for clarification in the Contract Drawings and Specifications, prior to a written report to the Engineer, shall not entitle the Contractor to additional monies and shall be done at the Contractor's risk. Article 26 - Surveys The Owner will furnish a land survey to establish a base line for locating the principal component parts of the Work, as shown in the Contract Documents. A bench mark will be • established adjacent to the Work. From this information, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall develop and make all detailed surveys needed for 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700- 12 General Conditions construction, such as alignment, slope stakes, batter boards, stakes for pile locations and • other working points, lines, elevations and cut sheets. Article 27 - Testing, Inspection and Rejection of Work (a) Testing of Materials: Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the Specifications, the inspection and testing of products to be incorporated in the Work at the site shall be made by bureaus, laboratories, or agencies approved by the Owner; the cost of such inspection and testing shall be paid by the Contractor. The Contractor shall furnish evidence, satisfactory to the Owner, that the products have passed the required tests prior to their incorporation into the Work. The Contractor shall promptly segregate and remove rejected products from the site of the Work. (b) Inspection: The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer with every reasonable facility for ascertaining whether or not the Work performed and products used are in accordance with the requirements and intent of the Specifications and Contract Documents. No Work shall be done or products used without suitable inspection by the Engineer or Engineer's representative. Failure to reject any defective Work or product shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered, or obligate the Owner to final acceptance. (c) Authority and Duties of the Resident Inspector: The Resident Inspector will be authorized to inspect all Work done and all products furnished, including • preparation, fabrication and manufacture of the products to be used, but the Resident Inspector will not be authorized to alter or waive any requirements of the Contract Documents. The Resident Inspector may reject products or suspend the Work until any question at issue can be referred to and decided by the Engineer. The responsibility of the Contractor is not lessened by the presence of the Resident Inspector. The Resident Inspector will be identified at the Pre-Construction Conference. (d) Rejection of Work and Materials: All products furnished and all Work done that is not in accordance with the Drawings or Specifications or that is defective will be rejected. All rejected products or Work shall be removed immediately. If rejected products or Work is not removed within 48 hours, the Engineer will have the right and authority to stop the Work immediately and will have the right to arrange for the removal of said rejected products or Work at the cost and expense of the Contractor. All rejected products or Work shall be replaced with other products or Work which conforms with the Drawings and Specifications. (e) Contractor's Responsibilities: Inspection of the Work will not relieve the Contractor of any obligations to fulfill the Contract and defective Work shall be made good regardless of whether such Work has been previously inspected by the Engineer and accepted or estimated for payment. The failure of the Engineer to reject • improper Work shall not be considered a waiver of any defect which may be 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700- 13 General Conditions • discovered later, or for Work actually defective. Article 28 - Contract Time and Liquidated Damages The Contract Time and Liquidated Damages shall be defined in the Advertisement for Proposal. The Contractor shall proceed with the Work at a rate of progress which will insure completion within the Contract Time. It is expressly understood and agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the Contract Time for the Work described herein is a reasonable time, taking into consideration the average climatic and economic conditions, and other factors prevailing in the locality of the Work. If the Contractor shall fail to perform the Work required within the Contract Time, or extended Contract Time if authorized by Change Order, then the Contractor shall pay to the Owner the full amount of liquidated damages specified in the Contract Documents for each calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be charged with liquidated damages or any excess cost when the delay in performance of the Work is due to the following and the Contractor has promptly given written notice of such delay to the Owner and Engineer: (a) To any preference, priority or allocation order duly issued by the Owner. (b) To unforeseeable causes beyond the control and without the fault or negligence of the Contractor, including but not restricted to, acts of God or of the public enemy, acts of the Owner, acts of another contractor in the performance of a contract with the Owner, fires, floods, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, strikes, freight embargoes, and abnormal and unforeseeable weather; and, (c) To any delays of subcontractors occasioned by any of the causes specified in paragraphs (a) and (b). Article 29 - Changes in the Contract (a) Changes in the Work: The Owner may at any time, as the need arises, order changes within the scope of the Work without invalidating the Contract Agreement. If such changes increase or decrease the amount due under the Contract Documents, or in the time required for performance of the Work, an equitable adjustment will be authorized by Change Order. The Engineer, also, may at any time, by issuing a field order, make changes in the details of the Work. These changes by field order will not affect Contract Time or Contract Price. The Contractor shall proceed with the performance of any changes in the Work so ordered by the Engineer, unless the Contractor believes that such field order entitles Contractor to a change in Contract Price or Contract Time or 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700- 14 General Conditions both, in which event Contractor shall give the Engineer immediate, written notice • thereof and if required by the Owner, an immediate estimate of the direct cost of Work as outlined in (b) below, after the receipt of the ordered change, and the Contractor shall not execute such changes pending the receipt of an executed Change Order or further written instruction from the Owner. Should the Contractor encounter, or the Owner discover, during the progress of the Work, subsurface or latent conditions at the site materially differing from those shown on the Drawings or indicated in the Specifications, or unknown conditions of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in Work of the character provided for in the Drawings and Specifications, the Owner shall immediately be notified in writing of such conditions before they are disturbed. The Owner will thereupon promptly investigate the conditions. If the Owner finds that conditions do so materially differ, or are of an unusual nature, and upon written request of the Contractor, an equitable adjustment will be authorized by Change Order. If the Contractor does not immediately notify the Owner in writing of the belief that a field order, additional work by other contractors or the Owner, or subsurface, latent or unusual unknown conditions entitles the Contractor to a Change Order, no consideration for time or money will be given the Contractor. The Owner may, with the Contractor's concurrence, elect to postpone the issuance of a Change Order until such time that a single Change Order of substantial importance can be issued incorporating several changes. In such cases, the Owner will indicate this intent for each change in the Contract in a written response to the Contractor's request for a change, following agreement by the Owner and Contractor on the change's scope, price and time. (b) Changes in Contract Price: The Contract Price may be changed only by a Change Order. The value of any Work covered by a Change Order for increase or decrease in the Contract Price will be determined by one or more of the following methods, in the order of precedence listed below: (1) By estimating the number of unit quantities of each part of the Work which is changed (either increased or decreased) and then multiplying the estimated number of such unit quantities by the price Proposed (which price shall include the Contractor's overhead and profit) for a unit quantity thereof. (2) The Owner will fix the total lump sum value of the change in the Work of the Contractor following the Contractor's submittal, within a reasonable time, of an estimate of the direct cost of the Work. The direct cost estimate will be added to, or deducted from, the Contract Price (which price will include the Contractor's overhead and profit as outlined below). If the Contractor does 4111not submit a cost estimate of the Work in a reasonable time or if the Owner 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700- 15 General Conditions • and Contractor do not reach agreement on the cost, the Owner may fix the total lump sum value at a reasonable amount. On any lump sum change which involves a net credit to the Owner, no allowance for overhead and profit will be figured. (3) By ordering the Contractor to proceed with the Work and to keep and present, in such form as the Owner may direct, a correct account of the cost of the change together with all vouchers therefore. The cost hereunder will only include an allowance for overhead and profit as outlined below. For the Work performed in item (2) or (3) above, payment will be made for the documented actual direct cost of the following: (aa) Labor, including foremen, for those hours they are assigned and participating in the Work covered by the change order (actual direct payroll cost of wages). The Contractor shall furnish, if required by the Owner, certified payrolls to verify wages. All labor related costs will be included in a 30 percent markup of the cost of direct payroll wages. This refers to the Contractor's specific labor wages. (bb) Material delivered and used on the designated Work, including • sales tax, if paid for by the Contractor and as verified by original invoices or otherwise verifiable to the Owner's acceptance. (cc) Rental, or ownership cost of equipment, including necessary transportation of equipment, having a purchase value in excess of $300.00. Rental or ownership cost will be allowed for only those hours during which the equipment is required on the project site. Cost allowances will not exceed the rates defined as follows: the hourly rate, for equipment not used exclusively in the change to the scope of work, will be the monthly rate, as printed in the current Rental Blue Book for Construction Equipment published by Dataquest, divided by 176; the rate, for equipment used exclusively for those tasks identified in the change to the scope of work, will be the daily, weekly or monthly rate, used singularly or in combination, which will provide the lowest total cost. The rates will be modified by the Rate Adjustment Table factors to reflect a depreciation allowance indexed to the year a machine was originally manufactured and sold. The rates will be adjusted to account for regional differences in annual use hours, cost of labor, freight, taxes, etc. The amount by which basic rates will be increased or decreased is shown on the adjustment maps included in the "Blue Book". • The equipment use period will begin only at the time equipment is unloaded 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700- 16 General Conditions at the site if the changed work, will include each day that the equipment is • required at the site of the changed work and will terminate at the end of the day on which the use of such equipment becomes unnecessary, plus reasonable transportation time. The maximum time to be paid per day will not exceed eight hours unless the equipment is in operation for a longer time. The time which will be paid for per day, for equipment not used exclusively in the change to the scope of work, will be the hours which the equipment was actually in operation on the changed work. In addition to the actual costs in items (aa) through (cc) above, there will be, for the Contractor actually performing the work, a fixed fee of 16 percent for bond, insurance, overhead and profit added to the cost of Items (aa), (bb) and (cc), above. If all or a portion of the Change Order is performed by a subcontractor, payment will be made for the documented actual direct cost as outlined in (aa), (bb) and (cc), above. A fixed fee of 16 percent for bond, insurance, overhead and profit will be added to the cost of (aa), (bb) and (cc) of the subcontractor's work only. A fixed fee of 10 percent will be added to the subcontractor's Work for the Contractor's administrative handling of portions of the Work that are performed by an approved subcontractor. No additional fixed fee will be • allowed for the Contractor's or a subcontractor's administrative handling of Work performed by a subcontractor's subcontractor, unless by written permission from the Owner. All other costs not specifically listed above are considered to be included in the fixed fee. (4) The Contractor shall, when required by the Owner, furnish the Owner with an itemized breakdown of the quantities and prices used in computing the value of any change that might be ordered, in a printed format, and with sufficient detail as required by the Owner. (c) Changes in Contract Time: The Contract Time may be changed only by a Change Order. Changes in the Work described in (a) and any other claim made by the Contractor for a change in the Contract Time will be evaluated by the Owner with the assistance and input of the Engineer and if the conditions warrant, an appropriate adjustment of the Contract Time will be made. The Owner, when making these evaluations will take into consideration the amount and scope of Work which has been changed and will evaluate if the change in Work has affected the critical path as currently accepted on the progress schedule such that it would delay the completion of the Project. If after these evaluations have been made and in the sole opinion of the Owner, the Contractor is due an extension of time, then it will be granted by a Change Order and the Owner will pay the • associated cost due the Contractor for direct field costs, only as outlined under 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-17 General Conditions Changes in Contract Price (aa) and (cc), exclusive of Item (bb), based on any delays to the overall Project. Extensions of time granted as a result of weather will not result in a change in Contract Price. Article 30 - Payments and Completion (a) Contract Price: The Contract Price is either a lump sum or the sum of the unit prices, or a combination thereof, stated in the Contract Agreement, for each item multiplied by the actual quantities installed of each item, and is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the performance of the.Work set forth in the Contract Documents. It is understood that the Contractor shall provide and pay for all products, labor (including labor performed after regular working hours, on Sundays, or on legal holidays), equipment, tools, water, light, power, sewer, transportation, supervision, temporary construction of any nature, and all other services and facilities of any nature whatsoever necessary to execute, complete, place into operation, and deliver the Work. It is further understood that the Contractor's proposed construction schedule is based on a normal 40 hour, 5 day work week, less recognized holidays. If the Contractor desires to work in excess of this limit, the Contractor shall submit a • written request to the Owner a minimum of five days prior to the desired work date. The Contractor shall be responsible for any additional expenses incurred by the Owner as a result of the extended work hours, including resident inspection overtime. The cost associated with resident inspector overtime will be deducted from the Contractor's monthly payment request. (b) Breakdown of Cost: Before the first application for payment the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a breakdown of cost for the various portions of the Work, including quantities if required by the Engineer,aggregating the total Contract Price prepared in such form as specified or as the Engineer and the Contractor may agree upon and supported by such data to substantiate its correctness as the Engineer may reasonably require. This schedule of values, when approved by the Engineer, will be used only as a basis for the Contractor's application for payment; however, the payment schedule will correlate directly with the Overall Project Schedule (OPS) cost information, when applicable. (c) Progress Payments: At the end of each calendar month, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer an itemized application for payment supported by such other substantiating data as the Engineer may reasonably require covering Work completed through the 25th day of the month. Any progress payment submitted by the Contractor after the fifth of the month will be included in the following month's payment. Application for payment may include, at the Contractor's option, the cost of 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700- 18 General Conditions products not yet incorporated into the Work which have been delivered to the site • or to other storage locations authorized and approved by the Engineer. The Owner reserves the right to accept or reject pay requests for stored materials, and to limit payments to those stored materials which, in the Engineer's judgement, are necessary for continuing satisfactory Project progress. Payment for stored products will be subject to the following conditions being met or satisfied: (1) The products shall be received in a condition satisfactory for incorporation in the Work, including manufacturer's storage and installation instructions. (2) The products shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and in such manner that any and all manufacturer's warranties will be maintained and that they will not be damaged due to weather, construction operations or any other cause. (3) An invoice from the manufacturer shall be furnished for each item on which payment is requested. The request may include reimbursement for cost of delivery, limited to common carrier rates, to the site, but will not include the Contractor handling, on or off site, or for storage expense. (4) The Contractor shall, on request of the Engineer, furnish written proof from the supplier of payment (less retention equal in percentage to that being • retained by the Owner) for the products no later than 30 days after receipt of payment for same from the Owner. The Owner will have the right to deduct from the next payment estimate an amount equal to the payment for the products if reasonable and adequate proof is not submitted. (5) Shop drawings, product data and samples, showing "No Exceptions Taken", has been received from the Contractor for that specific equipment or material. The Contractor warrants that title to all Work and products covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated into the Project or not, will pass to the Owner upon the receipt of such payment by the Contractor, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances (except retention equal in percentage to that being retained by the Owner which may be withheld from suppliers and subcontractors to guarantee completion and performance). (d) Certificate for Payment: If the Contractor has made application for payment as provided above, the Engineer will issue a Certificate for Payment to the Owner, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Engineer determines to be properly due, or the Engineer will state, in writing, itemized and specific reasons for withholding a Certificate as provided herein. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700- 19 General Conditions • After the Engineer has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner will pay to the Contractor the amount covering Work completed plus stored products, less retention and less previous payments made. No certificate for a progress payment, nor any progress payment, nor any partial or entire use of occupancy of the Project by the Owner, shall constitute an acceptance of any Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. (e) Retention: The Owner will retain the following amounts from each properly certified estimate: (1) Until the value of the Work completed, including stored materials, is at least 50 percent of the Contract amount, 10 percent of the value of all Work satisfactorily completed, including stored materials. (2) When the value of the completed Work totals at least 50 percent of the Contract amount, the Owner will discontinue retaining additional amounts provided the Work is progressing satisfactorily and there is no specific cause for retaining a larger sum. The total amount retained will be at least 5 percent of the Contract amount, adjusted for Change Orders, until the date of final payment. • (3) The Owner may elect to reinstate retention of 10 percent of the value of the Work completed if at any time the Contractor fails to make satisfactory progress or if there is other specific cause. Satisfactory progress is identified as conforming to the construction progress schedule as required in Article 24, as modified by the Supplementary Conditions. No form of collateral in lieu of cash will be acceptable as retainage. Amounts retained by the Contractor from payments due to suppliers and subcontractors (expressed as a percentage) shall not exceed that being retained by the Owner. (f) Payments Withheld: The Engineer may decline to approve an Application for Payment and may withhold certificate, in whole or in part, as may be necessary to protect the Owner from loss because of: (1) Failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to subcontractors or for labor or products. (2) Unsatisfactory prosecution of the Work by the Contractor either due to quality of the Work or if the Contractor is behind the currently approved construction schedule. When the above reasons for nonpayment are corrected, then payment will be made 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 00700-20 General Conditions for amounts withheld because of such reasons, not later than the next payment. • Completion and Final Acceptance shall be as stipulated in the Supplementary Conditions. END OF SECTION • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00700 Section 00800 Supplementary Conditions • General The provisions in this Section of the Specifications shall govern in the event of any conflict between this Section and the General Conditions. Article 1 - Notice of Award of Contract Article 1 - Notice of Award of Contract, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to include the following: Within 60 days after receipt of Proposals, the Owner will notify the successful Proposer of the award of the Contract. Should the Owner require additional time to award a Contract, the time may be extended by the mutual agreement between the Owner and the successful Proposer. If an award of Contract has not been made within 60 days from the Proposal date or within the extension mutually agreed upon, the Proposer may withdraw the Proposal without further liability on the part of either party. Article 4 - Insurance Article 4- Insurance, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to include the following: • (a) Worker's Compensation: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of the Contract Agreement, Worker's Compensation Insurance for all of Contractor's employees to be engaged in work on the Project under this Contract, and in case any such Work is sublet, the Contractor shall require the subcontractor similarly to provide Worker's Compensation Insurance for all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such Work unless such employees are covered by the protection afforded by the Contractor's Worker's Compensation Insurance. Worker's Compensation Insurance shall include Broad Form All States Endorsement and Voluntary Compensation. The amount of insurance shall not be less than the following: Each Accident $100,000.00 Disease- Policy Limit $500,000.00 Disease- Each Employee $100,000.00 (b) Comprehensive General Liability: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of the Contract Agreement, such Comprehensive General Liability and Broad Form Property Damage Insurance as shall protect Contractor and any subcontractor performing Work covered by this Contract from claims for damages for bodily injury, including accidental death, as well as from claims for property damages, which may arise from operations under the Contract Agreement, whether • such operations are by the Contractor or by any subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them. The amount of insurance shall not be less 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 00800-2 Supplementary Conditions than the following: • General Aggregate $2,000,000.00 Products Corn p/Ops Aggregate $2,000,000.00 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000.00 Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00 Fire Damage (Any one fire) $ 50,000.00 Medical Expenses (Any one person) $ 5,000.00 The insurance shall include coverage of the following hazards: Underground Explosion/Collapse NOTE: For the purpose of insurance coverage, each detonation of blasting is a single occurrence. (c) Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of the Contract Agreement, Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance with the same limits as the Comprehensive General Liability. (d) Automobile Liability: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of the Contract Agreement, Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance. The • insurance shall include coverage for owned, non-owned and hired vehicles. Amounts shall not be less than the following: Comprehensive Single Limits (CSL) $1,000,000.00 (e) Materials and Equipment Floater: The Contractor shall procure and shall maintain during the life of the Contract Agreement Materials and Equipment Floater Insurance to protect the interests of the Owner,the Contractor, and subcontractors against loss by vandalism, malicious mischief, and all hazards included in a standard All Risk Endorsement. The amount of the insurance shall at all times equal or exceed the full amount of the Contract. The policies shall be in the names of the Owner and the Contractor. (f) Certificates of Insurance: Certificates acceptable to the Owner shall be attached to the signed Contract Documents when they are transmitted to the Owner for execution. The Engineer and Owner shall be a named insured. Article 13 - Laws and Regulations Article 13 - Laws and Regulations, of the General Conditions is hereby modified to include the following: Article 13,following first paragraph, • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 00800-3 Supplementary Conditions • Add, Each and every provision of this agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by Georgia law. The parties acknowledge that this contract is executed in Richmond County, Georgia and that the contract is to be performed in Richmond County, Georgia. Each party hereby consents to the Richmond County Superior Court's sole jurisdiction over any dispute which arises as a result of the execution or performance of this agreement, and each party hereby waives any and all objections to venue in the Richmond County Superior Court. Where professional engineering work is required in connection with any of the components required by the Contract, all Bidders and component suppliers must ensure that there is full compliance with all applicable laws of the state of Georgia and any other state governing professional engineering. The Owner and Engineer do not warrant that the name of an entity listed as an acceptable manufacturer is or will be in compliance with said laws. Article 14 -Taxes Article 14-Taxes, of the General Conditions is hereby modified to include the following: The Contractor shall provide a written tabulation, plus other documentation as may be required, of all taxes, including sales tax, paid by the Contractor to assist the Owner in • obtaining sales and/or use tax refunds for eligible machinery and equipment used for the primary purpose of reducing or eliminating air or water pollution in accordance with O.C.G.A. §48-8-4. Such written tabulation shall be included with each partial payment request. Additionally, the tabulation shall be documented with copies of invoices indicating the amount of tax paid, with all blanks completed on the invoice, and with a description of the function of the item included in the tabulation. All taxes will be paid by the Contractor. All refunds will accrue to the Owner. Article 15 - Notice and Service Thereof Article 15 - Notice and Service Thereof, of the General Conditions is hereby modified to include the following: • (c) All papers required to be delivered to the Owner shall, unless otherwise specified in writing to the Contractor, be delivered to Augusta, Georgia, 535 Telfair Street, Suite 605,Augusta, Georgia 30901,Attn: Geri Sams, Procurement Director. (d) Any notice to or demand upon the Owner shall be sufficiently given if delivered to the Office of Augusta, Georgia Procurement Director or if delivered by the United States Mail in a sealed, postage-prepaid envelope, or delivered by facsimile transmission, followed by written confirmation, in each case addressed to said Director or to such other representative of the Owner or to such other address as the Owner may • subsequently specify in writing to the Contractor for such purposes. (e) The Contractor shall file all "Notices of Commencement" required for this Project in 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 00800-4 Supplementary Conditions accordance with O.C.G.A. §44-14-361.5 et.seq. and §36-91-92 et.seq., as • applicable. The Contractor shall respond to all requests for copies of a Notice of Commencement. Should the Owner or Engineer receive such a request, this request will be forwarded to the Contractor for further handling. The name and address of the Owner shall be as stated in paragraph (c) of this Article. The name and general description of the Project shall be as stated in the Advertisement for Proposal. Article 20 - Interruption of Facility Operations Article 20 - Interruption of Facility Operations, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to include the following: The Contractor shall schedule the work such that the Contractor does not interrupt the existing landfill operations. Any damages resulting from surcharging, overflow or back-up caused by the Contractor's operations shall be the Contractor's responsibility. Fines charged to the Owner for overflows caused by the Contractor shall be paid for by the Contractor. Article 24 -Schedules, Reports and Records Article 24 - Schedules, Reports and Records, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to include the following: (a) The Contractor shall submit to the Owner progress schedules, payrolls, reports, estimates, records and other data as the Owner may request concerning work performed or to be performed as stipulated in the various sections of these Specifications. (b) Immediately after execution of the Contract by the Owner, and before the first partial payment is made, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner a construction progress schedule in form satisfactory to the Owner, showing the proposed dates of commencement and completion of each of the various subdivisions of work required under the Contract Documents and the anticipated amount of each monthly payment that will become due the Contractor in accordance with the Progress Schedule. (c) An updated schedule and an updated Schedule of Submittals shall be presented with each partial payment request. Lack of an updated schedule and/or an updated Schedule of Submittals will delay processing of the pay request until receipt of the updated schedule and/or an updated Schedule of Submittals. (d) If the schedule reflects a completion date prior to the completion date established by the Contract Agreement, this shall afford no basis to claim for delay should the Contractor not complete the Work prior to the projected completion date. Instead all • "float" between the completion date in the Contractor's schedule and the completion date established in the Contract Agreement shall belong to and be exclusively 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 00800-5 Supplementary Conditions • available to the Owner. Should a change order be executed with a revised completion date, the progress schedule shall be revised to reflect the new completion date. (e) The Contractor shall maintain a complete set of up-to-date Record Documents on the Project site. (f) Project Coordination Meetings: The General Contractor shall participate in Project Coordination Meetings to be held on the site monthly, or more often if conditions warrant, to establish the current state of completion and revise the schedule as necessary. The Project Coordination Meeting will be conducted by the Owner and the Engineer. (g) Contractor's Responsibilities (1) Implement the detailed Near Term Schedule of activities to the fullest extent possible between Project Coordination Meetings. (2) The Contractor shall prepare the Contractor's Daily Report by 10:00 a.m. of the day following the Report date. This Daily Report will contain, as a minimum, the weather conditions; number of workers by craft, including supervision and management personnel on site; active and inactive • equipment on site; work accomplished by CPM activity item; problems; and visitors to the jobsite. (3) If a current activity or series of activities on the OPS is behind schedule and if the late status is not due to an excusable delay for which a time extension would be forthcoming, the Contractor shall attempt to reschedule the activity to be consistent with the Overall Project Schedule so as not to delay any of the Contract milestones. The Contractor agrees that: a. The Contractor shall attempt to expedite the activity completion so as to have it agree with the OPS. Such measures as the Contractor may choose shall be made explicit during the Project Coordination Meeting. b. If, within two weeks of identification of such behind-schedule activity, the Contractor is not successful in restoring the activity to an on schedule status,the Contractor shall: 1. Carry out the activity with the scheduled crew on an overtime basis until the activity is complete or back on schedule. 2. Increase the crew size or add shifts so the activity can be completed as scheduled. • 3. Commit to overtime or increased crew sizes for subsequent activities, or some combination of the above as deemed suitable by the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 00800-6 Supplementary Conditions Engineer. • These actions shall be taken at no increase in the Contract amount. (4) Maintain a current copy of all construction schedules on prominent display in the Contractor's field office at the Project site. (5) Cooperate with the Owner or Owner's representative in all aspects of the Project Scheduling System. Failure to implement the Project Scheduling System or to provide specified schedules, diagrams and reports, or to implement actions to re-establish progress consistent with the OPS may be causes for withholding of payment. Article 30- Payments and Completion Article 30 - Payments and Completion, of the General Conditions, is hereby modified to include the following: Paragraph (a),third paragraph, delete in its entirety. (g) Completion: ALL WORK REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS MUST BE COMPLETED BEFORE THE FINAL INSPECTION IS PERFORMED. This includes, but is not limited to, the following: • (1) Performing all tests as described in the detailed Specifications. (2) Final inspection by the Georgia Department of Natural Resources, Environmental Protection Division. (3) Flushing all lines with potable water furnished by the Owner. (4) Grassing and restoration of the work area. (5) Notice of Termination accepted by EPD. Upon completion of all work required, the Contractor shall submit completed Record Drawings to the Engineer and request, in writing, that the final inspection be performed. If the Engineer finds the work of the Contractor complete and acceptable in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents and that the Record Drawings accurately depict the complete work, Engineer will recommend to the Owner that the job be accepted and that final payment be made. In the event that the final inspection reveals deficiencies in meeting the Contract requirements, the Contractor shall complete all remaining items of work, and make adjustments found to be necessary. Upon receipt of written notice from the • Contractor that the work is complete and ready for re-inspection, the Engineer will make a final inspection. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 00800-7 Supplementary Conditions The Contractor will be notified, in writing, by the Owner of the final acceptance of the work. The date of final acceptance shall be the termination date for the Contractor's liability for the physical properties of the facilities and the beginning of the warranty period. Before final payment can be made, the Contractor must certify, in writing, to the Owner that all payrolls, materials bills, and other indebtedness connected with the work have been paid. Final payment will not be made if there is disputed indebtedness or if there are liens upon the property. If upon completion of all work there is disputed indebtedness or there are liens upon the property, semi-final payment may be made, at the Owner's option, in accordance with the following provisions: (1) The Owner will retain an amount equal to the disputed indebtedness and/or liens upon the property including all related cost and interest in connections with said disputed indebtedness and liens which the Owner may be compelled to pay upon and subsequent adjudication. • (2) The Contractor shall certify to those items of work not disputed that all payables, materials bills and other indebtedness connected with the work have been paid or otherwise satisfied. The making of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Owner, other than those for faulty work covered by and appearing within the warranty period. The acceptance of final payment shall constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor, except those previously made, in writing, and still unsettled. (h) Prompt Payment Clause (1) Owner and Contractor agree that all partial payments and final payments shall be subject to the Georgia Prompt Pay Act, as originally enacted and amended, and as set forth in O.C.G.A. §§13-11-1 through 13-11-11, except as provided below to the extent authorized by law: a. Interest Rate: For purposes of computing interest on late payments, the rate of interest shall be one-half percent per month or a pro-rata fraction thereof on the unpaid balance as may be due. • b. Payment Periods: 1. When the Contractor has performed in accordance with the provisions 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 00800-8 Supplementary Conditions of these Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the Contractor • within 45 days of receipt by the Owner or the Owner's representative of any properly completed Application for Payment, based upon work completed or service provided pursuant to the terms of these Contract Documents. 2. When a subcontractor has performed in accordance with the provisions of its subcontract and the subcontract conditions precedent to payment have been satisfied, the Contractor shall pay to that subcontractor and each subcontractor shall pay to its subcontractor, within ten days of receipt by the Contractor or subcontractor of each periodic or final payment, the full amount received for such subcontractors work and materials based on work completed or service provided under the subcontract, less retainage expressed as a percentage, but such retainage shall not exceed that retainage being held by the Owner, provided that the subcontractor has provided or provides such satisfactory reasonable assurances of continued performance and financial responsibility to complete its work as the Contractor in its reasonable discretion may require, including but not limited to a payment and performance bond. c. Interest on Late Payment: Except as otherwise provided in these Contract Documents and/or in O.C.G.A. §13-11-5, if a periodic or final • payment to the Contractor is delayed by more than the time allotted in Paragraph b. of this Prompt Payment Clause or if a periodic or final payment to a subcontractor is delayed more than ten days after receipt of periodic or final payment by the Contractor or subcontractor, the Owner, Contractor, or subcontractor, as the case may be, shall pay interest to its Contractor, or subcontractor beginning on the day following the due dates as provided in Paragraph b. of this Prompt Payment Clause at the rate of interest as provided herein. Interest shall be computed per month or a pro-rata fraction thereof on the unpaid balance. There shall be no compounded interest. No interest is due unless the person or entity being charged interest receives "Notice" as provided in Paragraph d. of this Prompt Payment Clause. Acceptance of progress payments or final payment shall release all claims for interest on said payments. d. Notice of Late Payment and Request for Interest: Any person or entity asserting entitlement to interest on any periodic or final payment pursuant to the provisions of this Prompt Payment Clause shall provide "Notice" to the person or entity being charged interest of the charging party's claim to interest on late payment. "Notice" shall be in writing, served by U.S. Certified Mail - Return Receipt Requested at the time the properly completed Application for Payment is received by the Owner or Owner's representative, and shall set forth the following: 1. A short and concise statement that interest is due pursuant to the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 00800-9 Supplementary Conditions provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act and this Prompt Payment Clause; 2. The principal amount of the periodic or final payment which is allegedly due to the charging party; and 3. The first day and date upon which the charging party alleges that said interest will begin to accrue, pursuant to the provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act and this Prompt Payment Clause. These "Notice" provisions are of the essence; therefore, failure to comply with any requirement as set forth in this Prompt Payment Clause precludes the right to interest on any alleged late payment to which said "Notice" would otherwise apply. (2) Integration with the Georgia Prompt Pay Act: Unless otherwise provided in these Contract Documents, the parties hereto agree that these provisions of this Prompt Payment Clause supersede and control all provisions of the Georgia Prompt Pay Act (O.C.G.A. §§13-11-1 through 13-11-11 (1994)), as originally enacted and as amended, and that any dispute arising between the parties hereto as to whether or not the provisions of this contract or the Georgia Prompt Pay Act control will be resolved in favor of these Contract 111 Documents and its terms. END OF SECTION 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 00800-10 Supplementary Conditions • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. S 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-00800 Section 01010 Summary of Work • Part 1 General 1.01 Description A. The Project consists of the following major elements: Excavation of approximately 104,550 CY of soil material and 20,600 CY of structural fill placement; installation of 1,456,615 SF of compacted liner base, 1,465,800 SF of 60 Mil HDPE textured geomembrane; 1,465,615 leachate collection layer, 5,180 LF of leachate collection line and 5 leachate cleanouts; 6,060 SY of asphalt pavement, 5,120 SY of fabriform lined ditch; the installation of pre-manufactured restroom building, and erosion and sedimentation control items. B. All Work described above shall be performed as shown on the Drawings and as specified. 1.02 Project Location The equipment and materials to be furnished will be installed at the locations shown on the Drawings. 1.03 Quantities • The Owner reserves the right to alter the quantities of work to be performed or to extend or shorten the improvements at any time when and as found necessary, and the Contractor shallerform the work as altered, increased r ceased or decreased. Payment for such increased or decreased quantity will be made in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders. No allowance will be made for any change in anticipated profits nor shall such changes be considered as waiving or invalidating any conditions or provisions of the Contract and Bond. 1.04 Partial Owner Occupancy The existing facilities to which these improvements are being made will continue operating during the period of construction. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01010 Millb. 01010-2 Summary of Work • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01010 Section 01011 Unique Requirements • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope The scope of this Section is to convey to the Contractor unique and unusual stipulations and requirements which have been established for this Project. Some requirements are based on technical aspects of the Project which are not otherwise conveyed to the Contractor. The provisions of this Section shall supersede the provisions of the Division 1 through 3 Specifications but shall not supersede the Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms or Conditions of the Contract. 1.02 Milestone Dates The Contractor shall be required to complete the following activities by the indicated date or days after the Notice to Proceed: Consecutive Calendar Milestone Liquidated Damages Days after Notice to Per Calendar Day Proceed 110 Completion of Phase 3 $1,500 Stage 1 Cell 3A • 210 Final Completion of All $750 Work 1.03 Submittals A. Sequence Submittal 1. Submit a proposed sequence in accordance with Section 01310 with appropriate times of starting and completion of tasks to Engineer for review. 2. The Contractor may propose alternatives to the sequencing constraints to that shown in this Section in an attempt to reduce the disruption of the operation of the existing facility or streamline the tasks of this Contract. The Owner and Engineer are not obligated to accept any of these alternatives. 4111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01011 01011-2 Unique Requirements 1.04 Existing Facility Operations • A. The Contractor shall coordinate the work with the Owner so that the construction will not restrain or hinder the operation of the existing facilities. If, at any time, any portion of the facilities are out of service, the Contractor must obtain approval from the Owner as to the date, time and length of time that portion of the facilities are out of service. B. Connections to the existing facilities or alteration of existing facilities will be made at times when the facility involved is not in use or at times, established by the Owner, when the use of the facility can be conveniently interrupted for the period of time needed to make the connection or alteration. C. After having coordinated the work with the Owner, the Contractor shall prepare a submittal in accordance with Section 01310 to include the time, time limits and methods of each connection or alteration and have the approval of the Engineer before any work is undertaken on the connections or alterations. D. Before any roadway or facilities are blocked off, the Owner's approval shall be obtained to coordinate operations for the plant. 1.05 Sequencing A. General 110 1. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for all construction sequencing. 2. The completion of specific preliminary sequencing tasks indicated will be required prior to any significant site demolition. B. Notify the Owner at least ten days prior to starting to relocate piping or taking existing components out of service. 1.06 Sequencing Constraints A. The Contractor shall complete, and deliver to the Owner, within the time allowed after the Notice to Proceed, all work associated with the milestone "Completion of Phase 3 Stage 1 Cell 3A". The work to be completed as part of this milestone is items as follows: 1. Landfill Cell 3A as shown on the Drawings. 2. Temporary stormwater berm south and west of Cell 3A and Stage separation berm to the east of Cell 3A. • 3. Cell 3A leachate collection piping as shown on the Drawings. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01011 01011-3 Unique Requirements • 4. Necessary Grading outside of Cell 3A for proper drainage. 5. All work associated with Phase 3 Stage 1 Cells 3A shall be completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, including but not limited to the submission of as-built surveys and all other documents required from the Contractor in order to obtain EPD approval of the construction, and all ancillary work needed for the Owner to take occupancy of and to operate these portions of the work. END OF SECTION • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01011 01011-4 Unique Requirements • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01011 Section 01016 Occupancy • Part 1 General 1.01 Partial Occupancy by Owner Whenever, in the opinion of the Engineer, any section or portion of the Work or any structure is in suitable condition, it may be put into use upon the written order of the Engineer and such usage will not be held in any way as an acceptance of said Work or structure, or any part thereof, or as a waiver of any of the provisions of these Specifications and the Contract. Pending final completion and acceptance of the Work, all necessary repairs and replacements, due to defective materials or workmanship or operations of the Contractor, for any section of the Work so put into use shall be performed by the Contractor at Contractor's own expense. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01016 01016-2 Occupancy • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01016 Section 01025 Measurement and Payment 1111 Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The Proposal lists each item of the Project for which payment will be made. No payment will be made for any items other than those listed in the Proposal. B. Required items of work and incidentals necessary for the satisfactory completion of the work which are not specifically listed in the Proposal, and which are not specified in this Section to be measured or to be included in one of the items listed in the Proposal, shall be considered as incidental to the work. All costs thereof, including Contractor's overhead costs and profit, shall be considered as included in the lump sum or unit prices proposed for the various Proposal items. The Contractor shall prepare the Proposal accordingly. C. Work includes furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, tools and materials, which are not furnished by the Owner and performing all operations required to complete the work satisfactorily, in place, as specified and as indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 Descriptions • A. Measurement of an item of work will be by the unit indicated in the Proposal. B. Final payment quantities shall be determined from the record drawings. The record drawing lengths, dimensions, quantities, etc. shall be determined by a survey after the completion of all required work. Said survey shall conform to Sections 01055 and 01720 of these Specifications. The precision of final payment quantities shall match the precision shown for that item in the Proposal. C. Payment will include all necessary and incidental related work not specified to be included in any other item of work listed in the Proposal. D. Unless otherwise stated in individual sections of the Specifications or in the Proposal, no separate payment will be made for any item of work, materials, parts, equipment, supplies or related items required to perform and complete the work. The costs for all such items required shall be included in the price proposed for item of which it is a part. E. Payment will be made by extending unit prices multiplied by quantities provided and then summing the extended prices to reflect actual work. Such price and payment shall constitute full compensation to the Contractor for furnishing all plant, labor, equipment, tools and materials not furnished by the Owner and for performing all operations required to provide to the Owner the entire Project, complete in place, as specified and as indicated on the Drawings. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025-2 Measurement and Payment F. "Products" shall mean materials or equipment permanently incorporated into the work. 1.03 Mobilization The lump sum amount for Mobilization will be eligible for payment upon the completion of all related preparatory work and after transportation of the materials and equipment necessary for the first 30 days of the Contract Time. 1.04 Erosion and Sedimentation Control A. General 1. No separate payment shall be made for temporary and/or permanent erosion and sedimentation controls, except as noted below. All other temporary and/or permanent erosion and sedimentation control costs shall be included in the unit price for the item to which it pertains. 2. No payment will be made for any portion of the Project for which temporary erosion and sedimentation controls are not properly maintained. 3. Quantities for payment shall be based upon actual quantity constructed and authorized by the Engineer. exits, includinginstallation • B. Construction Exits: All costs for construction , maintenance, repair, and removal, shall be included in the unit price for Construction Exits. C. Silt Fence: All costs for silt fence (whichever type is indicated), including installation, maintenance, repair, replacement, and removal, shall be included in the unit price for Silt Fence. D. Hay Bale Check Dams: All costs for hay bale check dams, including hay bales, necessary earthwork, periodic maintenance and repair, and removal of sediment following establishment of permanent erosion control measures shall be included in the unit price for Hay Bale Check Dams. E. Erosion Control Ditch Matting: All costs for ditch matting, including material, necessary earthwork, installation, periodic maintenance and repair, and removal of sediment following establishment of permanent erosion control measures shall be included in the unit price Proposal for Erosion Control Ditch Matting. F. Permanent Grassing 1. No separate payment will be made for temporary grassing. 2. Payment shall be made only for the final permanent perennial grassing. All III 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025-3 Measurement and Payment • costs for grassing, including seeding, fertilizing, mulching as well as temporary measures, shall be included in the unit price for Permanent Grassing. G. Temporary Stormwater Ditch: All costs for diversion berm and ditch, including backfill, compaction, grading, periodic maintenance and repair, and removal of sediment following establishment of permanent erosion control measures shall be included in the price bid for Diversion Berm. Additionally, unit price bid for diversion ditch shall include complete removal as part of the adjacent select backfill construction. H. Temporary Sediment Trap: All costs for temporary sediment trap, including necessary earthwork, periodic maintenance and repair, removal of sediment, and removal prior to completion of the final select backfill installation shall be included in the lump sum price bid for Temporary Sediment Trap. I. NPDES Monitoring and Reporting: All costs associated with NPDES monitoring and reporting in accordance with Georgia EPD requirements and these Contract documents shall be included in the lump sum price bid for this item. This includes, but is not limited to, preparation and submission of all inspections, record keeping, sampling and reporting as required under the permit. Additionally, this shall include preparation and submission of the project NOT to the Georgia EPD as well as EPD acceptance of the NOT. The NOl shall be the responsibility of the Owner. 1.05 Site Preparation Site Demolition: All costs for site demolition activities as required for execution of the project construction, including labor and materials, shall be included in the lump sum price bid for Site Demolition. This shall include but not be limited stormwater drainage removal, flared end section removal, and HDPE pipe removal as indicated on the Drawings. The Contractor shall be required to transport, via truck, all debris for disposal across the landfill scales prior to placing at the landfill working face, but no disposal fees will be charged. 1.06 Earthwork A. Excavation -On-Site Soil Materials 1. Excavation of on-site soil materials shall include all work associated with excavation of soils within the waste cell and general site work on the Project. Excavation and backfill of liner anchor trenches and pipelines, stockpile work, liner base borrow area, leachate collection layer borrow area, earthwork associated with structures and unsuitable materials are not excavation and will not be included in quantities for payment as excavation. 1110 2. Payment will be made at the unit price for Excavation - On Site Soil Materials. Quantities shall be determined from the analysis of the total cut 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025-4 Measurement and Payment for the Project, based on field surveys in accordance with Sections 01055 • and 01720 performed before and after the work was performed. The Contractor shall calculate the quantities and submit them to the Engineer with each request for payment. B. Structural Fill -On-Site Materials 1. Structural fill - on-site materials shall include all work associated with the placement of structural fill in waste cells and general site work on the Project. Excavation and backfill of liner anchor trenches and pipelines, topsoil, stockpile work, leachate collection layer, 24-inch protective soil layer, unsuitable materials, 18-inch select backfill and 6-inch subbase are not structural fill and will not be included in quantities for payment as structural fill. 2. Payment will be made at the unit price for Structural Fill - On Site Materials. Quantities shall be determined from the analysis of the total fill for the Project, based on field surveys in accordance with Sections 01055 and 01720 performed before and after the work was performed. The Contractor shall calculate the quantities and submit them to the Engineer with each request for payment. C. Unsuitable Materials 1. Payment for removal and replacement of soft or excessively wet material which is ordered by the Engineer which is not shown on the Drawings or specified shall be made at the unit price for REMOVAL OF UNSUITABLE MATERIAL AND REPLACEMENT WITH Suitable Earth Material or Crushed Stone. No measurement for payment will be made unless all dewatering as specified in Section 02140 has been successfully accomplished. 2. Additional costs of corrective work made necessary by unauthorized excavation shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Dewatering: No separate payment will be made for dewatering required to accomplish the work. E. Backfilling: No separate payment will be made for backfilling or excavation, hauling and placement of borrow material. The cost of all such work and all costs incidental thereto shall be included in the unit price for the item to which the work pertains. 111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025-5 Measurement and Payment • F. Liner Base 1. 18-Inch Select Backfill: All costs for providing the select backfill, including additional excavation of earth material from either an on-site borrow area or from an off-site borrow area selected and secured by the Contractor, removing and disposing of any contaminants in the earth material, and subsequent placement of the earth material, shall be included in the unit price for 18-inch Select Backfill. No additional payment will be made for the addition of bentonite or other processing, should the Contractor elect to do so. No additional payment will be made for any site preparation or erosion and sedimentation controls required to develop either an on-site or off-site borrow area. 2. 6-Inch Subbase: All costs for providing the subbase, including additional excavation of the earth material from either an on-site borrow area or from an off-site borrow area selected and secured by the Contractor, removing and disposing of any contaminants in the subbase material, and subsequent placement of the material, shall be included in the unit price bid for 6-Inch Subbase. No additional payment will be made for the addition of bentonite or other processing, should the Contractor elect to do so. No additional payment will be made for any site preparation or erosion and sedimentation controls required to develop either an on-site or off-site borrow area. • 3. Quantities shall be based on the total surface area covered with the specified material. Quantities for payment shall be determined from a field run topographic/planimetric survey in accordance with Section 01055. The Contractor shall calculate the quantities and submit the calculations to the Engineer with each request for payment. 4. No payment will be made for any area until the full specified thickness has been obtained for the area for which payment is requested. No payment will be made for any quantities which are not accompanied by a certification by the registered Land Surveyor that the quantities for which payment is requested have the required absolute minimum thickness. No payment will be made for any area which does not meet the requirements of these Specifications. 5. Payment will be made for liner base material as stored material, only if imported from off-site and stockpiled on-site. G. 24" Leachate Collection Layer 1. All costs for providing the protective soil layer, including additional excavation from an on-site borrow area or obtaining the leachate collection material from an offsite borrow area selected and secured by the Contractor, and removing • and disposing of any contaminants in the leachate collection material shall be included in the unit price bid for 24-Inch Leachate Collection Layer. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025-6 Measurement and Payment 2. Quantities shall be based on the total surface area covered with the specified 41) 24-inch thick layer. Quantities for payment shall be determined from a field run topographic/planimetric survey. The Contractor shall calculate the quantities and submit the calculations to the Engineer with each request for payment. 3. No payment will be made for any area until the full specified thickness has been obtained for the area for which payment is requested. No payment shall be made for any quantities which are not accompanied by a certification by the registered Land Surveyor that the quantities for which payment is requested have the required absolute minimum thickness. No payment will be made for any area which does not meet the requirements of these Specifications. 4. Payment will be made for protective soil as stored materials only if imported from offsite and stockpiled on-site. H. Alternate 24" Protective Soil Layer 1. All costs for providing the alternate protective soil layer, including additional excavation from an on-site borrow area or obtaining the alternate leachate collection material from an off-site borrow area selected and secured by the Contractor, and removing and disposing of any contaminants in the leachate • collection material shall be included in the unit price bid double sided geocomposite drainage layer with 24-inch Protective Soil Layer. 2. Quantities of double-sided geocomposite drainage layer surface will be determined by the Engineer from survey certification provided by the Contractor. The area for payment will include the covered area to the inside of the anchor trench plus the minimum amount of required geocomposite in the anchor trench as shown on the Drawings. Payment quantities shall be the actual geocomposite surface area, but shall not include overlaps, patches, repairs, or extension of material beyond the required limits. Costs for pre- shipping geocomposite testing, excavation, and compaction and backfill of the anchor trench shall be considered incidental work and included in the appropriate unit price bid. 3. Payment for the geocomposite will be processed on partial payment requests, but only after receipt of all testing results for that area for which payment is requested. 1.07 Leachate Containment System A. 60 Mil HDPE Textured Geomembrane: Measurement for payment of 60 mil HDPE textured geomembrane surface area will be determined by the Engineer from survey • certification provided by the Contractor. The area for payment will include the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025-7 Measurement and Payment • covered area to the top of the vertical turndown at the anchor trench plus the minimum amount of required membrane in the anchor trench as shown on the Drawings. Payment quantities shall be the actual geomembrane surface area, but shall not include overlaps, patches, repairs or extension of material beyond the required limits. Costs for pre-shipping sheet testing shall be considered incidental work and included in the appropriate unit price. B. Payment for the 60-mil HDPE textured geomembrane will be processed on partial payment requests, but only after receipt of all testing results for that area for which payment is requested. C. Permanent Anchor Trench: All costs for constructing the Permanent Anchor Trench, including excavation, grading, maintenance, and earthen backfill over the liner, shall be included in the unit price bid for Permanent Anchor Trench. D. Stage Separation Berm: All costs for constructing the stage separation berm, including earthwork, plywood, grading, HDPE flap, installation, backfill and maintenance, shall be included in the unit price bid for Stage Separation Berm. E. Tie to existing liner system. All costs for Tie to existing liner system, including location, earthwork, removal of plywood or rub sheet, cleaning, welding liner, and removal of the temporary flap shall be included in the unit price bid for Tie to Existing Liner System. Costs shall include removal of waste as required for the work as well as hauling to the existing working face. F. Temporary Stormwater Berm: All costs for constructing the temporary stormwater berm, including earthwork, plywood, grading, HDPE flap, HDPE end cap, installation, backfill and maintenance, shall be included in the unit price bid for Temporary Stormwater. 1.08 Trench Foundation and Stabilization, Excavation, and Backfill A. No separate or additional payment will be made for any special or unique method, means, techniques or equipment necessary for the Contractor's compliance with these Specifications, regulatory requirements, permits, laws or regulations which govern this Project. B. Trench Excavation: No separate payment will be made for trench excavation. All costs shall be included in the unit price for the item to which it pertains at the appropriate depth. C. Sheeting, Bracing and Shoring: No separate payment will be made for providing any sheeting, bracing and shoring. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025-8 Measurement and Payment D. Trench Foundation and Stabilization 1. No payment for trench stabilization shall be authorized until after the trench has been dewatered. If the pipe is installed in an inadequately prepared trench bottom, the Engineer shall notify the Contractor in writing of the deficiency and will not authorize payment for that portion of that length of pipe which was improperly installed. 2. Payment for trench stabilization shall be made on the basis of the amount authorized and the unit price for Trench Foundation and Stabilization. Payment shall include all costs for the removal and disposal of the unsuitable material and replacement with crushed stone. No additional payment will be made for material required for specified bedding. E. Bedding and Haunching 1. The unit price for pipe for leachate lines and forcemains shall include excavation of the trench to the depth below the pipe necessary to provide specified bedding and to lay the sewer to grade. 2. No additional payment will be made for additional trench depth. 3. No separate payment will be made for material used to provide specified bedding. The cost of all bedding materials shall be included in the unit price • for the item to which it relates, except for trench stabilization. 4. No additional payment will be made for improved bedding required to compensate for over excavation of the trench. F. Initial Backfill 1. No separate payment shall be made for initial backfill. 2. No separate payment shall be made for drying out the initial backfill material in order to meet the compaction requirements. 3. No separate payment shall be made for the adding of moisture to the initial backfill materials in order to meet the compaction requirements. 4. No separate payment shall be made for providing select material if the in- situ material cannot meet the compaction requirements. G. Final Backfilling 1. No additional payment will be made for additional material when excavated materials are used. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025-9 Measurement and Payment 2. No separate payment shall be made for drying out the final backfill material • in order to meet the compaction requirements. 3. No separate payment shall be made for the adding of moisture to the final backfill materials in order to meet the compaction requirements. 4. No additional payment will be made for providing select material if the in-situ material cannot meet the compaction requirements. 1.09 Leachate Collection System A. Existing Utilities and Obstructions Horizontal and Vertical Conflict: Payments for conflicts with existing utilities shall be made only where additional manholes and/or additional lengths of sewer are approved by the Engineer. Said payment shall be made at the unit prices in the Bid. No other payment will be made for any delay or extra cost encountered by the Contractor due to protection, avoidance or relocation of existing utilities, mains or services or changing the horizontal alignment of the sewer. B. No separate payment shall be made for survey work performed by or for the Contractor in the establishment of reference points, bench marks, limits of right-of- way or easement, including the restoration, as well as centerline or baseline points. • C. Pipe and Accessories 1. Measurement and payment at the unit price for LEACHATE COLLECTION LINE shall be made for the quantity provided. Measurement for solid pipe shall be from centerline from cleanout to start of perforated pipe. Measurement for perforated pipe shall be from end of solid pipe to connection to existing pipe. Quantities for payment shall be determined from a field run survey in accordance with Section 01055. 2. The unit prices for Perforated Leachate Collection Line shall include fabric and gravel. 3. The cost of fittings and bends shall be included in the unit price for the appropriate line. 4. No additional payment will be made for replacement of defective materials. D. 6-Inch Leachate Cleanouts: All cost for providing the leachate cleanouts including, but not limited to, equipment, material, installation, marker post and blind flange shall be included in the unit price for 6-Inch Leachate Cleanouts. E Tie to Existing Leachate Collection Line: The unit price bid for Tie to Existing • Leachate Collection Line shall include all costs to construct the connection including locating and cleaning the existing pipe, removal of existing end cap, removing 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025- 10 Measurement and Payment existing gravel and geotextile fabric, miscellaneous grading, and joining to existing • pipe. F. Temporary Stormwater Valve Assembly: All cost for providing the Temporary Stormwater Valve Assembly including, but not limited to, installation and the cost of all materials required to complete the Temporary Stormwater Valve as shown on the Drawings.All costs for shall include HDPE structure, valve, piping, installation, HDPE flap, backfill and maintenance. 1.10. Sanitary Sewers/Septic System and Accessories A. Existing Utilities and Obstructions 1. Horizontal Conflict: Payments for conflicts with existing utilities shall be made only where additional manholes and/or additional lengths of pipe are approved by the Engineer. Said payment shall be made at the unit prices in the Bid. No other payment will be made for any delay or extra cost encountered by the Contractor due to protection, avoidance or relocation of existing utilities, mains or services or changing the horizontal alignment of the sewer. 2. Vertical Conflict: No separate payment shall be made for lowering the sewer main alignment to avoid a vertical conflict, except where authorized for additional pipe. No payment will be made for relocation of existing utilities. 1111 B. Location and Grade: No separate payment shall be made for survey work performed by or for the Contractor in the establishment of reference points, bench marks, cut sheets, limits of right-of-way or easement, including their restoration, as well as centerline or baseline points. C. No separate payment shall be made for traffic control or maintaining highways, streets, roadways and driveways. D. Laying and Jointing Pipe and Accessories 1. Measurement for payment at the unit price for gravity sewer shall be made from centerline of manhole to centerline of manhole or to inside face of structure wall penetrated. Depth of cut shall be measured from pipe invert to ground level at pipe centerline. Cut sheets prepared by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer shall be the basis for payment. 2. No additional payment will be made for replacement of defective materials. 3. No separate payment shall be made for detection tape or tracer wire. 4. No payment will be made for cutting and beveling pipe. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025- 11 Measurement and Payment • E. Precast Concrete Product Construction 1. Measurement for payment at the unit price for 1500 gallon septic tank and other concrete structures shall include bases, subgrade preparation, foundation, risers, frame and cover, inverts, pipe connections, joints, steps and backfill. 2. Unit price bid for other precast concrete structures shall include subgrade preparation, foundation, structure, cover, inverts, pipe connections, and backfill. F. Infiltrator Chambers: The unit price bid for infiltrator chambers shall include all cost for labor, materials and equipment required to install the septic field. No separate payment shall be made for distribution boxes, hand holes and inspection ports as indicated on the Drawings. All costs for coordination with and final approvals by the County Health Department shall be shall be included in the unit price bid for Infiltrator Chambers. G. Gravity Sewer Cleanout: All cost for providing the cleanouts including, but not limited to, equipment, material, labor, concrete pad, marker post and end cap shall be included in the unit price for Gravity Sewer Cleanouts. H. Distribution Box: The unit price bid for Distribution Box shall include all cost for • labor, materials and equipment required to install the Distribution Box. No separate payment shall be made for piping between the septic tank and infiltration chambers, or connections. All costs for coordination with and final approvals by the County Health Department shall be shall be included in the unit price bid for Distribution Box. Clean-up and Testing: Payment for clean-up and testing shall be made at the unit price shown for clean-up and testing. Any other cost for labor, materials and equipment required for clean-up shall be included in the unit price bid for the item to which it pertains. No payment for clean-up and testing shall be made for any length of line unless both testing and clean-up have been performed satisfactorily for that segment of line for which payment is being requested. 1.11 Water Mains and Accessories A. Existing Utilities and Obstructions 1. No separate payment will be made for any delay or extra cost encountered by the Contractor due to protection, avoidance or relocation of existing utilities, mains or services shown or not shown on the Drawings. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025- 12 Measurement and Payment 2. Horizontal Conflict: No separate payment shall be made for changing the horizontal alignment of the water main to avoid a horizontal conflict, except • where authorized for additional fittings and/or pipe. 3. Vertical Conflict: No separate payment shall be made for lowering the water main alignment to avoid a vertical conflict, except where authorized for additional fittings. B. Construction Along Highways, Streets and Roadways: No separate payment shall be made for traffic control or maintaining highways, streets, roadways and driveways. C. Location and Grade: No separate payment shall be made for any surveying performed by the Contractor to establish or confirm the location of reference points, right-of-ways or easements or location and grade of the water main. D. Laying and Jointing Pipe and Accessories 1. Payment for 2-Inch Copper Pipe shall be made for the quantity provided. Measurement for payment shall be made along the centerline of the pipe, through valves and fittings. No payment shall be made for sections of pipe which are not installed. 2. The cost of all fittings and related blocking and accessories shall be included 1111 in the lump sum price bid for connection to water main. 3. Yard Hydrant Assembly: Payment for yard hydrants shall be made at the unit price bid. Payment for the material, installation and associated valve and valve box will be included in the unit price bid for Yard Hydrant Assembly. 4. Water Meter: All cost for providing the 1-Inch water meter, including but not limited to, equipment, material, installation, and marker post shall be included in the unit price for 1-Inch Water Meter. 5. Backflow Preventer: All cost for providing the 1-Inch RPZ backflow preventer, including but not limited to, equipment, material, installation, and marker post shall be included in the unit price for 1-Inch RPZ Backflow Preventer. 6. No additional payment will be made for replacement of defective materials. 7. No separate payment shall be made for detection tape. 8. No payment will be made for cutting and beveling pipe. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025- 13 Measurement and Payment 1111 E. Connections to Existing Pipe Lines 1. The unit price bid for tapping sleeves and valves shall include the cost of providing the sleeve, valve, extension stem, valve box, valve marker and related blocking and accessories. 2. The cost of all labor necessary for making the connection to existing pipelines with solid sleeves or a manner other than tapping sleeves and valves shall be included in the unit price bid for connections to existing water mains. 3. The cost for making connection to existing pipe lines with couplings, including furnishing the coupling, shall be included in the unit price bid for connections to existing water main. F. Thrust Restraint: No separate payment will be made for thrust restraint. The cost of all required work shall be included in the unit price bid for related items. G. Clean-Up, Testing, and Disinfection 1. Payment for clean-up, testing, and disinfection shall be made at the unit price provided in the bid for Clean-Up, Testing, and Disinfection. Any other cost for labor, material and equipment required shall be included in the unit price bid for Water Main. • 2. Noa ment for clean-up,y testing and disinfection shall be made for any length of line unless pressure testing and disinfection has been successfully completed, main has been disinfected and clean up has been completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer for that segment of line for which payment is being requested. 1.12 Building A. General 1. No separate payment shall be made for temporary utilities to the new Pre- Fabricated Restroom Building prior to project completion. These costs should be included within the Lump Sum bid for Pre-Fabricated Restroom Building. 2. No separate payment shall be made for coordination of water and sewer utility service to the buildings. All costs associated with coordination and connection to water and sewer utilities shall be included in the Lump Sum bid for Pre-Fabricated Restroom Building. 4111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025- 14 Measurement and Payment 3. No separate payment shall be made for permanent electrical utilities as 111 indicated on the Drawings to service the Pre-Fabricated Restroom Building. All costs for coordination with electrical providers as well as utility extension shall be shall be included in the Lump Sum bid for Pre-Fabricated Restroom Building. B. Pre-Fabricated Restroom Building: Payment for all construction items for completion of the Pre-Fabricated Restroom Building as shown in the Drawings required for complete operations of the building shall be included in the lump sum price bid for Pre-Fabricated Restroom Building. These shall include completed structure, mechanical, electrical and plumbing within five feet of the building. 1.13 Pavement A. Asphalt Concrete Pavement 1. All costs for constructing the Asphalt Pavement as shown on the drawings and as specified from the bottom of the compacted subgrade to the top of the asphalt concrete surface shall be included in the unit price bid for Asphalt Concrete Pavement. Limits eligible for payment shall be based on widths and lengths as shown on the Drawings. Measurement shall be made based on record drawing dimensions. 2. No separate payment will be made for thickness beyond that specified on the • Drawings 3. No additional payment will be made for preparation of the subgrade. 4. No additional payment will be made for repair to existing pavements to remain as damaged by the Contractor. No additional payment will be made for traffic control measures. No additional payment will be made for replacement of work as deemed by the Engineer to be not consistent with the requirements of the drawings and specifications. 5. Payment for materials testing shall be made from the appropriate item in the cash allowance. No payments shall be made for tests that fail to verify B. Fabriform Lined Ditch: All costs for Concrete Fabriform Ditch, including soil grading, and materials, placement,finishing, and curing of concrete,for the full width of ditch shall be included in the unit price bid for Concrete Fabriform Ditch. Measurement shall be made of actual quantity constructed, which had been authorized by the Engineer. C. Grout in Place HDPE Pipe: Payment for grout in place HDPE pipe shall be made at the unit price bid. Payment for the material, and associated equipment necessary for installation will be included in the unit price bid for Grout in Place HDPE Pipe. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025- 15 Measurement and Payment • 1.14 Markers All costs for providing the markers as detailed on the Drawings shall be included in the unit price for Liner Edge Markers. 1.15 Cash Allowances A. General 1. The Contractor shall include in the Proposal Total all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. These allowances shall cover the net cost of the services provided by a firm selected by the Owner. The Contractor's handling costs, labor, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for the original allowance shall be included in the items to which they pertain and not in allowances. 2. No payment will be made for nonproductive time on the part of testing personnel due to the Contractor's failure to properly coordinate testing activities with the work schedule or the Contractor's problems with maintaining equipment in good working condition. The Contractor shall make all necessary excavations and shall supply any samples of materials necessary for conducting compaction and density tests. 3. No payment shall be provided for services that fail to verify required results. B. Should the net cost be more or less than the specified amount of the allowance, the Contract will be adjusted accordingly by change order. The amount of change order will not recognize any changes in handling costs at the site, labor, overhead, profit and other expenses caused by the adjustment to the allowance. C. Documentation 1. Submit copies of the invoices with each periodic payment request from the firm providing the services. 2. Submit results of services provided which verify required results. D. Schedule of Cash Allowances 1. Construction Verification Services a. Allow the amount provided in the Proposal for construction surveying by an independent surveying firm, selected by the Owner, to perform horizontal and vertical alignment checks at the discretion of the Engineer. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 01025- 16 Measurement and Payment b. This allowance is solely for the use of the Engineer for verification of the • Contractor's reference points, centerlines and work performed. The presence of this cash allowance in no way relieves the Contractor of the responsibility of installing reference points, centerlines, temporary bench marks or verifying that the work has been performed accurately. 2. Materials Testing: Allow the amount provided in the Bid for the services of an engineering firm and testing laboratory for the testing of concrete cylinders for poured in place concrete. 3. GCCS Equipment: Allow the amount provided in the Bid for the purchase of new equipment for the GCCS System. The equipment will be selected by the Owner. 1.16 Miscellaneous Utilities and Items A. Underdrain 1. Payment for 6-inch perforated underdrain which is ordered by the Engineer which is not shown on the Drawings or specified shall be made at the unit price for the actual length constructed and authorized by the Engineer. 2. The unit price for 6-inch perforated underdrain shall include all costs to locate, excavate, install, and backfill the underdrain, and shall include the • cost of all materials required to complete the underdrain as shown on the Detail Drawings. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01025 Section 01041 Coordination of Work • Part 1 General 1.01 General Management of the project shall be through the use of a logical method of construction planning, scheduling, and cost value documentation. 1.02 Existing Landfill Facilities A. The existing facilities at the Deans Bridge Road MSW Landfill must of necessity remain in operation while new construction is in progress. B. The Contractor shall coordinate his work with the Owner so that construction will not restrain or hinder operation of the existing facilities at the Landfill. If, at any time, any portion of the Landfill is out of service, the Contractor must obtain prior approval from the Owner as to the date, time and length of time that portion of the existing facilities are out of service. C. Connections to the existing facilities or alteration of existing facilities will be made at times when the facility involved is not in use or at times, established by the Owner, when use of the facility can be conveniently interrupted for the period of • time needed to make the connection or alteration. D. After having coordinated his work with the Owner, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer of the time, time limits and methods of each connection or alteration and have approval of the Engineer before any work is undertaken on the connections or alterations. E. Before any roadway or facilities are blocked off the Owner shall be contacted to coordinate operations for the landfill. 1.03 Other Utilities The Contractor shall coordinate his operations with all utility companies in or adjacent to the area of his work. The Contractor shall require said utilities to identify in the field their property and provide drawings as necessary to locate them. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01041 01041-2 Coordination of Work • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01041 Section 01051 Grades, Lines and Levels Part 1 General 1.01 Description A. All work under this contract shall be constructed in accordance with the lines and grades on the plans or as given by the Engineer or Owner. The full responsibility for holding to alignment and grade shall rest upon the Contractor. B. The Owner will provide a bench mark and minimal horizontal control. The Contractor will be responsible for setting offsets from these points and all other layout and staking. C. The Contractor shall safeguard all points, stakes, grade marks, bench marks, and monuments established on the work, shall bear the cost of reestablishing same if disturbed, and shall assume the entire expense of rectifying work improperly constructed due to failure to maintain and protect such established points, stakes, and marks. • END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01051 01051-2 Grades, Lines and Levels. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01051 Section 01055 Construction Staking Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. Construction staking shall include all of the surveying work required to layout the Work and control the location of the finished Project. The Contractor shall have the full responsibility for constructing the Project to the correct horizontal and vertical alignment, as shown on the Drawings, as specified, or as ordered by the Engineer. The Contractor shall assume all costs associated with rectifying work constructed in the wrong location and/or elevations. B. From the information shown on the Drawings and the information to be provided as indicated under Project Conditions below, the Contractor shall: 1. Be responsible for setting reference points and/or offsets, establishment of baselines, and all other layout, staking, and all other surveying required for the construction of the Project. 2. Safeguard all reference points, stakes, grade marks, horizontal and vertical control points, and shall bear the cost of re-establishing same if disturbed. • 3. Stake out the permanent and temporary easements or the limits of construction to ensure that the Work is not deviating from the indicated limits. 4. Be responsible for all damage done to reference points, baselines, center lines and temporary bench marks, and shall be responsible for the cost of re-establishment of reference points, baselines, center lines and temporary bench marks as a result of the operations. C. Baselines shall be defined as the line to which the location of the Work is referenced, i.e., edge of pavement, road centerline, property line, right-of-way or survey line. D. Record drawing surveys shall be performed in accordance with this Section and Section 01720 of these specifications. 1.02 Project Conditions A. The Drawings provide the location and/or coordinates of principal components of the Project. The alignment of some components of the Project may be indicated in the Specifications. The Engineer may order changes to the location of some of the components of the Project or provide clarification to questions regarding the correct 4111 alignment. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01055 01055-2 Construction Staking B. The survey points, control points, and baseline to be provided to the Contractor • shall be limited to only that information shown on the Drawings and which can be found on the Project site by the Contractor. C. A topographic survey is included on the Drawings. 1.03 Quality Assurance A. The Contractor shall furnish documentation, prepared by a surveyor currently registered in the State in which the Project is located, confirming that staking is being done to the horizontal and vertical alignment shown in the Contract Documents. This requires that the Contractor hire, at the Contractor's own expense, a currently registered surveyor, acceptable to the Owner, to provide ongoing construction staking or confirmation of such. B. Any deviations from the Drawings shall be confirmed by the Engineer prior to construction of that portion of the Project. C. Quantities for payments measured under this Contract shall be certified by the registered surveyor. D. For landfill cell lined areas, certification of as-built grades as construction • progresses is required. These as-built surveys must be provided to the Engineer in a format acceptable to him. The as-built surveys must be approved by the Engineer before the next stage of construction begins. The Engineer may independently verify any or all of the surveys for accuracy. E. Number of Topographical Surveys: The Contractor shall perform all surveying required on the Project. The Contractor shall anticipate performing the following minimum number of surveys, the accuracy and handling of which is specified elsewhere: 1. Prior to performing any earthwork; (Before topsoil is stripped) 2. After final excavation/placement of all structural fill/prior to placement of select backfill; 3. After placement of subbase/prior to placement of geomembrane; 4. After placement of leachate collection or protective soil layer; 5. Before and after placement of unsuitable material in the stockpile area. 1.04 Site Work • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01055 01055-3 Construction Staking • A. Staking Precision: The precision of construction staking shall match the precision of a component's location indicated on the Drawings. If not indicated on the Drawings, staking of utilities shall be done in accordance with generally accepted practice for the type of utility. B. Written certification, by a licensed surveyor, that landfill cell grades and corner locations match the locations shown on the Drawings is required prior to beginning construction of the liner. C. Paved Surfaces: The Contractor shall establish a reference point for establishing and verifying the paving subgrade and finished grade elevations. Any variance with plan grades shall be identified by the Contractor and confirmed by the Engineer prior to constructing the base. 1.05 Landfill Quantities for Payment A. Earthwork 1. The surveyor shall survey before and after the work is performed in such a manner to produce a topographical map with a two foot contour interval and sufficient spot elevations to define the topography. Ground elevations shall be obtained at a frequency equal to a 50 foot by 50 foot grid, plus • intermediate spot elevations obtained at every change in slope. The initial survey shall be completed prior to any earthwork. The final survey shall be completed after replacement of topsoil has been completed. 2. The surveyor shall calculate the quantities of earthwork cut and fill as described in Section 01025 and shall certify as to the accuracy of said survey and calculations. 3. The surveyor shall provide an electronic copy of the topography in an AutoCAD 2013 or later format. The drawing should be formatted for plotting at 1"=100'. Additionally, the drawing should include AutoCAD points, as well as, contours that are polylines with appropriate imbedded elevations. A separate survey point file shall be provided in a point number, northing, easting, elevation, and description comma delimited format. B. Select Backfill and Subbase 1. The surveyor shall survey before and after the work is performed in such a manner to produce a topographic map with a two foot contour interval and sufficient spot elevations to define the topography. Ground elevations shall be obtained at a frequency equal to a 50 foot by 50 foot grid, plus intermediate spot elevations obtained at every change in slope. 1 III2. The surveyor shall calculate the top surface area (three dimensional) of clay 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A TS-01055 01055-4 Construction Staking liner and shall certify as to the accuracy of said survey and calculations. The surveyor shall also certify that all clay liner areas for which payment is requested have the absolute minimum thickness required. 3. The surveyor shall provide an electronic copy of the topography in an AutoCAD 2013 or later format. The drawing should be formatted for plotting at 1"=100'. Additionally, the drawing should include AutoCAD points, as well as, contours that are polylines with appropriate imbedded elevations. A separate survey point file shall be provided in a point number, northing, easting, elevation, and description comma delimited format. C. Leachate Collection Layer or Protective Soil Layer 1. The surveyor shall survey before and after the work is performed in such a manner to produce a topographic map with a two foot contour interval and sufficient spot elevations to define the topography. Ground elevations shall be obtained at a frequency equal to a 50 foot by 50 foot grid, plus intermediate spot elevations obtained at every change in slope. 2. The surveyor shall calculate the three dimensional surface area of top of the leachate collection sand blanket and shall certify as to the accuracy of said survey and calculations. The surveyor shall also certify that all sand blanket areas for which payment is requested have the minimum thickness required. • 3. The surveyor shall provide an electronic copy of the topography in an AutoCAD 2013 or later format. The drawing should be formatted for plotting at 1"=100'. Additionally, the drawing should include AutoCAD points, as well as, contours that are polylines with appropriate imbedded elevations. A separate survey point file shall be provided in a point number, northing, easting, elevation, and description comma delimited format. D. All Other Quantities will be Measured Jointly by the Engineer and Contractor 1.06 Pipe Quantities for Payment A. Pipe 1. The surveyor shall survey as-built locations of all piping as constructed. Field survey shots shall be at a minimum at every break in grade, every 100 ft, every change in pipe type, every change in direction, every structure and at the pipe termination. The field survey shots shall include northings, eastings, elevations and description. 2. The surveyor shall calculate the length of all pipes installed by category identified in the Bid or Proposal Form. The lengths shall be based on the • field surveys and in accordance with requirements of Section 01025. The 7 S-01055 08/04/201 G003-109-2017AVS-01055\ 01055-5 Construction Staking • surveyor shall report the quantities in a signed and sealed summary letter. The surveyor shall also calculate and report slopes of pipes. The surveyor shall note all slopes that are not in compliance with the project requirements. 3. The surveyor shall provide an electronic copy of the survey in an A AutoCAD 2013 or later format. The drawing should be formatted for plotting at 1"=100'. Additionally, the drawing should include AutoCAD points, as well as, three dimensional polylines representing pipes with appropriate imbedded elevations. A separate survey point file shall be provided in a point number, northing, easting, elevation, and description comma delimited format. 1.07 As-Built Plans A. As-built plans of all critical stages of construction as outlined on theplans shall be provided by the Contractor. These plans must be stamped and signed by a Georgia registered land surveyor and turned over to the Engineer in a hard copy and computer format as detailed above for review and approval. B. The professionally certified as-built survey submittal shall include a reproducible drawing and three blue line copies at a scale of 1"=100', sealed by a Georgia registered land surveyor showing point numbers, locations, descriptions, elevations, and two-foot contours for each survey required as detailed above. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01055 01055-6 Construction Staking • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01055 Section 01060 Regulatory Requirements s Part 1 General 1.01 Description Permits and Responsibilities The Contractor shall, without additional expense to the Owner, be responsible for obtaining any necessary licenses and permits, and for complying with any applicable Federal, State and municipal laws, Codes and regulations, in connection with the execution of the Work. He shall take proper safety and health precautions to protect the Work, the workers, the public, and the property of others. He shall also be responsible for all materials delivered and work performed until completion and acceptance of the Work, except for any completed unit of construction thereof which may heretofore have been accepted. END OF SECTION • i 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01060 01060-2 Regulatory Requirements • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 1111 • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01060 Section 01091 Codes and Standards Part 1 General 1.01 Description A. Whenever reference is made to conforming to the standards of any technical society, organization, body, code or standard, it shall be construed to mean the latest standard, code, specification or tentative specification adopted and published at the time of advertisement for Bids. This shall include the furnishing of materials, testing of materials, fabrication and installation practices. In those cases where the Contractor's quality standards establish more stringent quality requirements, the more stringent requirement shall prevail. Such standards are made a part hereof to the extent which is indicated or intended. B. The inclusion of an organization under one category does not preclude that organization's standards from applying to another category. C. In addition, all work shall comply with the applicable requirements of local codes, utilities and other authorities having jurisdiction. D. All material and equipment, for which a UL Standard, an AGA or NSF approval or an ASME requirement is established, shall be so approved and labeled or stamped. • The label or stamp shall be conspicuous and not covered, painted, or otherwise obscured from visual inspection. E. The standards which apply to this Project are not necessarily restricted to those organizations which are listed in Article 1.02. 1.02 Standard Organizations A. Piping and Valves ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association ANSI American National Standards Institute API American Petroleum Institute ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers AWWA American Water Works Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association FCI Fluid Controls Institute MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute NSF National Sanitation Foundation PPI Plastic Pipe Institute • Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01091 01091-2 Codes and Standards B. Materials • AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials ANSI American National Standards Institute ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials GSI Geosynthetic Institute C. Painting and Surface Preparation NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council D. Electrical and Instrumentation AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers EIA Electronic Industries Association ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association IEC International Electrotechnical Commission IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IES Illuminating Engineering Society IPC Institute of Printed Circuits IPCEA Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association ISA ISA - The Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association REA Rural Electrification Administration TIA Telecommunications Industries Association UL Underwriter's Laboratories VRCI Variable Resistive Components Institute E. Aluminum AA Aluminum Association AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association F. Steel and Concrete ACI American Concrete Institute AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. AISI American Iron and Steel Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute NRMA National Ready-Mix Association • PCA Portland Cement Association 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01091 01091-3 Codes and Standards • PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute G. Welding ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers AWS American Welding Society H. Government and Technical Organizations AIA American Institute of Architects APHA American Public Health Association APWA American Public Works Association ASA American Standards Association ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASQC American Society of Quality Control ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers CFR Code of Federal Regulations CSI Construction Specifications Institute EDA Economic Development Administration EPA Environmental Protection Agency 411 FCC Federal Communications Commission FmHA Farmers Home Administration FS Federal Specifications IAI International Association of Identification ISEA Industrial Safety Equipment Association ISO International Organization for Standardization ITE Institute of Traffic Engineers NBFU National Board of Fire Underwriters (NFPA) National Fluid Power Association NBS National Bureau of Standards NISO National Information Standards Organization OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration SI Salt Institute SPI The Society of the Plastics Industry, Inc. USDC United States Department of Commerce USGBC United States Green Building Council WEF Water Environment Federation I. General Building Construction AHA American Hardboard Association AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers • AITC American Institute of Timber Construction APA American Parquet Association, Inc. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01091 01091-4 Codes and Standards APA American Plywood Association 110 BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIFMA Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturers Association DHI Door and Hardware Institute FM Factory Mutual Fire Insurance Company HPMA Hardwood Plywood Manufacturers Association HTI Hand Tools Institute IME Institute of Makers of Explosives ISANTA International Staple, Nail and Tool Association ISDSI Insulated Steel Door Systems Institute IWS Insect Screening Weavers Association MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NAGDM National Association of Garage Door Manufacturers NCCLS National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards NFPA National Fire Protection Association NFSA National Fertilizer Solutions Association NKCA National Kitchen Cabinet Association NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association SBC SBCC Standard Building Code • SDI Steel Door Institute SIA Scaffold Industry Association SMA Screen Manufacturers Association SPRI Single-Ply Roofing Institute TCA Tile Council of America UBC Uniform Building Code J. Roadways AREA American Railway Engineering Association GDOT Georgia Department of Transportation K. Plumbing AGA American Gas Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation PDI Plumbing Drainage Institute SPC SBCC Standard Plumbing Code L. Refrigeration, Heating, and Air Conditioning AMCA Air Movement and Control Association • ARI American Refrigeration Institute 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01091 01091-5 Codes and Standards • ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers CGA Compressed Gas Association CTI Cooling Tower Institute HEI Heat Exchange Institute IIAR International Institute of Ammonia Refrigeration NB National Board of Boilers and Pressure Vessel Inspectors PFMA Power Fan Manufacturers Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SMC SBCC Standard Mechanical Code TEMA Tubular Exchangers Manufacturers Association M. Equipment AFBMA Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturers Association, Inc. AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association ALI Automotive Lift Institute CEMA Conveyor Equipment Manufacturers Association CMM Crane Manufacturers Association of America • DEMA Diesel Engine Manufacturers Association MMA Monorail Manufacturers Association OPEI Outdoor Power Equipment Institute, Inc. PTI Power Tool Institute, Inc. RIA Robotic Industries Association SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association 1.03 Symbols Symbols and material legends shall be as scheduled on the Drawings. END OF SECTION 1111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01091 01091-6 Codes and Standards • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01091 Section 01200 Project Meetings • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. Work under this Section includes all scheduling and administering of pre-construction and progress meetings as herein specified and necessary for the proper and complete performance of this Work. B. Scheduling and Administration by Engineer: 1. Prepare agenda. 2. Make physical arrangements for the meetings. 3. Preside at meetings. 4. Record minutes including significant proceedings and decisions. 5. Distribute copies of the minutes to participants. 1.02 Preconstruction Conference A. The Engineer shall schedule the preconstruction conference prior to the issuance of the Notice to Proceed. iB. Representatives of the following parties are to be in attendance at the meeting: 1. Owner. 2. Engineer. 3. Contractor and superintendent. 4. Major subcontractors. 5. Representatives of governmental or regulatory agencies when appropriate. C. The agenda for the preconstruction conference shall consist of the following as a minimum: 1. Distribute and discuss a list of major subcontractors and a tentative construction schedule. 2. Critical work sequencing. 3. Designation of responsible personnel and emergency telephone numbers. 4. Processing of field decisions and change orders. 5. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01200 01200-2 Project Meetings 6. Schedule and submittal of shop drawings, product data and samples. 111 7. Pay request format, submittal cutoff date, paydate and retainage. 8. Procedures for maintaining record documents. 9. Use of premises, including office and storage areas and Owner's requirements. 10. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 11. Safety and first-aid procedures. 12. Security procedures. 13. Housekeeping procedures. 14. Work hours. 1.03 Project Coordination Meetings A. Schedule regular monthly meetings as directed by the Engineer. B. Hold called meetings as the progress of the Work dictates. • C. The meetings shall be held at the location indicated by the Engineer. D. Representatives of the following parties are to be in attendance at the meetings: 1. Engineer. 2. Contractor and superintendent. 3. Major subcontractors as pertinent to the agenda. 4. Owner's representative as appropriate. 5. Representatives of governmental or other regulatory agencies as appropriate. E. The minimum agenda for progress meetings shall consist of the following: 1. Review and approve minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review work progress since last meeting. 3. Note field observations, problems and decisions. 4. Identifyproblems which impede planned progress. p p gress. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01200 01200-3 Project Meetings 5. Review Contractor's corrective measures and procedures to regain plan schedule, when applicable. 6. Review Contractor's revision to the construction schedule as outlined in the Supplementary Conditions. 7. Review submittal schedule; expedite as required to maintain schedule. 8. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 9. Review changes proposed by Owner for their effect on the construction schedule and completion date. 10. Complete other current business. END OF SECTION • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01200 01200-4 Project Meetings • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01200 Section 01310 Construction Schedules Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The work under this Section includes preparing, furnishing, distributing, and periodic updating of the construction schedules as specified herein. B. The purpose of the schedule is to demonstrate that the Contractor can complete the overall Project within the Contract Time and meet all required interim milestones. 1.02 Submittals A. Overall Project Schedule (OPS) 1. Submit the schedule within 10 days after date of the Notice to Proceed. 2. The Engineer will review the schedule and return it within 10 days after receipt. • 3. If required, resubmit within 10 days after receipt of a returned copy. B. Near Term Schedule (NTS) 1. Submit the first Near Term Schedule within 10 days of the Notice to Proceed. 2. The Engineer will review the schedule and return it within 10 days after receipt. C. Submit an update of the OPS and NTS with each progress payment request. D. Submit the number of copies required by the Contractor, plus three copies to be retained by the Engineer. 1.03 Approval Approval of the Contractor's detailed construction program and revisions thereto shall in no way relieve the Contractor of any of the Contractor's duties and obligations under the Contract. Approval is limited to the format of the schedule and does not in any way indicate approval of, or concurrence with, the Contractor's means, methods and ability to carry out the Work. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01310 01310-2 Construction Schedules 1.04 Overall Project Schedule (OPS) • A. The Contractor shall submit to the Owner for approval a detailed Overall Project Schedule of the Contractor's proposed operations for the duration of the Project. The OPS shall be in the form of a Gantt/bar chart. B. Gantt/Bar Chart Schedule 1. Each activity with duration of seven or more days shall be identified by a separate bar. Activities with duration of more than 30 days shall be sub-divided into separate activities. 2. The schedule shall include activities for shop drawing preparation and review, fabrication, delivery, and installation of major or critical path materials and equipment items. 3. The schedule shall show the proposed start and completion date for each activity. A separate listing of activity start and stop dates and working day requirements shall be provided unless the information is shown in text form on the Gantt/bar chart. 4. The schedule shall identify the Notice to Proceed date, the Contract Completion date, major milestone dates, and a critical path. • 5. The schedule shall be printed on a maximum 11 x 17-inch size paper. If the OPS needs to be shown on multiple sheets, a simplified, one page, summary bar chart showing the entire Project shall be provided. 6. The schedule shall have a horizontal time scale based on calendar days and shall identify the Monday of each week. 7. The schedule shall show the precedence relationship for each activity. 1.05 Near Term Schedule (NTS) A. The Contractor shall develop and refine a detailed Near Term Schedule showing the day to day activities with committed completion dates which must be performed during the upcoming 30 day period. The detailed schedule shall represent the Contractor's best approach to the Work which must be accomplished to maintain progress consistent with the Overall Project Schedule. B. The Near Term Schedule shall be in the form of Gantt/bar chart and shall include a written narrative description of all activities to be performed and describe corrective action to be taken for items that are behind schedule. 1.06 Updating • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01310 01310-3 Construction Schedules • A. Show all changes occurring since previous submission of the updated schedule. B. Indicate progress of each activity and show actual completion dates. C. The Contractor shall be prepared to provide a narrative report at the Project Coordination Meetings. The report shall include the following: 1. A description of the overall Project status and comparison to the OPS. 2. Identify activities which are behind schedule and describe corrective action to be taken. 3. A description of changes or revisions to the Project and their effect on the OPS. 4. A description of the Near Term Schedule of the activities to be completed during the next 30 days. The report shall include a description of all activities requiring participation by the Engineer and/or Owner. S END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01310 01310-4 Construction Schedules • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01310 Section 01320 Construction Videos and Photographs Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The Contractor shall furnish all equipment and labor materials required to provide the Owner with digital construction videos and photographs of the Project. B. Photo and video files shall become the property of the Owner and none of the videos or photographs herein shall be published without written permission of the Owner. 1.02 Pre and Post Construction Videos and Photographs A. Prior to the beginning of any work, the Contractor shall take project videos and photographs of the work area to record existing conditions. B. Following completion of the work, another video and photos shall be made showing the same areas and features as in the pre-construction video and photographs. C. All conditions which might later be subject to disagreement shall be shown in sufficient detail to provide a basis for decisions. • D. The pre-construction video and photographs shall be submitted to the Engineer within 25 calendar days after the date of receipt of Notice to Proceed. Post-construction videos and photographs shall be provided prior to final acceptance of the project. 1.03 Progress Photographs A. Photo files shall be provided in a .jpg or .tif format. B. The photographs shall be embedded with a date and time marking. All image files shall be named to indicate date and description of work shown. C. A minimum of ten photographs shall be submitted with each request for payment. The view selection will be as agreed to with the Engineer. 1.04 Submittals A. Photographs and videos shall be submitted on either a CD or DVD, as well as, printed hard copies. Format for the video shall be MPEG or AVI. B. Construction photographs shall be submitted with each payment request. Failure • to include photographs may be cause for rejection of the payment request. END OF SECTION 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01320 01320-2 Construction Videos and Photographs • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01320 Section 01340 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The work under this Section includes submittal to the Engineer of shop drawings, product data and samples required by the specifications and drawings. B. Submittal Contents: The submittal contents required are detailed in each applicable specification section. C. Definitions: Submittals are categorized as follows: 1. Shop Drawings a. Shop drawings shall include technical data, drawings, diagrams, procedure and methodology, performance curves, schedules, templates, patterns, test reports, calculations, instructions, measurements and similar information as applicable to the specific item for which the shop drawing is prepared. b. Provide newly-prepared information, on reproducible sheets, with graphic information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated) or appropriate number of prints hereof, with name or preparer (firm name) indicated. The Contract Drawings shall not be traced or reproduced by any method for use as or in lieu of detail shop drawings. Show dimensions and note dimensions that are based on field measurement. Identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate compliance with standards and special coordination requirements. Do not allow shop drawings to be used in connection with the Work without appropriate final "Action" markings by the Engineer. c. Drawings shall be presented in a clear and thorough manner. Details shall be identified by reference to sheet and detail, specification section, schedule or room numbers shown on the Contract Drawings. d. Minimum assembly drawings sheet size shall be 24 x 36-inches. e. Minimum detail sheet size shall be 8-1/2 x 11-inches. f. Minimum Scale: i. Assembly Drawings Sheet, Scale: 1-inch = 30 feet. ii. Detail Sheet, Scale: 1/4-inch = 1 foot. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01340 01340-2 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 2. Product Data • a. Product data includes standard printed information on materials, products and systems, not specially prepared for this Project, other than the designation of selections from among available choices printed therein. b. Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system, and mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to the Project. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of field measurements which have been checked and special coordination requirements. 3. Samples a. Samples include both fabricated and un-fabricated physical examples of materials, products and units of work, both as complete units and as smaller portions of units of work, either for limited visual inspection or, where indicated, for more detailed testing and analysis. b. Provide units identical with final condition of proposed materials or products for the work. Include "range" samples, not less than three units, where unavoidable variations must be expected, and describe or • identify variations between units of each set. Provide full set of optional samples where the Engineer's selection is required. Prepare samples to match the Engineer's sample where indicated. Include information with each sample to show generic description, source or product name and manufacturer, limitations and compliance with standards. Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color, pattern, texture and "kind" by the Engineer. Engineer will note "test" samples, except as otherwise indicated, for other requirements, which are the exclusive responsibility of the Contractor. 4. Miscellaneous submittals related directly to the Work (non-administrative) include warranties, maintenance agreements, workmanship bonds, project photographs, survey data and reports, physical work records, statements of applicability, quality testing and certifying reports, copies of industry standards, record drawings, field measurement data, operating and maintenance materials, overrun stock, security/protection/safety keys and similar information, devices and materials applicable to the Work but not processed as shop drawings, product data or samples. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01340 01340-3 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples • 1.02 Specific Category Requirements A. General: Except as otherwise indicated in the individual work sections, comply with general requirements specified herein for each indicated category of submittal. Submittals shall contain: 1. The date of submittal and the dates of any previous submittals. 2. The Project title. 3. Numerical submittal numbers, starting with 1.0, 2.0, etc. Revisions to be numbered 1.1, 1.2, etc. 4. The Names of: a. Contractor b. Supplier c. Manufacturer 5. Identification of the product, with the Specification section number, • permanent equipment tag numbers and applicable Drawing Number. 6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such. 7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials. 8. Applicable standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers. 9. Notification to the Engineer in writing, at time of submissions, of any deviations on the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. 10. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 11. An 8" x 3" blank space for Contractor and Engineer stamps. 12. Contractor's stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to review of submittal, verification of products, field measurements and field construction criteria and coordination of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of Contract Documents. 13. Submittal sheets or drawings showing more than the particular item under consideration shall have all but the pertinent description of the item for which review is requested crossed out. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01340 01340-4 Shop Drawings, Product Data,and Samples 1.03 Routing of Submittals 111) A. Submittals and routine correspondence shall be routed as follows: 1. Supplier or Subcontractor to Contractor (through representative if applicable) 2. Contractor to Engineer 3. Engineer to Contractor and Owner 4. Contractor to Supplier or Subcontractor Part 2 Products 2.01 Shop Drawings A. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, make all shop drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent features of the item and its method of connection to the Work. B. The number of shop drawings to be submitted shall be no less than the number required to be returned, plus three copies which will be retained by the Engineer. 2.02 Manufacturer's Literature • A. Where content of submitted literature from manufacturers includes data not pertinent to this submittal, clearly indicate which portion of the contents is being submitted for the Engineer's review. B. Submit the number of copies which are required to be returned (not to exceed three) plus three copies which will be retained by the Engineer. 2.03 Samples A. Samples shall illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and established standards by which completed work is judged. B. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, all samples shall be of the precise article proposed to be furnished. C. Submit all samples in the quantity which is required to be returned plus one sample which will be retained by the Engineer. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01340 01340-5 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples t 2.04 Colors A. Unless the precise color and pattern is specifically described in the Contract Documents, wherever a choice of color or pattern is available in a specified product, submit accurate color charts and pattern charts to the Engineer for review and selection. B. Unless all available colors and patterns have identical costs and identical wearing capabilities, and are identically suited to the installation, completely describe the relative costs and capabilities of each. Part 3 Execution 3.01 Contractor's Coordination of Submittals A. Prior to submittal for the Engineer's review, the Contractor shall use all means necessary to fully coordinate all material, including the following procedures: 1. Determine and verify all field dimensions and conditions, catalog numbers and similar data. 2. Coordinate as required with all trades and all public agencies involved. • 3. Submit a written statement of review and compliance with the requirements of all applicable technical Specifications as well as the requirements of this Section. 4. Clearly indicate in a letter or memorandum on the manufacturer's or fabricator's letterhead, all deviations from the Contract Documents. B. Each and every copy of the shop drawings and data shall bear the Contractor's stamp showing that they have been so checked. Shop drawings submitted to the Engineer without the Contractor's stamp will be returned to the Contractor for conformance with this requirement. C. The Owner may backcharge the Contractor for costs associated with having to review a particular shop drawing, product data or sample more than two times to receive a "No Exceptions Taken" mark. D. Grouping of Submittals 1. Unless otherwise specifically permitted by the Engineer, make all submittals in groups containing all associated items. 2. No review will be given to partial submittals of shop drawings for items which • interconnect and/or are interdependent. It is the Contractor's responsibility to assemble the shop drawings for all such interconnecting and/or 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01340 01340-6 Shop Drawings, Product Data,and Samples interdependent items, check them and then make one submittal to the • Engineer along with Contractor's comments as to compliance, non-compliance or features requiring special attention. E. Schedule of Submittals Within 30 days of Contract award and prior to any shop drawing submittal, the Contractor shall submit a schedule showing the estimated date of submittal and the desired approval date for each shop drawing anticipated. A reasonable period shall be scheduled for review and comments. Time lost due to unacceptable submittals shall be the Contractor's responsibility and some time allowance for resubmittal shall be provided. The schedule shall provide for submittal of items which relate to one another to be submitted concurrently. 3.02 Timing of Submittals A. Make all submittals far enough in advance of scheduled dates for installation to provide all required time for reviews, for securing necessary approvals, for possible revision and resubmittal, and for placing orders and securing delivery. B. In scheduling, allow sufficient time for the Engineer's review following the receipt of the submittal. 3.03 Reviewed Shop Drawings • A. Engineer Review 1. Allow a minimum of 30 days for the Engineer's initial processing of each submittal requiring review and response, except allow longer periods where processing must be delayed for coordination with subsequent submittals. The Engineer will advise the Contractor promptly when it is determined that a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. Allow a minimum of two weeks for reprocessing each submittal. Advise the Engineer on each submittal as to whether processing time is critical to progress of the Work, and therefore the Work would be expedited if processing time could be foreshortened. 2. Acceptable submittals will be marked "No Exceptions Taken". A minimum of three copies will be retained by the Engineer for Engineer's and the Owner's use and the remaining copies will be returned to the Contractor. 3. Submittals requiring minor corrections before the product is acceptable will be marked "Make Corrections Noted". The Contractor may order, fabricate and ship the items included in the submittals, provided the indicated corrections are made. Drawings must be resubmitted for review and marked "No Exceptions Taken" prior to installation or use of products. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01340 01340-7 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 4. Submittals marked "Amend and Resubmit" must be revised to reflect required changes and the initial review procedure repeated. 5. The "Rejected - See Remarks" notation is used to indicate products which are not acceptable. Upon return of a submittal so marked, the Contractor shall repeat the initial review procedure utilizing acceptable products. 6. Only two copies of items marked "Amend and Resubmit" and "Rejected - See Remarks" will be reviewed and marked. One copy will be retained by the Engineer and the other copy with all remaining unmarked copies will be returned to the Contractor for resubmittal. B. No work or products shall be installed without a drawing or submittal bearing the "No Exceptions Taken" notation. The Contractor shall maintain at the job site a complete set of shop drawings bearing the Engineer's stamp. C. Substitutions: In the event the Contractor obtains the Engineer's approval for the use of products other than those which are listed first in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor's own expense and using methods approved by the Engineer, make any changes to structures, piping and electrical work that may be necessary to accommodate these products. D. Use of the "No Exceptions Taken" notation on shop drawings or other submittals is general and shall not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of furnishing products of the proper dimension, size, quality, quantity, materials and all performance characteristics, to efficiently perform the requirements and intent of the Contract Documents. The Engineer's review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors of any kind on the shop drawings. Review is intended only to assure conformance with the design concept of the Project and compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site. The Contractor is also responsible for information that pertains solely to the fabrication processes or to the technique of construction and for the coordination of the work of all trades. 3.04 Resubmission Requirements A. Shop Drawings 1. Revise initial drawings as required and resubmit as specified for initial submittal, with the resubmittal number shown. 2. Indicate on drawings all changes which have been made other than those requested by the Engineer. B. Project Data and Samples: Resubmit new data and samples as specified for initial • submittal, with the resubmittal number shown. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01340 01340-8 Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples 3.05 Project Closeout • A. Prior to final completion, Contractor shall submit electronic copies of all approved (NET) shop drawings. Each shop drawing shall be scanned as a separate pdf file and named to match the submittal number. B. Electronic, scanned copy of approved shop drawings shall be submitted to the Engineer on a CD or DVD. END OF SECTION i • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01340 Section 01410 Testing Laboratory Services Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. This Section includes testing which the Owner may require, beyond that testing required of the manufacturer, to determine if materials provided for the Project meet the requirements of these Specifications. B. This work also includes all testing required by the Owner to verify work performed by the Contractor is in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications, i.e., concrete strength and slump testing, soil compaction, etc. C. This work does not include materials testing required in various sections of these Specifications to be performed by the manufacturer, e.g., testing of liner materials. D. The testing laboratory or laboratories will be selected by the Owner. The testing laboratory or laboratories will work for the Owner. E. The testing laboratory services to be performed by the Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Engineer may or may not be performed by the independent testing laboratory required elsewhere in these Specifications. • 1.02 Payment for TestingServices Y A. The cost of testing services required by the Contract to be provided by the Contractor shall be paid for by the Owner, i.e., concrete testing, soil compaction, asphalt testing and geosynthetic testing. B. The cost of additional testing services not specifically required in the Specifications, but requested by the Owner or Engineer, shall be paid for by the Owner. C. The cost of testing laboratory services required to be performed by the CQA Engineer shall be paid for by the Owner. D. The costs that the Owner is to pay for testing laboratory services will be paid for in one of the following manners, as appropriate: 1. The testing laboratory will invoice the Contractor, who would then include such eligible costs in periodic payment requests under the terms and conditions of Cash Allowances. 2. Directly to the CQA Engineering Firm. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01410 01410-2 Testing Laboratory Services 3. The CQA Engineering Firm would invoice the Engineer who would then invoice • the Owner. E. The cost of material testing described in various sections of these Specifications or as required in referenced standards to be provided by a material manufacturer, shall be included in the price proposed for that item and shall not be paid for by the Owner. F. The cost of retesting any item that fails to meet the requirements of these Specifications shall be paid for by the Contractor. Retesting shall be performed by the testing laboratory working for the Owner. 1.03 Laboratory Duties A. Cooperate with the Owner, Engineer and Contractor. B. Provide qualified personnel promptly on notice. C. Perform specified inspections, sampling and testing of materials. 1. Comply with specified standards, ASTM, other recognized authorities, and as specified. 2. Ascertain compliance with requirements of the Contract Documents. 1111 D. Promptly notify the Engineer and Contractor of irregularity or deficiency of work which are observed during performance of services. E. Promptly submit three copies (two copies to the Engineer and one copy to the Contractor) of report of inspections and tests in addition to those additional copies required by the Contractor with the following information included: 1. Date issued 2. Project title and number 3. Testing laboratory name and address 4. Name and signature of inspector 5. Date of inspection or sampling 6. Record of temperature and weather 7. Date of test 8. Identification of product and Specification section 9. Location of Project 10. Type of inspection or test 11. Results of test 12. Observations regarding compliance with the Contract Documents F. Perform additional services as required. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01410 01410-3 Testing Laboratory Services • G. The laboratory is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 1.04 Contractor Responsibilities A. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, provide access to Work and/or manufacturer's requirements. B. Provide representative samples of materials to be tested to the laboratory in required quantities. C. Furnish copies of mill test reports. D. Furnish required labor and facilities to: 1. Provide access to Work to be tested; 2. Obtain and handle samples at the site; 3. Facilitate inspections and tests; 4. Build or furnish a holding box for concrete cylinders or other samples as required by the laboratory. • E. Notify the laboratory sufficiently in advance of operation to allow for the assignment of personnel and schedules of tests. F. Laboratory Tests: Where such inspection and testing are to be conducted by an independent laboratory agency, the sample(s) shall be selected by such laboratory or agency, or the Engineer, and shipped to the laboratory by the Contractor at Contractor's expense. G. Copies of all correspondence between the Contractor and testing agencies shall be provided to the Engineer. H. Provide equipment and labor as required to verify leachate collection layer thickness as requested by the Engineer and/ or the Georgia EPD. Typically, this includes at least one hole per acre at locations as directed by the Engineer excavated to the base of the layer. Care should be taken to protect the surfaces below the collection layer. Contractor is required to fill in the holes with like material after the site has been inspected by the Georgia EPD. 1.05 Quality Assurance Testing shall be in accordance with all pertinent codes and regulations and with procedures and requirements of the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01410 01410-4 Testing Laboratory Services 1.06 Product Handling • Promptly process and distribute all required copies of test reports and related instructions to insure all necessary retesting or replacement of materials with the least possible delay in the progress of the Work. 1.07 Furnishing Materials The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing all materials necessary for testing. 1.08 Code Compliance Testing Inspections and tests required by codes or ordinances or by a plan approval authority, and made by a legally constituted authority, shall be the responsibility of, and shall be paid for by the Contractor, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 1.09 Contractor's Convenience Testing Inspection or testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall • be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1.10 Schedules for Testing A. Establishing Schedule 1. The Contractor shall, by advance discussion with the testing laboratory selected by the Owner, determine the time required for the laboratory to perform its tests and to issue each of its findings, and make all arrangements for the testing laboratory to be on site to provide the required testing. 2. Provide all required time within the construction schedule. B. When changes of construction schedule are necessary during construction, coordinate all such changes of schedule with the testing laboratory as required. C. When the testing laboratory is ready to test according to the determined schedule, but is prevented from testing or taking specimens due to incompleteness of the Work, all extra costs for testing attributable to the delay will be back-charged to the Contractor and shall not be borne by the Owner. 1.11 Taking Specimens Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, all specimens and samples • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01410 01410-5 Testing Laboratory Services • for tests will be taken by the testing laboratory or the Engineer. 1.12 Transporting Samples The Contractor shall be responsible for transporting all samples, except those taken by testing laboratory personnel or the CQA Engineer, to the testing laboratory. END OF SECTION • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01410 01410-6 Testing Laboratory Services THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01410 Section 01510 Temporary Facilities Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. Temporary facilities required for this work include, but are not limited to: 1. Temporary utilities such as water and electricity. 2. First aid facilities. 3. Sanitary facilities. 4. Potable water. 5. Temporary enclosures and construction facilities. B. Temporary utilities for field offices shall be as specified in Section 01590 of these Specifications. 1.02 General A. First aid facilities, sanitary facilities and potable water shall be available on the Project site on the first day that any activities are conducted on site. The other facilities shall be provided as the schedule of the Project warrants. • B. Maintenance: Use all means necessary to maintain temporary facilities in proper and safe condition throughout progress of the Work. In the event of loss or damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary, at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Removal: Remove all such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of the Work will permit. 1.03 Temporary Utilities A. General 1. Provide and pay all costs for all water, electricity and other utilities required for the performance of the Work. 2. Pay all costs for temporary utilities until Project completion. 3. Costs for temporary utilities shall include all power, water and the like necessary for testing equipment as required by the Contract Documents. B. Temporary Water: Provide all necessary temporary piping, and upon completion of the Work, remove all such temporary piping. Provide and remove water meters as • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01510 01510-2 Temporary Facilities required by the water provider. 111 C. Temporary Electricity 1. Provide all necessary wiring for the Contractor's use. 2. Furnish, locate and install area distribution boxes such that the individual trades may use, their own construction type extension cords to obtain adequate power, and artificial lighting at all points where required by inspectors and for safety. 1.04 First Aid Facilities The Contractor shall provide a suitable first aid station, equipped with all facilities and medical supplies necessary to administer emergency first aid treatment. The Contractor shall have standing arrangements for the removal and hospital treatment of any injured person. All first aid facilities and emergency ambulance service shall be made available by the Contractor to the Owner and the Engineer's personnel. 1.05 Sanitary Facilities Prior to starting the Work, the Contractor shall furnish, for use of Contractor's personnel on the job, all necessary toilet facilities which shall be secluded from public observation. These facilities shall be either chemical toilets or shall be connected to the Owner's sanitary sewer system. All facilities, regardless of type, shall be kept in a clean and sanitary condition and shall comply with the requirements and regulations of the area in which the Work is performed. Adequacy of these facilities will be subject to the Engineer's review and maintenance of same must be satisfactory to the Engineer at all times. 1.06 Potable Water The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing a supply of potable drinking water for employees, subcontractors, inspectors, engineers and the Owner who are associated with the Work. 1.07 Enclosures and Construction Facilities Furnish, install and maintain for the duration of construction, all required scaffolds, tarpaulins, canopies, steps, bridges, platforms and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion of the Work in compliance with all pertinent safety and other regulations. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01510 01510-3 Temporary Facilities • 1.08 Parking Facilities Parking facilities for the Contractor's and Contractor's subcontractors' personnel shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The storage and work facilities provided by the Owner will not be used for parking by the Contractor's or subcontractor's personnel. END OF SECTION 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01510 01510-4 Temporary Facilities • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01510 Section 01540 Job Site Security Part 1 General 1.01 Barricades, Light, and Signals A. The Contractor shall furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights, and danger signals and shall provide such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of the work as are necessary. Barricades shall be painted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise, the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one light at each barricade and sufficient numbers of barricades shall be erected to keep vehicles from being driven on or into any work under construction. B. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs and lights and whenever evidence is found of such damage, the Contractor shall immediately remove the damaged portion and replace it at his cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the project has been accepted by the Owner. C. All job site security shall be coordinated with the Owner's landfill security procedures. • END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01540 01540-2 Job Site Security • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01540 Section 01562 Dust Control • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope Limit blowing dust caused by construction operations by applying water or employing other appropriate means or methods to maintain dust control, subject to the approval of the Owner. As a minimum, this may require the use of a water wagon twice a day to suppress dusty conditions. 1.02 Protection of Adjacent Property A. The Contractor shall make adequate provision to fully protect the surrounding area and will be held fully responsible for all damages resulting from Contractor's operations. B. Protect all existing facilities (indoors or out) from damage by dust, fumes, spray or spills (indoors or out). Protect motors, bearings, electrical gear, instrumentation and building or other surfaces from dirt, dust, welding fumes, paint spray, spills or droppings causing wear, corrosion, malfunction, failure or defacement by enclosure, sprinkling or other dust palliatives, masking and covering, exhausting or containment. • 1.03 Dust Suppression Plan A. The Contractor shall obtain a copy of the site Dust Suppression Plan as required by the Title V Air Permit. The Contractor shall comply with all aspects of the plan including monthly submission of a Dust Suppression Log. The log is required to address all activities related to the Contractor's on-site work. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01562 01562-2 Dust Control • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01562 Section 01569 Safety in Landfill Works • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The Contractor shall be responsible for conducting all Work in a safe manner and shall take reasonable precautions to ensure the safety and protection of workers, property and the general public. The Contractor's responsibility for protection is described in Article 21 of the General Conditions. B. All construction shall be conducted in accordance with the latest applicable requirements for Part 1926 of the Occupational Safety and Health Act, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, as well as any other local, state or federal safety codes and regulations. C. The Contractor shall designate a trained and qualified employee who is to be responsible for ensuring that the Work is performed safely and in conformance with all applicable regulations. D. The Contractor shall determine the safety hazards involved in prosecuting the Work and the precautions necessary to conduct the Work safely. If the Contractor 110 is unsure as to any special hazards which may be unique to landfill or wastewater conveyance facilities, it shall be Contractor's responsibility to determine such information prior to beginning the Work. E. The Contractor shall bear all risks associated with performing the Work and shall fully indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and Engineer. 1.02 Special Requirements A. The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that construction activities involving existing landfill facilities and sewer systems will occasionally involve work in potentially hazardous environments in which oxygen deficient, toxic or explosive conditions may exist. Additional hazards arise from the presence of pathogens in the waste and leachate and from the slime and scum layer that coat walking, working and other surfaces. In dealing with these hazards, the Contractor shall take special precautions to ensure worker safety. Such precautions shall include, but are not limited to, the following, as applicable: 1. Installing temporary forced air ventilation equipment and ducts for fresh air in enclosed areas. 2. Using pneumatic tools and equipment instead of electric-driven equipment in hazardous areas. 3. Avoiding the use of cutting torches, field welding and grinders in hazardous areas. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01569 01569-2 Safety in Landfill Works 4. Cleaning and disinfecting working surfaces with hot water, high pressure • washers prior to commencing work. 5. Installing sealed wooden baffles or bulkheads to isolate working areas from hazardous atmospheres. 6. Providing portable oxygen meters, combustible gas detectors and hydrogen sulfide detectors to continuously monitor the atmosphere in enclosed working areas. 7. Providing safety harnesses, safety lines and recovery crews for workers In hazardous areas. 8. Providing self-contained breathing apparatus with spare air cylinders for workers in hazardous areas. 9. Providing dry chemical fire extinguishers and connected fire hoses in areas where a danger of fire or explosion exists. 10. Providing adequate, oxygen-equipped, first aid facilities. 11. Providing suitable wash-up areas and facilities for workers. 12. Installing temporary lighting using explosion-proof fixtures in hazardous 111 environments. 13. Installing approved warning and hazard signs and posting safety procedures. 14. Instructing all workers as to the hazards present; the procedures to be followed and the proper function and use of all safety and emergency equipment furnished. B. Prior to commencing Work on existing facilities and equipment, the Contractor shall notify the system/facility superintendent and shall ensure that the source of electrical energy to all affected equipment is shut off and locked out at the appropriate motor control center. Local switches and pushbutton stations, where provided, shall be locked in the "off' position. C. Prior to entering or commencing work in a hazardous area, the Contractor shall ensure that all safety and emergency equipment is in place and in satisfactory operating condition. END OF SECTION 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01569 Section 01590 Field Offices Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The work under this Section shall include the providing of a field office for use by the Engineer and Contractor. The work shall include providing the field offices, located on the Project site, site preparation, utilities, removal of the office(s) and restoration of the area. B. Furnish, install and maintain storage and work sheds needed for construction. 1.02 Requirements A. General 1. The materials, equipment, and furnishings provided under this Section may be new or used (except as indicated otherwise), but must be serviceable, adequate for the required purpose, and must not violate applicable codes or regulations. 2. The Contractor shall make all provisions and pay all costs for installation, utilities, rent, permit fees, site work and removal for field offices and facilities. B. Construction 1. Structurally sound, weather tight, with floors raised above ground. 2. Temperature Transmission Resistance: Compatible with occupancy and storage requirements. 3. At the Contractor's option, portable or mobile buildings may be used. a. Mobile trailers shall be Class "A", new and modified for office use. b. Do not use mobile trailers for living quarters. 1.03 Submittals A. Submit to the Engineer for approval a site plan showing the locations of field offices, parking, storage spaces and storage trailers. B. Submit to the Engineer for approval, prior to installation, office floor plan and schematic drawings, showing the complete telephone system, including location of • jacks, hubs, ports, etc. to be installed shall be provided for review by the Engineer 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01590 01590-2 Field Offices before installation of service. • Part 2 Products 2.01 Field Office A. The office shall be fully installed, including all equipment and services, and available for occupation on the site at the beginning of the on-site Work, including the delivery of products, and shall remain on the site until the project is completed or final payment is made. B. The Field Office shall include an office separate from the Contractor's for the exclusive use by the Engineer. This office shall be not less than 100 square feet of floor space with a lockable door. C. The Field office shall include a central room, sized as required, to provide space for Project Meetings. D. The Field Office shall be a pre-fabricated building or a mobile trailer having ceiling, floor and walls adequately insulated. The office shall have sufficient windows to allow adequate sunlight and ventilation, properly weatherproofed with proper screens. The office shall be properly skirted as approved by the Engineer. The office shall have at least one outside entrance with proper screen. Awnings or sunscreen approved by the Engineer shall be furnished over all windows. The outside entrances shall have locks and entrance deck at least four feet wide, with "non-slip" steps and handrails. E. The office building shall be adequately wired for electricity in accordance with applicable codes to handle the total lighting, air conditioning, equipment and other loads. Lighting fixtures, in adequate numbers, shall be installed to give an illumination of 150 foot candles average and minimum glare. Fluorescent lamp fixtures with minimum 45 degrees shielding will be required. 110 volt convenience duplex outlets, one per wall in each room shall be provided. Provide air conditioning and heating combination unit to maintain 78 degrees F inside in winter with outside air temperature of 20 degrees F and 72 degrees F inside in summer with the outside temperature of 100 degrees F. 2.02 Engineer Office Interior Furnishings A. Provide new, delivered, and set-up the following items for the Engineer's office: (All maintenance services, consumable supplies, furnishings, etc. shall be provided for the full duration of the project.) 1. One desk-type phone shall be provided in each office and open area. At minimum, the desk-type phones shall have as features: speed dial, hold, • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01590 r 01590-3 Field Offices • mute, speaker-phone and interoffice intercom. 2. One desk, per office, 60" x 30", with at least three drawers. 3. One desk chair, per desk, on castors equal to Global Posture Back Desk Chair #8838BKPN04. 4. One five-gallon wastebasket. B. Services and supplies to be supplied for the duration of the Project (in addition to utility services): 1. Repair and clean the offices, parking areas and access routes. 2. Provide complete janitorial services and supplies, including but not limited to toilet paper, soap, and paper towels. Cleaning shall be done on a daily basis during other than normal working hours. 2.03 Field Office Facilities A. The Contractor shall maintain a local office with a telephone & fax in the general area of the Work, and will be required to have a responsible representative on call • at all times. B. Racks and files for Project Record Documents. C. One 10-inch outdoor-type thermometer. D. One 11-inch rain gauge graded to 0.01 inches equivalent to Tenite. 2.04 Utilities A. General: Provide and pay all costs for all telephone, internet, water, sewer, and electricity required for the field office for the duration of the Project. Upon completion of the Work, remove all temporary utilities and telephone equipment. B. Temporary Water and Sewer: Furnish and install all necessary temporary piping and appurtenances for water and sewer service required for field offices. C. Temporary Electricity: The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary electrical service for field offices. D. Telephone Service • 1. The Contractor shall provide telephone service to Contractor's office and separate service to the Engineer's field office. All portions of the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01590 01590-4 Field Offices communication system shall be maintained in good working condition. At • least one phone jack shall be provided in each office and open area. 2. The telephone system in the Engineer's field office shall be a touch-tone, local to the site area code, two-line phone system with a separate dedicated line for facsimile machine. 3. All costs for the installation costs of lines, line extensions, service charges and recurring service charges for telephone services, including long distance phone calls, shall be paid by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. 2.05 Parking Facilities A. Parking facilities for the Contractor's field office shall be the Contractor's responsibility. The storage and work facilities provided by the Owner will not be used for parking. B. The Contractor shall provide ample parking, graveled or paved, adjacent to the Engineer's field office. Adequate parking space shall be provided for at least one car per 100 square feet of the Engineer's field office, not including contractor's vehicles, at Engineer's field office. 2.06 Use of Permanent Facilities • Permanent facilities shall not be used for field offices or for storage. Part 3 Execution 3.01 Preparation Fill and grade sites for temporary structures to provide surface drainage. 3.02 Installation A. Construct temporary field offices and storage facilities on proper foundations and provide connections for utility services. 1. Secure portable or mobile buildings when used. 2. Provide steps and landings at entrance doors. 3. Provide tie-downs for 100 mile per hour gusts and winds. B. Locate construction office facilities at locations within the Project approved by the . 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01590 01590-5 Field Offices • Engineer. 3.03 Maintenance and Cleaning Provide periodic maintenance and cleaning for temporary structures, furnishings, equipment and services. 3.04 Removal A. Remove temporary field offices and utilities at Project Completion or as directed by the Engineer. B. Remove foundations and debris; grade site to required elevations and clean areas. At a minimum, unless specified elsewhere, restore area to the condition it was in at the beginning of the project and regrass as required. C. Furnishings furnished for the Engineer's field office are property of the Owner. Remove and relocate furnishings to a location identified by the Owner, as directed by the Engineer. • END OF SECTION 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01590 01590-6 Field Offices • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. S 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01590 Section 01610 Transportation and Handling Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The Contractor shall provide transportation of all equipment, materials and products furnished under these Contract Documents to the Work site. In addition, the Contractor shall provide preparation for shipment, loading, unloading, handling and preparation for installation and all other work and incidental items necessary or convenient to the Contractor for the satisfactory prosecution and completion of the Work. B. All equipment, materials and products damaged during transportation or handling shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner prior to being incorporated into the Work. 1.02 Transportation A. All equipment shall be suitably boxed, crated or otherwise protected during transportation. B. Where equipment will be installed using existing cranes or hoisting equipment, the Contractor shall ensure that the weights of the assembled sections do not exceed the capacity of the cranes or hoisting equipment. C. Small items and appurtenances such as gauges, valves, switches, instruments and probes which could be damaged during shipment shall be removed from the equipment prior to shipment, packaged and shipped separately. All openings shall be plugged or sealed to prevent the entrance of water or dirt. 1.03 Handling A. All equipment, materials and products shall be carefully handled to prevent damage or excessive deflections during unloading or transportation. B. Lifting and handling drawings and instructions furnished by the manufacturer or supplier shall be strictly followed. Eyebolts or lifting lugs furnished on the equipment shall be used in handling the equipment. Shafts and operating mechanisms shall not be used as lifting points. Spreader bars or lifting beams shall be used when the distance between lifting points exceeds that permitted by standard industry practice. C. Under no circumstances shall equipment or products such as pipe, structural steel, . castings, reinforcement, lumber, piles, poles, etc., be thrown or rolled off of trucks onto the ground. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01610 01610-2 Transportation and Handling D. Slings and chains shall be padded as required to prevent damage to protective • coatings and finishes. 1.04 Owner Furnished Material A. Owner furnished material shall mean any Owner material purchased and required by these Specifications to be installed by the Contractor. B. The owner shall be responsible for transportation to the site of all Owner furnished material. C. The Contractor shall off load and store all Owner furnished material per this Section of these Specifications. END OF SECTION • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01610 Section 01611 Storage and Protection • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope The work under this Section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the furnishing of all labor, tools and materials necessary to properly store and protect all materials, equipment, products and the like, as necessary for the proper and complete performance of the Work. 1.02 Storage and Protection A. Storage 1. Maintain ample way for foot traffic at all times, except as otherwise approved by the Engineer. 2. All property damaged by reason of storing of material shall be properly replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Packaged materials shall be delivered in original unopened containers and so stored until ready for use. • 4. All materials shall meet the requirements of these Specifications at the time that they are used in the Work. 5. Store products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Protection 1. Use means necessary to protect the materials, equipment and products of every section before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. 2. All materials shall be delivered, stored and handled to prevent the inclusion of foreign materials and damage by water, breakage, vandalism or other causes. 3. Substantially constructed weathertight storage sheds, with raised floors, shall be provided and maintained as may be required to adequately protect those materials and products stored on the site which may require protection from damage by the elements. C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary for the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost III to the Owner. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01611 01611-2 Storage and Protection D. Equipment and products stored outdoors shall be supported above the ground on • suitable wooden blocks or braces arranged to prevent excessive deflection or bending between supports. Items such as pipe, structural steel and sheet construction products shall be stored with one end elevated to facilitate drainage. E. Unless otherwise permitted in writing by the Engineer, building products and materials such as cement, grout, plaster, gypsumboard, particleboard, resilient flooring, acoustical tile, paneling, finish lumber, insulation, wiring, etc., shall be stored indoors in a dry location. Building products such as rough lumber, plywood, concrete block and structural tile may be stored outdoors under a properly secured waterproof covering. F. Tarps and other coverings shall be supported above the stored equipment or materials on wooden strips to provide ventilation under the cover and minimize condensation. Tarps and covers shall be arranged to prevent ponding of water. 1.03 Extended Storage In the event that certain items of major equipment such as air compressors, pumps and mechanical aerators have to be stored for an extended period of time, the Contractor shall provide satisfactory long-term storage facilities which are acceptable to the Engineer. The Contractor shall provide all special packaging, • protective coverings, protective coatings, power, nitrogen purge, desiccants, lubricants and exercising necessary or recommended by the manufacturer to properly maintain and protect the equipment during the period of extended storage. 1.04 Owner Furnished Equipment The Contractor shall provide storage and protection for all Owner furnished equipment and materials, including extended storage as specified above. END OF SECTION 1111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01611 Section 01630 Substitutions and Options Part 1 General 1.01 Scope This Section outlines the Contractor's requirements for substitutions and product options. 1.02 Products List A. General 1. Within 30 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit to the Engineer five copies of a complete list of all products which are proposed for installation, unless otherwise indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. 2. Tabulate the list by each Specification Section. B. For products specified under reference standards, include with the listing of each product the following: 1. Name and address of manufacturer, • 2. Trade name, 3. Model or catalog designation, 4. Manufacturer's data including performance and test data, and reference standards. 1.03 Contractor's Options A. No substitutions will be considered for the manufacturers listed by the Bidder in the Bid unless directed by the Owner. B. For products specified only by reference standards, select any product meeting the standards by any manufacturer unless otherwise required elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. Products Specified by Naming Products 1. Whenever the Engineer's design is based on a specific product of a particular manufacturer, that manufacturer will be shown on the Drawings and/or listed • first in the list of approved manufacturers in Divisions 2 through 16 of the Specifications. Any Bidder intending to furnish equipment of other than the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01630 01630-2 Substitutions and Options first listed manufacturer is cautioned to verify that the item being furnished • will fit in the space allowed, perform the functions, and have the capabilities as specified. The Bid should reflect the cost of any accessory items which may be required to incorporate the other listed manufacturer's product in the work. This includes any architectural, structural, mechanical, piping, electrical, or other modifications required and the cost of additional engineering required to accommodate the product selected by the Bidder. The Contractor, after receiving the Notice to Proceed, shall submit shop drawings on the other listed manufacturer's product for the Engineer's review. If the manufacturer of this product is required to be named in the Bid, no deviation from that manufacturer named in the Bid is allowed unless directed by the Owner. 2. Whenever a product is specified with the term "equal to" preceding the list of approved manufacturers, in Divisions 2 through 16 of the Specifications, substitute products will be considered. It is the bidder's responsibility to verify that the substitute product will fit in the space allowed, perform the same functions, and have the same capabilities as the item specified. The substitute product shall not result in any additional costs to the Owner whether for accessory items; for architectural, structural, mechanical, piping, electrical or the other modifications to the work; or for engineering work required to accommodate the substitute product. The Contractor, after receiving notice to proceed, shall submit shop drawings on the substitute 1110 product for the Engineer's review. If the manufacturer of this product is required to be named in the Bid, no deviation from that manufacturer named in the Bid is allowed unless directed by the Owner. 3. Approval of the Engineer is dependent on determination that the product offered is essentially equal in function, performance, quality of manufacture, ease of maintenance, reliability, service life and other criteria to that on which the design is based and will require no major modifications to structures, electrical systems, control systems or piping systems. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01630 Section 01710 Cleaning Part 1 General 1.01 Scope This Section covers the general cleaning which the Contractor shall be required to perform both during construction and before final acceptance of the Project unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified elsewhere in these Specifications. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Daily, and more often if necessary, conduct inspections verifying that requirements of cleanliness are being met. B. In addition to the standards described in this Section, comply with all pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction. 1.03 Hazardous Material and Waste A. The Contractor shall handle hazardous waste and materials in accordance with applicable local, state, and federal regulations. Waste shall also be disposed of in 1111 approved landfills as applicable. B. The Contractor shall prevent accumulation of wastes which create hazardous conditions. C. Burning or burying rubbish and waste materials on the site shall not be allowed. D. Disposal of hazardous wastes or materials into sanitary or storm sewers shall not be allowed. 1.04 Disposal of Surplus Materials Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, specified or directed, the Contractor shall legally dispose all surplus materials and equipment from demolition and shall provide suitable off-site disposal site, or utilize a site designated by the Owner. Part 2 Products 2.01 Cleaning Materials and Equipment Provide all required personnel, equipment and materials needed to maintain the specified standard of cleanliness. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01710 01710-2 Cleaning 2.02 Compatibility • Use only the cleaning materials, methods and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the material or as approved by the Engineer. Part 3 Execution 3.01 Progress Cleaning A. General 1. Do not allow the accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material and other items not required for construction of this Work. 2. At least each week, and more often if necessary, completely remove all scrap, debris and waste material from the job site. 3. Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal from the job site, observing all requirements for fire protection and protection of the environment. B. Site • 1. Daily, and more often if necessary, inspect the site and pick up all scrap, debris and waste material. Remove all such items to the place designated for their storage. 2. Restack materials stored on site weekly. 3. At all times maintain the site in a neat and orderly condition which meets the approval of the Engineer. 3.02 Final Cleaning A. Definitions: Unless otherwise specifically specified, "clean" for the purpose of this Article shall be interpreted as the level of cleanliness generally provided by commercial building maintenance subcontractors using commercial quality building maintenance equipment and materials. B. General: Prior to completion of the Work, remove from the job site all tools, surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris and waste. Conduct final progress cleaning as described in 3.01 above. C. Site: Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Engineer, hose down all paved 1111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01710 01710-3 Cleaning areas on the site and all public sidewalks directly adjacent to the site; rake clean other surfaces of the grounds. Completely remove all resultant debris. D. Post-Construction Cleanup: All evidence of temporary construction facilities, haul roads, work areas, structures, foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, or any other evidence of construction, as directed by the Engineer. E. Restoration of Landscape Damage: Any landscape feature damaged by the Contractor shall be restored as nearly as possible to its original condition at the Contractor's expense. The Engineer will decide what method of restoration shall be used. F. Timing: Schedule final cleaning as approved by the Engineer to enable the Owner to accept the Project. 3.03 Cleaning During Owner's Occupancy Should the Owner occupy the Work or any portion thereof prior to its completion by the Contractor and acceptance by the Owner, responsibilities for interim and final cleaning of the occupied spaces shall be as determined by the Engineer in accordance with the Supplementary Conditions of the Contract Documents. • END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01710 01710-4 Cleaning THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01710 Section 01720 Record Documents 10 Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The work under this Section includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the compiling, maintaining, recording and submitting of project record documents as herein specified. B. Record documents include, but are not limited to: 1. Drawings; 2. Specifications; 3. Change orders and other modifications to the Contract; 4. Engineer field orders or written instructions, including Requests for Information (RFI) and Clarification Memorandums; 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data and samples; and • 6. Test records. C. The Contractor shall maintain on the Project site throughout the Contract Time an up to date set of Record Drawings. 1.02 Maintenance of Documents and Samples A. Storage 1. Store documents and samples in the Contractor's field office, apart from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for storage of documents. 3. Provide locked cabinet or secure storage space for storage of samples. B. File documents and samples in accordance with format of these Specifications. C. Maintenance 1. Maintain documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order. • 2. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01720 01720-2 Record Documents 3. Maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of all record documents. D. Make documents and samples available at all times for inspection by Engineer. E. Failure to maintain the Record Documents in a satisfactory manner may be cause for withholding of a certificate for payment. 1.03 Quality Assurance A. Unless noted otherwise, Record Drawings shall provide dimensions, distances and coordinates to the nearest 0.1 foot. B. Unless noted otherwise, Record Drawings shall provide elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot for all pertinent items constructed by the Contractor. 1.04 Recording A. Label each document "Project Record" in neat, large printed letters. B. Recording 1. Record information concurrently with construction progress. • 2. Do not conceal any work until required information is recorded. 1.05 Record Drawings A. Record Drawings shall be reproducible, shall have a title block indicating that the drawings are Record Drawings, the name of the company preparing the Record Drawings, and the date the Record Drawings were prepared. B. Legibly mark drawings to record actual construction, including: 1. All Construction a. Changes of dimension and detail. b. Changes made by Requests for Information (RFI),field order, clarification memorandums or by change order. c. Details not on original Drawings. 2. Site Improvements, Including Underground Utilities a. Horizontal and vertical locations of all exposed and underground utilities p g 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01720 01720-3 Record Documents • and appurtenances, both new facilities constructed and those utilities encountered, referenced to permanent surface improvements. b. Location of and dimensions of roadways and parking areas, providing dimensions to back of curb when present. c. The locations shall be referenced to at least two easily identifiable, permanent landmarks (e.g., power poles, valve markers, etc.) or benchmarks. d. The Record Drawings shall include all invert elevations, as well as, the horizontal angle and distance between manhole covers. 3. Structures a. Depths of various elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum or top of wall. b. Location of internal and buried utilities and appurtenances concealed in the construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the structure. fp 4. The Record Drawings shall also provide a field run topographic survey of the waste cell area upon completion of: a. The base grading and prior to construction of the liner base b. The liner base installation c. The placement of leachate collection (protective soil) layer; 1.06 Specifications A. Legibly mark each section to record: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product. and item of equipment actually installed. 2. Changes made by Requests for Information (RFI), field order, clarification memorandums, or by change order. 1.07 Submittal A. At contract closeout, deliver original Record Documents and one electronic copy • (pdf files)to the Engineer for the Owner. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01720 01720-4 Record Documents B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate, containing: • 1. Date 2. Project title and number 3. Contractor's name and address 4. Title and number of each record document 5. Signature of Contractor or Contractor's authorized representative END OF SECTION • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01720 Section 01740 Warranties and Bonds SPart 1 General 1.01 Project Maintenance and Warranty A. Maintain and keep in good repair the Work covered by these Drawings and Specifications until acceptance by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall warrant for a period of one year from the date of Owner's written acceptance of certain segments of the Work and/or Owner's written final acceptance of the Project, as defined in the Contract Documents, that the completed Work is free from all defects due to faulty products or workmanship and the Contractor shall promptly make such corrections as may be necessary by reason of such defects. The Owner will give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. In the event that the Contractor should fail to make such repairs, adjustments or other work that may be made necessary by such defects, the Owner may do so and charge the Contractor the cost thereby incurred. The Performance Bond shall remain in full force and effect throughout the warranty period. C. The Contractor shall not be obligated to make replacements which become necessary because of ordinary wear and tear, nor as a result of improper operation • or maintenance, nor as a result of improper work or damage by another Contractor or the Owner, nor to perform any work which is normally performed by a maintenance crew during operation. D. In the event of multiple failures of major consequences prior to the expiration of the one year warranty described above, the affected unit shall be disassembled, inspected and modified or replaced as necessary to prevent further occurrences. All related components which may have been damaged or rendered non-serviceable as a consequence of the failure shall be replaced. A new 12 month warranty against defective or deficient design, workmanship, and materials shall commence on the day that the item is reassembled and placed back into operation. As used herein, multiple failure shall be interpreted to mean two or more successive failures of the same kind in the same item or failures of the same kind in two or more items. Major failures may include, but are not limited to, cracked or broken housings, piping, or vessels, excessive deflections, bent or broken shafts, broken or chipped gear teeth, premature bearing failure, excessive wear or excessive leakage around seals. Failures which are directly and clearly traceable to operator abuse, such as operations in conflict with published operating procedures or improper maintenance, such as substitution of unauthorized replacement parts, use of incorrect lubricants or chemicals, flagrant over-or under-lubrication and using maintenance procedures not conforming with published maintenance instructions, shall be exempted from the scope of the one year warranty. Should multiple • failures occur in a given item, all products of the same size and type shall be disassembled, inspected, modified or replaced as necessary and rewarranted for one year. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01740 01740-2 Warranties and Bonds E. HDPE Geomembrane Warranty 110 1. The Contractor shall warrant the integrity, within the realm of the limitations of the Contractor's responsibility, of the installed HDPE geomembrane for its intended use, from material or installation defects, for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. 2. Such written warranty shall provide for the total and complete repair and/or replacement of any defect or defective areas of geomembrane upon written notification and demonstration by the Owner of the specific non- conformance of the geomembrane or installation with the Contract Documents. Such defects or non-conformance shall be repaired and/or replaced expeditiously, at no cost to the Owner. 3. Repair and/or replacement of defective membrane or membrane not conforming to the Contract Documents shall be considered a part of the Contract; all Contract Documents shall also apply to any warranty work. 4. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any necessary warranties or certifications from the geomembrane manufacturer and submitting them to the Engineer and Owner prior to acceptance of the installed geomembrane. • F. The Contractor shall, at Contractor's own expense, furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment required and shall make such repairs and removals and shall perform such work or reconstruction as may be made necessary by any structural or functional defect or failure resulting from neglect, faulty workmanship or faulty materials, in any part of the Work performed by the Contractor. Such repair shall also include refilling of trenches, excavations or embankments which show settlement or erosion after backfilling or placement. G. Except as noted on the Drawings or as specified, all structures such as embankments and fences shall be returned to their original condition prior to the completion of the Contract. Any and all damage to any facility not designated for removal, resulting from the Contractor's operations, shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at no cost to the Owner. H. The Contractor shall be responsible for all road and entrance reconstruction and repairs and maintenance of same for a period of one year from the date of final acceptance. In the event the repairs and maintenance are not made immediately and it becomes necessary for the owner of the road to make such repairs, the Contractor shall reimburse the owner of the road for the cost of such repairs. I. In the event the Contractor fails to proceed to remedy the defects upon notification • within 15 days of the date of such notice, the Owner reserves the right to cause the required materials to be procured and the work to be done, as described in the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01740 01740-3 Warranties and Bonds • Drawings and Specifications, and to hold the Contractor and the sureties on Contractor's bond liable for the cost and expense thereof. J. Notice to Contractor for repairs and reconstruction will be made in the form of a registered letter addressed to the Contractor at Contractor's home office. K. Neither the foregoing paragraphs nor any provision in the Contract Documents, nor any special guarantee time limit implies any limitation of the Contractor's liability within the law of the place of construction. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01740 01740-4 Warranties and Bonds • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 410 • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-01740 Section 02060 Demolition of Existing Facilities Part 1 General 1.01 Scope The work in this Section consists of furnishing all material and equipment and performing all labor necessary for demolishing and disposing of designated facilities indicated on the Drawings. 1.02 Submittals The Contractor shall submit a written request, to include a detailed demolition procedure, to the Owner for approval at least 10 days before demolition is started. The demolition procedure shall include a detailed description of the methods and equipment to be used for each operation and the sequence of work. The demolition procedures shall provide for safe conduct of work, protection of the property, which is to remain undisturbed and coordination with other work or operation which may be in progress. Part 2 Products (Not Used) 111 Part 3 Execution 3.01 Demolition A. All material shall be removed as necessary for construction, or in any event, to finish grades as shown on the Drawings. B. Any structure, or part thereof, remaining below grade shall be mechanically fractured so that subsurface water will freely pass through the slab or floor of the structure, and so that no void will remain after backfilling the work site to grade as shown on the Drawings. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for removing all existing service connections to the buildings or site and permanently plugging the pipes where required in accordance with requirements of the utility companies concerned. D. The Contractor will be responsible for any damage caused to other structures, and shall be held liable for any and all repairs, replacement of parts or renovations required to restore any structure, portion of structure, equipment or items, not intended for demolition. The Contractor shall restore any damaged facilities to their condition prior to demolition provided the damage was result of the demolition. If the Contractor does not repair any such damage immediately, or if the repairs are • not suitable to the Owner, the Owner reserves the right to have such repairs made by another party and deduct the cost of required repairs from money due 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02060 02060-2 Demolition of Existing Facilities Contractor. • E. Dust-tight, weathertight partitions shall be erected to protect existing facilities from dust and weather while wrecking is in progress and until such time as closures have been made. Partitions may be constructed of wood and shall have a covering of tarred roofing felt on the weather side. F. All salvageable metal materials shall remain the property of the Owner and shall be cleaned and stored on the Owner's property as directed by the Owner. 3.02 Disposal A. All materials, which are not delivered to the Owner as specified above, shall . become the property of the Contractor, and shall be demolished, moved or otherwise disposed of at the option of the Contractor by a method approved by the Owner. B. All demolished structures, equipment and materials shall be removed from the work site by the Contractor. C. All demolished structures, equipment and materials which are either left in place or removed to the disposal site shall be in a non-hazardous condition. D. Manhole frames and covers to be removed are the property of the Owner and shall • be delivered to a place designated by the Owner. END OF SECTION 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02060 Section 02110 Clearing and Grubbing Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. Clearing and grubbing includes, but is not limited to, removing from the Project site, trees, stumps, roots, brush, structures, abandoned utilities, trash, debris and all other materials found on or near the surface of the ground in the construction area and understood by generally accepted engineering practice not to be suitable for construction of the type contemplated. Precautionary measures that prevent damage to existing features to remain are part of the Work. B. Clearing and grubbing operations shall be coordinated with temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control procedures. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. The Contractor shall comply with applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and laws of local, municipal, state or federal authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. All required permits of a temporary nature shall be obtained for construction operations by the Contractor. • B. Open burning, if allowed, shall first be permitted by the local authority having jurisdiction. The Contractor shall notify the local fire department and abide by fire department restrictions. 1.03 Job Conditions Location of the Work: The area to be cleared and grubbed is shown schematically on the Drawings or specified below. It includes all areas designated for construction. Part 2 Products 2.01 Equipment The Contractor shall furnish equipment of the type normally used in clearing and grubbing operations including, but not limited to, tractors, trucks, loaders, and root rakes. Part 3 Execution 3.01 Clearing and Grubbing ill 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02110 02110-2 Clearing and Grubbing A. Materials to be cleared, grubbed and removed from the Project site include, but • are not limited to, all trees, stumps, roots, brush, trash, organic matter, paving, miscellaneous structures, debris and abandoned utilities. B. Grubbing shall consist of completely removing roots, stumps, trash and other debris from all graded areas so that topsoil is free of roots and debris. Topsoil is to be left sufficiently clean so that further picking and raking will not be required. C. All stumps, roots, foundations and planking embedded in the ground shall be removed and disposed of. Piling and butts of utility poles shall be removed to a minimum depth of two feet below the limits of excavation for structures, trenches and roadways or two feet below finish grade, whichever is lower. D. Landscaping features shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, fences, cultivated trees, cultivated shrubbery, property corners, man-made improvements, subdivision and other signs within the right-of-way and easement. The Contractor shall take extreme care in moving landscape features and promptly re-establishing these features. E. Surface rocks and boulders shall be grubbed from the soil and removed from the site if not suitable as rip rap. F. The entire construction area shall be grubbed by heavy tractors with root rakes. III Raking shall generally proceed along the contour rather than up and down slopes so as to inhibit soil erosion. G. Where the tree limbs interfere with utility wires, or where the trees to be felled are in close proximity to utility wires, the tree shall be taken down in sections to eliminate the possibility of damage to the utility. H. Any work pertaining to utility poles shall comply with the requirements of the appropriate utility. I. All fences adjoining any excavation or embankment that, in the Contractor's opinion, may be damaged or buried, shall be carefully removed, stored and replaced. Any fencing that, in the Engineer's opinion, is significantly damaged shall be replaced with new fence material. J. Stumps and roots shall be grubbed and removed to a depth not less than two feet below grade. All holes or cavities which extend below the subgrade elevation of the proposed work shall be filled with crushed rock or other suitable material, compacted to the same density as the surrounding material. K. The Contractor shall exercise special precautions for the protection and preservation of trees, cultivated shrubs, sod, fences, etc. situated within the limits of the construction area but not directly within excavation and/or fill limits. The 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02110 02110-3 Clearing and Grubbing • Contractor shall be held liable for any damage the Contractor's operations have inflicted on such property. L. The Contractor shall be responsible for all damages to existing improvements resulting from Contractor's operations. 3.02 Disposal of Debris A. The debris resulting from the clearing and grubbing operation shall be disposed on site as per the landfill site supervisor's requirements and shall be disposed of in accordance with all requirements of federal, state, county and municipal regulations. No debris of any kind shall be deposited in any stream or body of water, or in any street or alley. No debris shall be deposited upon any private property except with written consent of the property owner. In no case shall any material or debris be left on the Project, shoved onto abutting private properties or buried on the Project. B. No burning of debris will be allowed. • END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02110 02110-4 Clearing and Grubbing • THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02110 Section 02125 Erosion and Sedimentation Control Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The work specified in this Section consists of providing and maintaining temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls as shown on the Drawings. This Section also specifies the subsequent removal of temporary erosion and sedimentation controls. B. Temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls include grassing and mulching of disturbed areas and structural barriers at those locations which will ensure that erosion during construction will be maintained within acceptable limits. Acceptable limits are as established by the Georgia Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act of 1975, as amended, Section 402 of the Federal Clean Water Act, and applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and laws of local and municipal authorities having jurisdiction. C. Land disturbance activity shall not commence until the Land Disturbance Permit has been issued. D. Land disturbance permit(s) for on-site construction shall be obtained and paid for by the Owner and issued in the name of the Contractor. Permits required for any off-site borrow areas shall be the Contractor's responsibility. E. A Georgia storm water discharge permit for construction activities shall be obtained and paid for by the Owner and issued in the name of the Contractor. 1.02 Submittals A. Submit product data in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 of these Specifications. B. Prior to any construction activity, the Contractor shall submit, for the Engineer's approval, a schedule for the accomplishment of temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control work. No work shall be started until the erosion and sedimentation control schedule and methods of operation have been approved by the Engineer. 1.03 Quality Assurance A. The temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures shown on the Drawings are minimum requirements. Any additional erosion and . sedimentation control measures required by the Contractor's means, methods, techniques and sequence of operation will be installed by the Contractor at no 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02125 02125-2 Erosion and Sedimentation Control additional cost to the Owner and will be paid for according to the unit price bid for • each control measure as approved by the Engineer. B. Perform all work under this Section in accordance with all pertinent rules and regulations including, but not necessarily limited to, those stated in these Specifications. Where provisions of pertinent rules and regulations conflict with these Specifications, the more stringent provisions shall govern. C. Provide all materials and promptly take all actions necessary to achieve effective erosion and sedimentation control in accordance with the Georgia Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act of 1975, as amended (OCGA §12-7-1, et. seq.) local ordinances, other permits, NPDES construction activity permits, local enforcing agency guidelines and these Specifications. D. Basic Principles 1. Coordinate the land disturbance activities to fit the topography, soil types and conditions. 2. Minimize the disturbed area and the duration of exposure to erosive elements. 3. Provide temporary or permanent stabilization to disturbed areas immediately after rough grading is complete. • 4. Safely convey run-off from the site to a stable outlet to prevent flooding and damage to downstream facilities resulting from increased runoff from the site. 5. Retain sediment on-site that was generated on-site. 6. Minimize encroachment upon watercourses. E. Implementation 1. The Contractor is solely responsible for the control of erosion within the Project site and the prevention of sedimentation from leaving the Project site or entering waterways. 2. The Contractor shall install temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation controls which will ensure that runoff from the disturbed area of the Project site shall pass through a filter system before exiting the Project site. 3. The Contractor shall provide temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures to prevent silt and sediment from entering 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02125 02125-3 Erosion and Sedimentation Control • the waterways. The Contractor shall maintain an undisturbed vegetative buffer a minimum of 25 feet from the top of the bank. 4. The Contractor shall limit land disturbance activity to those areas shown on the Drawings. 5. The Contractor shall maintain erosion and sedimentation control measures within disturbed areas on the entire site at no additional cost to the Owner until the acceptance of the Project. Maintenance shall include mulching, re-seeding, clean-out of sediment barriers and sediment ponds, replacement of washed-out or undermined rip rap and erosion control materials, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 6. All fines imposed for improper erosion and sedimentation control shall be paid by the Contractor. Part 2 Products 2.01 Sediment Barrier A. Silt Fence 1. Silt fence fabric shall meet the requirements of Section 881.2.07 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition. 2. Woven wire fabric shall meet the requirements of Section 894.2.02 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition. 3. Type A, B or C silt fence fabric shall be an approved product on the Georgia DOT Qualified Product List No. 36, latest edition. Type C-System is not approved for this project. B. Hay Bales: Hay bales shall be clean, seed-free cereal hay, rectangular in shape and contain five cubic feet or more of material. C. Plywood shall be 3/4-inch thick exterior type (C-C grade). D. 2"x 4" or 4" x 4" wood lumber or posts shall be No. 2 grade minimum. 2.02 Rip Rap A. Stone Rip Rap: Use sound, tough, durable stones resistant to the action of air and water. Slabby or shaley pieces will not be acceptable. Unless shown or specified otherwise, stone rip rap shall be Type 1. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02125 02125-4 Erosion and Sedimentation Control Type 1 Rip Rap: Rip rap size shall conform to Section 805.2.01 of the • Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specification for Type 1 Stone Dumped Rip Rap. 2.03 Plastic Filter Fabric A. Plastic filter fabric shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 881.2.05 for woven fabrics. B. Plastic filter fabric shall be an approved product on the Georgia Department of Transportation Qualified Product List No. 28, latest edition. 2.04 Erosion Control Matting A. Erosion Control Matting shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 713.2.B for waterways and slopes. Matting blankets on slopes shall be Excelsior blankets. B. Erosion Control Matting shall be an approved product on the Georgia Department of Transportation Qualified Product List No. 62, latest edition. C. Turf Reinforcement Matting shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation . Standard Specifications, Section 710. Turf Reinforcement Matting shall be an approved product on the Georgia Department of Transportation Qualified Product List No. 49, latest edition. 2.05 Construction Exit Stone Use sound, tough, durable stone resistant to the action of air and water. Slabby or shaley pieces will not be acceptable. Aggregate size shall be in accordance with the National Stone Association Size R-2 (1.5 to 3.5-inch stone). Part 3 Execution 3.01 General A. Temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control measures shall prevent erosion and prevent sediment from exiting the site. If, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor's temporary erosion and sedimentation control measures are inadequate, the Contractor shall provide additional maintenance for existing measures or additional devices to control erosion and sedimentation on the site at no additional cost to the Owner. B. All erosion and sedimentation control devices and structures shall be inspected by • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02125 02125-5 Erosion and Sedimentation Control the Contractor at least once a week and immediately prior to each rainfall occurrence. Any device or structure found to be damaged will be repaired or replaced by the end of the day. Sediment ponds shall be cleaned out prior to the silt reaching the height or elevation shown on the Drawings. C. All erosion and sedimentation control measures and devices shall be constructed and maintained as indicated on the Drawings or specified herein until adequate permanent disturbed area stabilization has been provided and accepted by the Engineer. Once adequate permanent stabilization has been provided and accepted by the Engineer, all temporary erosion and sedimentation control structures and devices shall be removed. 3.02 Sediment Control A. Construction Exit 1. Construction exit(s) shall be placed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. A construction exit shall be located at any point traffic will be leaving a disturbed area to a public right-of-way, street, alley, sidewalk or parking area. 2. Placement of Construction Exit Material: The ground surface upon which the • construction exit material is to be placed shall be prepared to a smooth condition free from obstructions, depressions or debris. The plastic filter fabric shall be placed to provide a minimum number of overlaps and a minimum width of one foot of overlap at each joint. The stone shall be placed with its top elevation conforming to the surrounding roadway elevations. The stone shall be dropped no more than three feet during construction. 3. Construction Exit Maintenance: The Contractor shall regularly maintain the exit(s) with the top dressing of stone to prevent tracking or flow of soil onto public rights-of-way and paved surfaces as directed by the Engineer. 4. Construction Exit Removal: Construction exit(s) shall be removed and properly disposed of when the disturbed area has been properly stabilized, the tracking or flow of soil onto public rights-of-way or paved surfaces has ceased and as directed by the Engineer. B. Sediment Barriers 1. Sediment barriers shall include, but are not necessarily limited to, silt fences, hay bales, rock check dams and inlet sediment traps, any device which prevents sediment from exiting the disturbed area. • 2. Silt fences, hay bales and rock check dams shall not be used in any flowing 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02125 02125-6 Erosion and Sedimentation Control stream, creek or river. • 3. Sediment barriers shall be installed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. 4. Sediment barriers shall be maintained to ensure the depth of empounded sediment is no more than one-half of the original height of the barrier or as directed by the Engineer. Torn, damaged, destroyed or washed-out barriers shall be repaired, reinforced or replaced with new material and installed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. 5. Sediment Barrier Removal a. Sediment barrier shall be removed once the disturbed area has been stabilized with a permanent vegetative cover and the sediment barrier is no longer required as directed by the Engineer. b. Accumulated sediment shall be removed from the barrier and spread over the site. c. All non-biodegradable parts of the barrier shall be disposed of properly. The hay bales may be spread evenly across disturbed areas as a mulching material. • d. The disturbed area created by barrier removal shall be permanently stabilized. 3.03 Erosion Control A. Rip Rap 1. Rip rap shall be placed as shown on the Drawings and as directed by the Engineer. Rip rap shall be placed at all points where natural vegetation is disturbed on the banks of streams or drainage ditches. Compact backfill and place rip rap to prevent subsequent settlement and erosion. This requirement applies equally to construction along side a stream or drainage ditch as well as crossing a stream or drainage ditch. 2. Preparation of Foundations: The ground surface upon which the rip rap is to be placed shall be brought to the correct lines and grades before placement is commenced. Where filling of depressions is required, the new material shall be compacted with hand or mechanical tampers. Unless at creek banks or otherwise shown or specified, rip rap shall begin in a toe ditch constructed in original ground around the toe of the fill or the cut slope. The toe ditch shall be two feet deep in original ground, and the side next to the • fill or cut shall have that same slope. After the rip rap is placed, the toe 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02125 02125-7 Erosion and Sedimentation Control ditch shall be backfilled and the excess dirt spread neatly on the site. • 3. Placement of Plastic Filter Fabric a. Plastic filter fabric shall be placed under all rip rap unless shown or specified otherwise. b. The surface to receive filter fabric shall be prepared to a smooth condition free from obstructions, depressions and debris. The filter fabric shall be installed with the long dimension running up the slope and shall be placed to provide a minimum number of overlaps. The fabric shall be placed to provide a minimum width of one foot of overlap at each joint. The fabric shall be placed so that the upstream strip overlaps the downstream strip. The fabric shall be anchored in place with securing pins of the type recommended by the fabric manufacturer. Pins shall be placed on or within 3-inches of the centerline of the overlap. The fabric shall be placed loosely to avoid stretching and tearing during placement of the stone. The fabric shall be protected at all times during construction from clogging due to clay, silts, chemicals or other contaminants. Contaminated fabric or fabric damaged during installation or during placement of rip rap shall be removed and replaced with uncontaminated and undamaged fabric at no additional cost to the • Owner. 4. Placement of Rip Rap: Rip rap shall be placed on a 6-inch layer of soil, crushed stone or sand overlaying the filter fabric. Rip rap shall be placed with its top elevation conforming to the finished grade or the natural existing slope of the stream bank and stream bottom. The stone shall be dropped no more than three feet during construction. Stone Rip Rap: Stone rip rap shall be placed to provide a uniform surface to the thickness shown on the Drawings. The thickness tolerance for the course shall be-3-inches and +6-inches. B. Grassing 1. Grassing shall meet the requirements of Section 700 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest edition, unless specified otherwise. 2. Seed rate, fertilization and other requirements shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 02930 of these Specifications. 3. Temporary Stabilization: Temporary stabilization shall be provided as shown • on the Drawings and conforming to these Specifications to control erosion on the site. Temporary stabilization shall be provided to any area which will 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02125 02125-8 Erosion and Sedimentation Control not receive permanent stabilization within the next 14 calendar days. • Partial payment requests may be withheld for those portions of the Project not complying with this requirement. 4. Permanent Stabilization a. Permanent stabilization shall be provided as shown on the Drawings and conforming to these Specifications to control erosion on the site. Permanent stabilization shall be provided to all areas of land disturbance within 14 calendar days of the completion of land disturbance. b. Where permanent stabilization cannot be immediately established because of an inappropriate season, the Contractor shall provide temporary stabilization. The Contractor shall return to the site at the appropriate season to provide permanent stabilization in areas that received only temporary stabilization. 3.04 Clean-Up A. Dispose of all excess erosion and sedimentation control materials in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. B. Final clean-up shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section • 01710 of these Specifications. 3.05 Closeout Contractor shall provide the Notice of Termination (NOT) for the Georgia storm water discharge from construction activities permit. The Contractor is responsible for executing the NOT, getting the Owner to sign, and for submission to EPD along with all required data. The Contractor shall provide documentation of EPD's acceptance and approval of the NOT. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02125 Section 02140 Dewatering Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. This Section shall apply to all excavation, except trench excavation. B. Construct all permanent work in areas free from water. Design, construct and maintain all wells, pumps, vacuum systems, sumps, dikes, levees, cofferdams and diversion and drainage channels as necessary to maintain the areas free from water and to protect the areas to be occupied by permanent work from water damage. Remove temporary works after they have served their purpose. C. The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of all temporary and permanent slopes, grades, foundations, materials and structures during the course of the Contract. Repair and replace all slopes, grades, foundations, materials and structures damaged by water, both surface and subsurface, to the lines, grades and conditions existing prior to the damage, at no additional cost to the Owner. Part 2 Products (Not Used) Part 3 Execution 3.01 Care of Water A. Except where the excavated materials are designated as materials for permanent work, material from required excavation may be used for dikes, levees, cofferdams and other temporary backfill. B. Furnish, install, maintain and operate necessary pumping and other equipment for dewatering the various parts of the work and for maintaining the foundation and other parts free from water as required for constructing each part of the work. C. Install all drainage ditches, sumps and pumps to control excessive seepage on excavated slopes, to drain isolated zones with perched water tables and to drain impervious surfaces at final excavation elevation. D. Dewater by means which will insure dry excavations, preserve final lines and grades, do not disturb or displace adjacent soil. E. All pumping and drainage shall be done with no damage to property or structures and without interference with the rights of the public, owners of private property, • pedestrians, vehicular traffic or the work of other contractors, and in accordance with all pertinent laws, ordinances and regulations. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02140 02140-2 Dewatering F. Do not overload or obstruct existing drainage facilities. 110 G. After they have served their purpose, remove all temporary protective work at a satisfactory time and in a satisfactory manner. All diversion channels and other temporary excavations in areas where the compacted fill or other structures will be constructed shall be cleaned out, backfilled and processed under the same Specifications as those governing the compacted fill. Fill or grout all temporary dewatering wells unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. H. When the temporary works will not adversely affect any item of permanent work or the planned usage of the Project, the Contractor may be permitted to leave such temporary works in place. In such instances, breeching of dikes, levees and cofferdams may be required. 3.02 Dewatering A. By the use of well points, pumps, tile drains or other approved methods, the Contractor shall prevent the accumulation of water in excavated areas. Should water accumulate, it shall be promptly removed. B. Excavations shall be continuously dewatered to maintain a ground water level no higher than three to four feet below the lowest point in the excavation. Dewatering • systems shall be designed to allow for localized variations in the depth of excavations required to reach a suitable foundation. Dewatering shall be accomplished well enough in advance of excavation to ensure that groundwater is already lowered prior to completing the final excavation to finish subgrade. C. All destabilized subgrade conditions caused by inadequate or untimely dewatering operations shall be undercut and backfilled with suitable backfill material at no additional cost to the Owner. D. Piezometric observation wells are required to monitor the ground water level to insure proper dewatering prior to excavation below the static water table. The number of wells required will vary depending on the size and depth of structures. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02140 Section 02200 Earthwork • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. This Section includes earthwork and related operations, including, but not limited to, dewatering, excavating all classes of material encountered, pumping, draining and handling of water encountered in the excavations, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of all excavated and unsuitable material, construction of fills and embankments, backfilling around structures and pipe, backfilling all trenches and pits, compacting, all sheeting, shoring and bracing, preparation of subgrades, surfacing and grading, and any other similar, incidental, or appurtenant earthwork operations which may be necessary to properly complete the work. B. The Contractor shall provide all services, labor, materials and equipment required for all earthwork and related operations necessary or convenient to the Contractor for furnishing complete work as shown on the Drawings or specified in these Contract Documents. 1.02 General • A. The elevations shown on the Drawings as existing are taken from the existing data available and are intended to give reasonably accurate information about the existing elevations. They are not precise and the Contractor shall become satisfied as to the exact quantities of excavation and fill required. B. Earthwork operations shall be performed in a safe and proper manner with appropriate precautions being taken against all hazards. C. All excavated and filled areas for structures, trenches, fills, topsoil areas, embankments, and channels shall be maintained by the Contractor in good condition at all times until final acceptance by the Owner. All damage caused by erosion, or other construction operations shall be repaired by the Contractor using material of the same type as the damaged material. D. Earthwork within the rights-of-way of the Department of Transportation, the County and/ or Cities shall be done in accordance with requirements and provisions of the permits issued by those agencies for the construction within their respective rights-of-way. Such requirements and provisions, where applicable, shall take precedence and supersede the provisions of these Specifications. E. The Contractor shall control grading in a manner to prevent surface water from • running into excavations. Obstruction of surface drainage shall be avoided and means shall be provided whereby storm water can be uninterrupted or rerouted 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-2 Earthwork through temporary drains. Free access must be provided to all fire hydrants, water • valves, and meters. F. Excavation work shall include the removal and subsequent handling of all materials excavated or otherwise removed in performance of the work, regardless of the type, character, composition or condition of the material. G. Tests for earthwork compliance shall be conducted by the Engineer or by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner. Costs of tests performed by an independent testing laboratory shall be paid though the appropriate cash allowance in this contract. The Contractor shall make all necessary excavations and shall supply any samples of materials necessary for conducting soils tests. The cost of all retests made necessary by the failure of materials to conform to the requirements of these Contract Documents shall be paid by the Contractor. 1. Contractor's duties relative to testing include: a. Notifying laboratory of conditions requiring testing. b. Coordinating with laboratory for field testing and required observations. c. Providing representative soil samples to the laboratory for test purposes. 2. See Table 1 for a listing of all soil material testing requirements. • H. All earthwork operations shall comply with the requirements of OSHA Construction Standards, Part 1926, Subpart P, Excavations, Trenching, and Shoring, and Subpart 0, Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations, and shall be conducted in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. I. It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has made a thorough investigation of the surface and subsurface conditions of the site and any special construction problems which might arise as a result of nearby watercourses and floodplains, particularly in areas where construction activities may encounter water-bearing sands and gravels or limestone solution channels. The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all services, labor, equipment and materials necessary or convenient to the Contractor for completing the work within the time specified in these Contract Documents. Part 2 Products 2.01 Materials and Construction A. Earthwork Materials 1. Fill Material, General 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-3 Earthwork • a. Approval Required: All fill material shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. b. Notification: For approval of imported fill material, notify the Engineer and testing laboratory at least one week in advance of intention to import material, designate the proposed borrow area and permit testing as necessary to prove the quality of the material. c. All fill material shall be soil exclusive of organic matter, frozen lumps or other deleterious substances. It shall contain no rocks or lumps over 3-inches maximum in dimension. d. Suitable fill materials should have a standard Proctor maximum dry density (ASTM D 698) of at least 80 pcf. 2. Coarse Aggregate or Crushed Stone: Coarse aggregate or crushed stone shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Road and Bridges, 800.2.01, Group II, Size No. 57. 3. Leachate Collection Gravel: • a. Gravel shall meet the requirements of Section 800, Group II of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Road and Bridges. b. Material used shall be crushed aggregate or naturally rounded smooth aggregate as shown on the drawings. c. Leachate Collection Gravel shall be washed, substantially non-carbonate aggregate, Size #4 per Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Road and Bridges, Table 800.1. d. The leachate collection gravel calcium carbonate content shall be less than 5 percent by weight. 4. Top Soil: Dark organic weed free loam, free of muck. 5. Liner Base a. Material used to construct the compacted liner base shall meet all requirements of Article 2.01A.1, as well as the requirements of this Article. • b. Material used to construct the compacted liner base shall have a 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-4 Earthwork classification of GC, SC, CH, MH, CL, or ML in accordance with ASTM • D2487. c. The six inches of compacted liner base immediately beneath the geomembrane is also referred to as subbase and, in addition to meeting all fill requirements, shall not contain any particles with a maximum dimension exceeding 1/4-inch. d. The 18 inches of compacted liner base underlying the subbase is also referred to as select backfill. e. When compacted in accordance with the requirements of this Section, the compacted liner base shall be no more permeable than 1 x 10-7 cm/sec when tested in accordance with the ASTM D 5084 using criterion supplied by the Engineer. f. Liner base and/or final cover material may consist of fill material modified by the addition of powdered bentonite in sufficient quantity to meet the Specifications. If a bentonite admixture is used, the admixture procedure shall be approved by the Engineer and submitted to EPD prior to construction. 6. Protective Soil Layer • a. Material used to construct the leachate collection layer shall meet all requirements of Article 2.01.A.1, as well as the requirements of this Article. b. Material for use in the leachate collection layer shall consist of clean earth material, natural or manufactured, that contains no aggregate, rocks, debris, plant material, or other solid material larger than 1/4-inch in diameter. c. The leachate collection layer material shall have a calcium carbonate content no greater than five percent. d. The leachate collection layer shall have a minimum permeability of 1 x 10-2 cm/sec when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2434. e. As an alternate, the protective soil layer may consist of soil underlain by a double-sided geocomposite drainage material meeting the requirements of Section 02779. This soil shall consist of clean earth material, natural of manufactured, that contains no aggregate, rocks, debris, plant material, or other solid material larger than 3/4-inch in diameter. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-5 Earthwork • B. Sheeting, Bracing and Timbering: The Contractor shall furnish, place, and maintain all sheeting, bracing, and timbering required to properly support trenches and other excavations in open cut, and to prevent all movement of the soil, pavement, structures, or utilities outside of the trench or pit. 1. General a. Cofferdams and bracing design, including computations, shall be prepared before commencing construction operations. Drawings and design computations shall be signed and sealed by a professional engineer registered in the State of Georgia. The drawings and design computations shall not be submitted to the Engineer. b. Sheeting, bracing and timbering shall be so placed as to allow the work to be constructed to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings and as ordered by the Engineer. c. If at any time the method being used by the Contractor for supporting any material or structure in or adjacent to any excavation is not reasonably safe, the Contractor shall provide additional bracing and support necessary to furnish the added degree of safety. • d. All sheeting in contact with the concrete or masonry shall be cut off as directed by the Engineer and left in place. 2. Timber: Timber may be substituted for steel sheet piling, when approved by the Engineer. Timber for shoring, sheeting, or bracing shall be sound, and free of large or loose knots, and in good condition. Size and spacing shall be in accordance with OSHA regulations. 3. Steel Sheet Piling: Steel sheet piling shall be the continuous interlock type. The weight, depth, and section modulus of the sheet piling shall be sufficient to restrain the loads of earth pressure and surcharge from existing foundations and/or live loads. The procedure for installation and bracing shall be so scheduled and coordinated with the removal of the earth that the ground under existing structures shall be protected against lateral movement at all times. The Contractor shall provide closure and sealing between sheet piling and existing facilities. Steel piling within three feet of an existing building, structure or pipeline shall remain in place, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 4. Remove bracing and sheeting in units when backfill reaches the point • necessary to protect the structures and adjacent property. Leave sheeting in place when, in the opinion of the Engineer, it cannot be safely removed. Cut off sheeting left in place at least two feet below the surface. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-6 Earthwork C. Other Materials: All other materials not specifically described but required for proper completion of the work of this Section, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to the approval of the Engineer. D. Stockpile Areas: The stockpile areas shown on the Drawings, or as directed by the Engineer, shall be used to stockpile soil earthwork materials to be utilized for this project and to stockpile topsoil as needed. Part 3 Execution 3.01 General A. Safety: Comply with local regulations and with the provisions of the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of the Associated General Contractors of America, Inc., Occupational Safety and Health Act, and all other applicable safety regulations. B. Topsoil 1. Remove all topsoil to a depth at which subsoil is encountered, from all areas • under buildings, pavements, and from all areas which are to be cut to lower grades or filled. 2. With the Engineer's approval, topsoil to be used for finish grading may be stockpiled on the site. 3. Other topsoil may be used for fill in non-critical areas with approval of the Engineer. 4. Properly dispose of all excess topsoil off site. C. Bracing and Sheeting 1. Furnish, put in place, and maintain all sheeting, bracing, and shoring as may be required to properly support the sides of all excavations and to prevent all movement of earth which could in any way injure the work, adjacent property or workers. 2. Properly support all excavations in locations indicated on the Drawings and where necessary to conform to all pertinent rules and regulations, and these Specifications, even though such locations are not indicated on the Drawings. 3. Exercise care in the removal of sheeting, shoring, bracing, and timbering to 111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-7 Earthwork • prevent collapse or caving of the excavation faces being supported and damage to the work and adjacent property. 4. Do not leave any sheeting or bracing in the trench or excavation after completion of the work, unless approved by the Engineer. D. Obstructions 1. Remove and dispose of all trees, stumps, roots, boulders, sidewalks, driveways, pavement, pipes, and the like, as required for the performance of the work. 2. Exercise care in excavating around catch basins, inlets, manholes, pipe, pavement and other structures to remain so as to not disturb or damage these structures. 3. Avoid removing or loosening castings, or pushing dirt into catch basins, inlets and manholes. 4. Damaged or displaced structures or casting shall be repaired, replaced, and dirt entering the structures during the performance of the work shall be 1 • removed at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Utilities to be Abandoned 1. When pipes, conduits, sewers, or other structures are removed from the trench leaving dead ends in the ground, such ends shall be fully plugged or sealed with brick and non-shrink grout. 2. Abandoned structures, such as manholes or chambers shall be entirely removed unless otherwise specified or indicated on the Drawings. 3. All materials from abandoned utilities, which can be readily salvaged, shall be removed from the excavation and stored on the site at a location as directed by the Owner. 4. All salvageable materials will remain the property of the Owner, unless otherwise indicated by the Owner. F. Extra Earth Excavation: 1. 'In case soft or excessively wet material which, in the opinion of the Engineer, is not suitable, is encountered below the final subgrade elevation of an • excavation or underneath a proposed structure, the Engineer may order the removal of this material and its replacement with crushed stone or other 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-8 Earthwork suitable material in order to make a suitable foundation for the construction Ill of the structure. 2. In the opinion of the Engineer, should all the unsuitable material not practically be able to be removed, the Contractor shall remove a specified amount and install a bridge lift. The depth of the unsuitable materials required to be removed should be specified by the Engineer and based on test excavations by the contractor. The bridge lift shall be a minimum of three feet deep and allow for at least three subsequent lifts of structural fill to be placed to reach subgrade elevations. A woven geotextile fabric shall be placed beneath the bridge lift as directed by the Engineer. 3. All extra excavation made at the order of the Engineer will be paid for on the basis of the actual volume of the stockpiled unsuitables as measured by the Engineer. No measurement for payment shall be made until all dewatering as specified in Section 02140 has been successfully accomplished. G. Cutting Paved Surfaces and Similar Improvements 1. Remove existing pavement as necessary for installing pipe utilities and appurtenances or as otherwise shown on the Drawings. 2. Before removing any pavement, mark the pavement neatly, paralleling pipe • lines and existing street lines. Space the marks the width of the trench. 3. Cut asphalt or concrete pavement along the marks a minimum of 4 inches deep using rotary saw and breaking below the score by the use of jack hammers or other suitable tools. 4. Do not pull pavement with machines until completely broken and separated from pavement to remain. 5. Do not disturb or damage the adjacent pavement. If the adjacent pavement is disturbed or damaged, remove and replace the damaged pavement. No additional payment will be made for removing and replacing damaged adjacent pavement. 6. Remove and replace sidewalks disturbed by construction for their full width and to the nearest undisturbed joint. 7. The Contractor may tunnel under curbs that are encountered. Remove and replace any curb disturbed by construction to the nearest undisturbed joint. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-9 Earthwork • 3.02 Excavation A. Method 1. All excavation shall be by open cut from the surface, except as indicated on the Drawings. 2. All excavations for pipe appurtenances and structures shall be made in such a manner, and to such depth and width, as will give ample room for building the structures and for bracing, sheeting, and supporting the sides of the excavation, for pumping and draining groundwater which may be encountered, and for the removal from the excavation of all materials excavated. 3. Take special care so that the soil below the bottom of the structure to be built is left undisturbed. B. Grades: Excavate to grades indicated on the Drawings. Where excavation grades are not indicated on the Drawings, excavate as required to accommodate installation. • C. Disposal of Excavated Material 1. Remove and properly dispose of all excavated material not needed to complete filling, backfilling, and grading. 2. Dispose of excess excavated material at locations on-site designated by the Engineer, and in accordance with all requirements of federal, state, county, and municipal regulations. No debris of any kind shall be deposited in any stream or body of water, or on any street, or alley. No debris shall be deposited on any private property, except by written consent of the property owner. In no case shall any material be shoved onto abutting private properties, or be buried in embankments or trenches on the Project. 3.03 Excavating for Structures A. Earth Excavation 1. Earth excavation shall include all substances to be excavated. Earth excavation for structures shall be to limits not less than two feet outside footing lines, to allow for formwork and inspection, and further as necessary to permit the trades to install their work. All materials loosened or disturbed by • excavation shall be removed from surfaces to receive concrete or crushed stone. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-10 Earthwork 2. No separate payment will be made for earth excavation. The cost of such • work and all costs incidental thereto shall be included in the price bid for the item to which the work pertains. B. Excavation for Foundations: Footings and slabs on grades shall rest on undisturbed earth, rock or compacted materials to insure proper bearing. 1. Unsuitable Foundation Material a. Any material in the opinion of the Engineer which is unsuitable for foundation shall be removed and replaced with compacted coarse aggregate, or with compacted fill material as directed by the Engineer. b. No determination of unsuitability will be made until all requirements for dewatering are satisfactorily met. 2. Foundation in Rock a. Foundations for a structure shall be on similar materials. Should excavation for a foundation be partially in rock, the Contractor shall undercut that portion of the rock 12-inches and bring the excavation to grade with compacted coarse aggregate. • b. Where ordered by the Engineer, undercutting of rock and replacement with coarse aggregate will be paid for at the unit price bid for rock excavation. The quantity shall equal one foot of depth over the horizontal dimensions authorized by the Engineer. 3. Pipe Trenches Beneath Structures a. Where piping or conduit passes beneath footings or slabs resting on grade, trenches shall be excavated to provide a minimum of 6-inches clearance from all surfaces of the pipe or conduit. The trench shall be backfilled to the base of the structure with concrete. b. No separate payment will be made for concrete backfill of trenches beneath structures. The cost of this work and all costs incidental to it shall be included in the price bid for the item to which the work pertains. 4. Unauthorized Excavation a. Care shall be taken that excavation does not extend below bottom levels of footings or slabs on earth or rock. Should the excavation, through carelessness or neglect, be carried below such levels, the • Contractor shall fill in the resulting excess excavation with concrete 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-11 Earthwork • under footings and compacted coarse aggregate or other approved material under slabs. Should excavation be carried beyond outside lines of footings such excess excavation shall be filled with concrete, or formwork shall be provided, as directed by the Engineer. b. Additional costs of corrective work, made necessary by unauthorized excavation of earth or rock, shall be borne by the Contractor. D. Unsuitable Bearing: If suitable bearings for foundations are not encountered at the elevations indicated on the Drawings, immediately notify the Engineer. Do not proceed further until instructions are received and necessary measurements made for purposes of establishing additional volume of excavation. 3.04 Fill A. Controlled Fill 1. The fill for landfill cells, pond embankments, roadways, parking areas, walks, structures, and building slabs on grade shall be controlled fill. 2. After the excavated area has been examined by the Engineer, all holes and • other irregularities shall be filled and compacted before the main fill is placed. 3. The fill shall be placed in even layers not exceeding 8-inches loose thickness in depth, and shall be thoroughly compacted as herein specified. 4. If an analysis of the soil being placed shows a marked difference from one location to another, the fill being placed shall not be made up of a mixture of these materials. Each different type of material shall be handled continuously so that field control of moisture and density may be based upon a known type of material. 5. No fill shall be placed following a heavy rain without first making certain on isolated test areas that compaction can be obtained without damage to the already compacted fill. B. Proofrolling 1. All areas where landfill liner, roadways, parking areas, sidewalks, structures, and buildings are to be constructed on cut areas, compacted fill, and other areas where indicated on the Drawings, shall be proofrolled to detect soft spots prior to the placement of fill material and after placement of fill, which shall be construction of foundations. 1111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-12 Earthwork 2. Proofrolling shall consist of the moving a 20-30 ton loaded tandem axle dump • truck or other pneumatic tire roller over the subgrade before the subgrade is shaped. Proofrolling shall be witnessed by the Engineer. 3. Pneumatic-tired rollers shall have not fewer than four pneumatic tired wheels which shall be of such size and ply that tire pressures can be maintained between 80 and 100 pounds per square inch for 25,000 pound wheel load during rolling operations. Unless otherwise required, rolling shall be done with tires inflated to 90 psi. The roller wheels shall be located abreast in a rigid steel frame. Each wheel shall be loaded with an individual weight box so that each wheel will bear an equal load when traversing uneven ground. The weight boxes shall be suitable for ballast loading such that the load per wheel shall be 25,000 pounds. The spacing of the wheels shall insure that the distance between the nearest edges of adjacent tires shall be not greater than one-half of the tire width of a single tire at the operating pressure for a 25,000 pound wheel load. The roller shall be operated no faster than 10 miles per hour. 4. Subgrade shall be proofrolled with six passes of the truck or roller. Depressions that develop during the proofrolling operation shall be filled with suitable material and those filled areas shall be proofrolled with six passes of the roller. If, after having been filled and proofrolled, the subgrade still contains depressions, the area shall be undercut to the full depth of the soft Ili material, or five feet, whichever is less, backfilled, recompacted, and rolled to achieve a subgrade acceptable to the Engineer. 5. Pavement, sidewalk, building slab or compacted liner base installation areas: After the proofrolled surface has been accepted by the Engineer, the area shall be finish rolled with a smooth steel wheel roller weighing not less than 10 tons. Finished surface shall be within a tolerance as specified in Article 3.06 A of this Section. Localized depressions, including roller marks, shall not be deeper than 1/4-inch. 6. Conduits, pipes, culverts and underdrains shall be neither disturbed nor damaged by proofrolling operations. C. Placement of Fill 1. Prior to placement of any material in embankments, the area within embankment limits shall be stripped of topsoil and all unsuitable materials removed in accordance with this Section. The area shall then be scarified to a depth of at least 6-inches. 2. Fill materials shall be placed in continuous approximately horizontal layers extending the full width of the embankment cross-section and the full 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-13 Earthwork • dimension of the excavation where practical and having a net compacted thickness of not over 6-inches. 3. General fill materials shall be placed at optimum moisture content within practicable limits (not less than one percent below optimum). Optimum moisture shall be maintained by watering the layers as placed or by allowing materials to dry before placement. D. Compaction 1. Fill materials supporting landfill cells, pond embankments, roadways, parking areas, sidewalks, structures, and buildings, and backfill around structures, buildings, and walls shall be compacted to a minimum of 95 percent of the ASTM D698 maximum dry density. The top 12-inches of fill material supporting roadways, parking areas, sidewalks, structures, and buildings shall be compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the ASTM D698 maximum dry density. Fill placed for all other areas shall be compacted to 90 percent of the maximum dry density. 2. Compacted liner base materials shall be compacted to the minimum requirements as determined by the permeability tests (remolded samples and • previously tested undisturbed samples per ASTM 5084). However, liner base compaction shall not be less than stipulated for general fill below lined areas. a. Liner base compaction shall be performed with an appropriately heavy, properly ballasted, penetrating foot compactor. b. The daily work area should extend to such a distance necessary to minimize desiccation and crusting of the lift surface. The finished surface should be smooth rolled at the end of the day to promote precipitation runoff. c. If desiccation, crusting, or sealing by rolling of the lift surface occurs prior to placement of the next lift, the area shall be scarified to a minimum depth of one inch or until sufficiently moist materials are encountered, whichever is greater. Also, the addition of water to surfaces prior to placement of additional clay may be utilized when necessary to maintain uniformly moist soil conditions. 3. Compaction of embankments shall be by smoothwheel, pneumatic or sheeps foot rollers. a. Smooth wheel rollers shall provide 100 percent coverage under the • wheel with ground contact pressure of at least 50 psi. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-14 Earthwork b. Pneumatic rollers shall be as previously described in this Section. • c. Sheeps foot rollers shall provide at least 35 percent coverage under the wheel and include staggered, uniformly spaced knobs and suitable cleaning devices. The projected area of each knob and the number and spacing of the knobs shall be such that the contact pressure of the rollers be at least 250 psi. Placement and compaction of materials shall extend beyond the final contours sufficiently to insure compaction of the material at the resulting final surface. Final contours shall then be achieved by a tracked bulldozer shaping the face of the embankment. 4. Compaction of backfill around structures shall be accomplished by heavy power tamping equipment. 5. If tests indicate that density of fill is less than that specified, the area shall be either recompacted or undercut, filled, and compacted until specified density is achieved. E. Final Grading: Upon completion of construction operations, the area shall be graded to finish contour elevations and grades shown on the Drawings. Graded areas shall be made to blend into conformation with remaining ground surfaces. All surfaces shall be left smooth and free to drain. • F. Permeability 1. Liner base for HDPE liner shall be no more than permeable than 1 x 10-7 cm/sec when tested in accordance with the ASTM D 5084. 2. The sand leachate collection blanket shall have a minimum permeability of 1 x 10-2 cm/sec when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2434 unless the alternate described in Article 2.01 A(6) (e) is used. G. Placement of Leachate Collection (Protective Soil) Layer 1. The leachate collection layer shall be placed directly on top of the geocomposite or geomembrane as shown on the Drawings. 2. Personnel working on the membrane shall not smoke, wear damaging shoes, or engage in any activity which may damage the geomembrane or geocom posite. 3. The leachate collection layer shall be placed by light, wide tracked equipment in such a manner that it will be continuously spread in a two foot thick layer in front of the dozer. Only nominal compaction need be applied to the drainage layer. Over compaction due to equipment traffic must be avoided. Care must 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-15 Earthwork • be exercised to eliminate any possibility of damage to the geosynthetics during sand blanket placement. Wrinkles noted in the geosynthetics during drainage layer placement should be relaxed and corrected in accordance with the liner manufacturer's recommendations. Drainage material shall not be placed down the slopes. If the Contractor chooses to truck material into the cell, roadways utilized within the cell should be a minimum of four feet off the liner elevation. 4. After installation of the leachate collection layer is complete, motorized traffic will not be allowed unless approved by the Engineer. 5. The Contractor shall use all means necessary to protect all prior work and leachate collection layer. In the event of damage, the Contractor shall immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary, to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. 6. The thickness of the leachate collection layer shall be verified in accordance with Section 01055 of these Specifications as well as random test excavations. The Contractor is required to hand dig test holes to confirm the thickness as directed by the Engineer. Contractor is also required to re-fill the holes after the testing is completed. • H. Placement of Leachate Collection Gravel 1. The leachate collection gravel shall be placed directly on top of the geocomposite or geotextile as shown on the Drawings. No gravel shall be allowed to free-fall greater than 2 feet. 2. Personnel working on the membrane shall not smoke, wear damaging shoes, or engage in any activity which may damage the geomembrane, geocomposite or geotextile. 3. The initial lift of gravel shall be placed to provide uniform and adequate longitudinal support under the pipe. The Contractor shall place material under the pipe haunch to provide adequate side support to the pipe while avoiding both vertical and lateral displacement of the pipe from proper alignment. The gravel material shall be placed up to the pipe spring line to confirm proper support before placement of the remainder of the material. 4. The gravel material may be installed using an excavator. The equipment shall operate only over previously place gravel or protective cover layer. The Contractor shall not operate equipment directly on the waste cell liner/geocomposite. • 5. The Contractor shall use all means necessary to protect all prior work and the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-16 Earthwork leachate collection trench. In the event of damage, the Contractor shall • g � immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary, to the approval of the Engineer and at no additional cost to the Owner. I. Excess Material: Any excess earth excavation and unsuitable materials shall be placed on the site as directed by the Engineer. Surfaces and slopes of waste fills shall be left smooth and free to drain. J. Moisture 1. General fill materials shall be placed at optimum moisture content within practicable limits, but not more or less than three percent from optimum. Optimum moisture shall be maintained by watering the layers as placed or by drying materials before placement. 2. If fill material is too wet, provide and operate approved means to assist the drying of the fill until suitable for compaction. 3. If fill material is too dry, provide and operate approved means to add moisture to the fill layers. 4. Compacted liner base material shall be placed at a moisture content as • identified in the permeability test results but shall be no less than that required by general fill. 3.05 Backfilling A. Backfill carefully to restore the ground surface to its original condition. Dispose of surplus material. B. Compact backfill underlying roadways, parking areas, sidewalks, structures, and buildings to 95 percent of the maximum dry density. C. Backfilling around Structures 1. General a. Remove debris from excavations before backfilling. b. Do not backfill against foundation walls until so directed by the Engineer and until all indicated perimeter insulation and/or waterproofing is in place. c. Protect such insulation and/or waterproofing during filling operations. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-17 Earthwork • d. Wherever possible, backfilling shall be simultaneous on both sides of walls to equalize lateral pressures. e. Do not backfill against walls until all permanent construction is in place to furnish lateral support on both top and bottom of wall. f. Backfilling against walls is to take place after all the concrete in the affected members has attained the specified strengths. 2. Materials: Backfill material placed against structures built or encountered during the work of this Section shall be suitable fill material. No broken concrete, bricks or similar materials will be permitted as backfill. D. Geomembrane Anchor Trench Backfill: The geomembrance anchor trench backfill is as shown on the drawings. It consists of the material placed over the geomembrane or geocomposite near the outside edge of the liner. 1. The anchor trench will be backfilled and compacted by the Contractor to at least 95 percent of the Standard Proctor maximum dry density(ASTM D 698). • 2. Care should be taken when backfilling the trench to prevent any damage to the geomembrane. Backfill shall be placed in intimate contact with the geomembrane. The top corners of anchor trenches shall be rounded, not sharp. No loose dirt, soil clods or water are permitted in the anchor trenches prior to backfilling. 3.06 Grading A. General: Perform all rough and finish grading required to attain the elevations indicated on the Drawings. Perform finish grading to an accuracy of +/- 0.2 foot in all unlined areas. The leachate collection layer and compacted liner base limits shall have minimum thicknesses as shown on the drawings and the top of the liner grade finish tolerance is +0.1 feet. B. After the liner base area has been compacted, the surface shall be finish rolled with a smooth steel wheel roller weighing not less than 10 tons. Finished surface of the liner base shall be within a tolerance as specified in Article 3.06 A of this Section. Localized depressions, including roller marks, shall not be deeper than 1/4-inch. Additionally, the liner base shall be adequately smooth as required by the HDPE liner installer. C. Treatment after Completion of Grading • 1. After grading is completed, permit no further excavation, filling or grading, 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200- 18 Earthwork except with the approval of the Engineer. • 2. Use all means necessary to prevent the erosion of freshly graded areas during construction and until such time as permanent drainage and erosion control measures have been installed. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for any repairs required to the compacted liner base surface prior to installation of the geomembrane. This shall include any repairs required by excessive drying or erosion. D. Geomembrane Anchor Trench Grading 1. The anchor trenches shall be excavated to the lines and depth shown on the design drawings, prior to geomembrane placement. 2. Rounded corners shall be provided in the trenches where the geomembrane enters the trench to allow the geomembrane to be uniformly supported by the subgrade and to avoid sharp bends in the geomembrane. No loose soil will be allowed to underlie the geomembrane in the anchor trenches. 3.07 Surface Water Control A. Regulations and Permits: Obtain all necessary soil erosion control permits in • accordance with the Georgia Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Act and all pertinent rules, laws, and regulations of all applicable federal, state, county, and municipal regulatory agencies. B. Unfavorable Weather: Do not place, spread or roll any fill material during unfavorable weather conditions. Do not resume operations until moisture content and fill density are satisfactory to the Engineer. C. Provide berms or channels to prevent flooding of subgrade. Promptly remove all water collected in depressions. D. Pumping and Drainage 1. Provide, maintain and use at all times during construction adequate means and devices to promptly remove and dispose of all water from every source entering the excavations or other parts of the work. 2. Dewater by means which will insure dry excavations, preserve final lines and grades, and do not disturb or displace adjacent soil. 3. All pumping and drainage shall be done with no damage to property or 1111 structures and without interference with the rights of the public, owners of 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-19 Earthwork • private property, pedestrians, vehicular traffic or the work of other contractors, and in accordance with all pertinent laws, ordinances, and regulations. 4. Do not overload or obstruct existing drainage facilities. 5. Comply with the requirements of Section 02140 of these Specifications. 3.08 Settlement A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all settlement of backfill, fills, and embankments which may occur within one year after final acceptance of the work by the Owner. B. The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, all repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement within 30 days after receipt of written notice from the Engineer or Owner. C. The Contractor shall make, or cause to be made, all repairs or replacements made necessary by settlement of the leachate collection layer until the project area is accepted and approved by Georgia EPD. • 3.09 Protection and Restoration of the Work Area A. The Contractor shall not construct permanent roadbeds, berms, drainage structures, or any structures other than those shown on the Drawings, which alter the original topographic features of the site, without written permission from the Engineer. B. All temporary construction or alterations to the original topography will incorporate measures to prevent erosion into the surrounding wetlands. All areas shall be returned to their original topographic condition as soon as possible after work is completed in the area. All materials of construction and other non-native materials shall be disposed by the Contractor. C. The Contractor shall provide temporary culverts or other drainage structures, as necessary, to permit the free migration of water between portions of a swamp, wetland, or stream which may be temporarily divided by construction. D. The Contractor shall not spread, discharge, or dump any fuel oil, gasoline, pesticide, or any other pollutant to adjacent swamps or wetlands. E. During construction, the compacted clay liner should be protected from • detrimental climatic effects by incorporating the following procedures: 1. No frozen low permeability soil liner material shall be placed. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-20 Earthwork • 2. Low permeability soil liner material shall not be placed on a previous lift of low permeability soil liner material, which is frozen. Frozen in-place low permeability soil liner material shall be removed prior to placement of additional low permeability soil liner material. 3. Low permeability soil liner material which has been subjected to a freeze/thaw cycle(s) shall be scarified and/or disked prior to recompaction and prior to placement of subsequent lifts of low permeability soil liner material. 4. Exposed finished lifts of low permeability soil liner material should be sprinkled with water daily to minimize desiccation, as necessary. 5. At the end of each day's construction activities, completed lifts or sections of compacted low permeability soil liner should be sealed by rolling with a rubber tire or smooth-drum roller or by back dragging with a bulldozer, and should be sprinkled with water, as needed. 6. Proper grading should be provided at the end of each workday to assure adequate runoff in the event of overnight rain. 3.10 Protection of Wells and Monitoring Points • The Contractor shall protect all groundwater wells and other monitoring points within any excavation or fill area, and shall be responsible for any damage. 3.11 Cleaning Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove all rubbish, trash, and debris resulting from construction operations. Remove surplus equipment and tools. Leave the site in a neat and orderly condition acceptable to the Engineer, and in conformance with Section 01710 of these Specifications. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-21 Earthwork Table 1 Construction Quality Assurance-Soil Material Item Testing Method Frequency Acceptance Criteria Structural Fill Field Density(nuclear, ASTM D 6938 1/10,000 ft2/lift See Text sand cone,drive or cylinder)(1) ASTM D 1556 or ASTM D 2937 Moisture Content ASTM D 2216 1/10,000 ft2/lift (field test) or ASTM D 3017 or ASTM D 4643 or ASTM D 4959 Moisture Content ASTM D 2216 Every 10th ±3%of optimum (lab test) Field Moisture Test Particle Size ASTM D 422 1/10,000 yd3 53" or Change in Material Atterberg Limits ASTM D 4318 1/10,000 yd3 or Change in Material Standard Proctor ASTM D 698 1/10,000 yd3 or Change in Material Compacted Liner Moisture Content ASTM D 2216 1/1,000 yd3 Base Particle Size ASTM D 422 1/1,000 yd3 See Text Layers, Material Atterberg Limits ASTM D 4318 1/5,000 yd3 (Borrow Permeability ASTM D 5084 1/10,000 yd3 Compacted Liner Base: Source) (Remodeled Sample) or Change in k<_1x10-7 cm/sec Material Standard Proctor ASTM D 698 1/5,000 yd3or Change in Material Compacted Liner Field Density(nuclear, ASTM D 6938 1/40,000 ft2/lift >_95%of Maximum Dry Base sand cone,drive or or Density Layers, Material cylinder)(1) ASTM D 1556 1/lift/800 L.F.of as Determined by (Field or Sidewall Standard Testing) ASTM D 2937 Proctor or as identified by permeability test results Atterberg Limits ASTM D 4318 1/40,000 ft2/lift or 1/lift/800 L.F.of Sidewall r 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 02200-22 Earthwork Anchor Trench Field Density(Nuclear) ASTM D 2922 1/500 LF of 90%of Maximum Dry or Trench Density ASTM D 1556 as Determined by Standard Proctor Compacted Liner Moisture Content ASTM D 2216 1/40,000 ft2/lift See Text Base or Material 1/lift/800 L.F.of (Undisturbed Sidewall Sample) Permeability ASTM D 5084 1/40,000 ft2/lift Liner Base:k<_1x10-7 or cm/sec 1/lift/800 L.F.of Sidewall Dry Density ASTM D 6938 1/40,000 ft2/lift >_95%of Maximum Dry or Density 1/lift/800 L.F.of as Determined by Sidewall Standard Proctor or as identified by permeability test results Atterberg Limits ASTM D 4318 1/40,000 ft2/lift or 1/lift/800 L.F.of • Sidewall Leachate Particle Size ASTM C 136 1/1,500 yd3 See Text Collection Gravel Permeability ASTM D 2434 1/3,000 yd3 Calcium Carbonate ASTM D 3042 1 per Source <5 percent Protective Soil Particle Size ASTM C 136 1/1,500 yd3 <_1/4-inch or 3/4-inch(2) Layer Permeability ASTM D 2434 1/3,000 yd3 >1x10-2cm/sec(3) Calcium Carbonate ASTM D 3042 1 per Source <5 percent (1)If nuclear method (ASTM D 6938/D 3017) is used for field density/moisture, every 25th density test and every 10th moisture test must be checked using an alternate method. (2)Criteria applies if alternate leachate collecting layer described in Article 2.01(A) (12) (e) of this Section is used. (3)Not applicable if alternate leachate collecting layer described in Article 2.01 (A) (12) (e) of this Section is used. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02200 Section 02225 Trench Excavation and Backfill Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The work under this Section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and materials and performing all operations in connection with the trench excavation and backfill required to install the pipelines or other site utilities shown on the Drawings and as specified. B. Excavation shall include the removal of any trees, stumps, brush, debris or other obstacles which remain after the clearing and grubbing operations, which may obstruct the work, and the excavation and removal of all earth, rock or other materials to the extent necessary to install the pipe or other utility and appurtenances in conformance with the lines and grades shown on the Drawings and as specified. C. Backfill shall include the refilling and compaction of the fill in the trenches and excavations up to the surrounding ground surface or road grade at crossing. D. The pipe zone area of the trench is divided into five specific areas: • 1. Foundation: The area beneath the bedding, sometimes also referenced to as trench stabilization. 2. Bedding: The area above the trench bottom (or foundation) and below the bottom of the barrel of the pipe or bottom of the duct bank. 3. Haunching: The area above the bottom of the barrel of the pipe up to a specified height above the bottom of the barrel of the pipe or duct bank. • 4. Initial Backfill: The area above the haunching material and below a plane 18-inches above the top of the barrel of the pipe or top of the duct bank. 5. Final Backfill: The area above a plane 18-inches above the top of the barrel of the pipe or duct bank. E. The choice of method, means, techniques and equipment rests with the Contractor. The Contractor shall select the method and equipment for trench excavation and backfill depending upon the type of material to be excavated and backfilled, the depth of excavation, the amount of space available for operation of equipment, storage of excavated material, proximity of man-made improvements to be protected, available easement or right-of-way and prevailing practice in the area. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225-2 Trench Excavation and Backfill 1.02 Quality Assurance • A. Density: All references to "maximum dry density" shall mean the maximum dry density defined by the "Maximum Density-Optimum Moisture Test", ASTM D 698. Determination of the density of foundation, bedding, haunching, or backfill materials in place shall meet with the requirements of ASTM D 1556, "Density of Soil In Place by the Sand Cone Method", ASTM D 2937, "Density of Soil In Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method" or ASTM D 2922, "Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate In Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)". B. Materials compliance testing shall be conducted by the Engineer or by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner. Costs of tests performed by an independent testing laboratory shall be paid for though the appropriate cash allowance in this contract. The Contractor shall make all necessary excavations and shall supply any samples of materials necessary for conducting soils tests. The cost of all retests made necessary by the failure of materials to conform to the requirements of these Contract Documents shall be paid by the Contractor. 1. Contractor's duties relative to testing include: a. Notifying laboratory of conditions requiring testing. b. Coordinating with laboratory for field testing and required observations. c. Providing representative soil samples to the laboratory for test purposes. • 2. See Paragraph 3.13 of this Section for a listing of all soil material testing requirements. 1.03 Safety Perform all trench excavation and backfilling activities in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (PL 91-596), as amended. The Contractor shall pay particular attention to the Safety and Health Regulations Part 1926, Subpart P "Excavation, Trenching & Shoring" as described in OSHA 2226 and O.C.G.A Title 43, Chapter 14. Part 2 Products 2.01 Trench Foundation Materials A. For utilities placed in structural fill, trench foundation materials shall consist of general structural fill placed and compacted in accordance with Section 02200 of these Specifications. B. Crushed stone shall be utilized for trench foundation (trench stabilization) and shall meet the requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225-3 Trench Excavation and Backfill • Specification 800.2, Group I (limestone, marble or dolomite) or Group II (quartzite, granite or gneiss). Stone size shall be between No. 57 and No. 4, inclusive. C. Fine Aggregate: All fine aggregate shall conform to the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Road and Bridges, 801.2. 2.02 Bedding and Haunching Materials A. Crushed stone utilized for bedding and haunching shall meet the requirements of the Georgia Department of Transportation Specification 800.01, Group I (limestone, marble or dolomite) or Group II (quartzite, granite or gneiss). Stone size shall be No. 57. B. Earth materials utilized for bedding and haunching shall be suitable materials selected from materials excavated from the trench. Suitable materials shall be clean and free of rock larger than 2-inches at its largest dimension, organics, cinders, stumps, limbs, frozen earth or mud, man-made wastes and other unsuitable materials. Should the material excavated from the trench be saturated, the saturated material may be used as earth material, provided it is allowed to dry properly and it is capable of meeting the specified compaction requirements. When necessary, earth bedding and haunching materials shall be moistened to • facilitate compaction by tamping. If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as bedding or haunching material, provide select material conforming to the requirements of this Section at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Filter Fabric [Woven Type] 1. Filter fabric associated with bedding shall be a polypropylene woven fabric. The fabric shall be a high modulus type with good separation capabilities. The fabric shall be inert to biological degradation and naturally occurring chemicals, alkalies and acids. 2. The fabric shall also conform to the minimum property values listed in the following table: Fabric Property Unit Test Method Minimum Value Grab Tensile Strength lbs. ASTM D 4632 315 Trapezoid Tear lbs. ASTM D 4533 112 Strength CBR Puncture Strength lbs. ASTM D 6241 630 • Permittivity sec-1 ASTM D 4491 0.02 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225 -4 Trench Excavation and Backfill Apparent Opening Size in. ASTM D 4751 0.024 • Ultraviolet Stability % ret @ ASTM D 4355 50 500 hrs 2.03 Initial Backfill A. Initial backfill material shall be crushed stone, fine aggregate or earth materials (as shown on the Drawings) as specified for bedding and haunching materials. B. Earth materials utilized for initial backfill shall be suitable materials selected from materials excavated from the trench. Suitable materials shall be clean and free of rock larger than 2-inches at its largest dimension, organics, cinders, stumps, limbs, frozen earth or mud, man-made wastes and other unsuitable materials. Should the material excavated from the trench be saturated, the saturated material may be used as earth material, provided it is allowed to dry properly and it is capable of meeting the specified compaction requirements. When necessary, initial backfill materials shall be moistened to facilitate compaction by tamping. If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as initial backfill material, provide select material conforming to the requirements of this Section. 2.04 Final Backfill Final backfill material shall beg eneral excavated earth materials, shall not contain • rock larger than 2-inches at its greatest diameter, cinders, stumps, limbs, man-made wastes and other unsuitable materials. If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as final backfill material, provide select material conforming to the requirements of this Section. 2.05 Select Backfill Select backfill shall be materials which meet the requirements as specified for bedding, haunching, initial backfill or final backfill materials, including compaction requirements. 2.06 Concrete Concrete for bedding, haunching, initial backfill or encasement shall be Class "B" concrete in accordance with Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, Section 500. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225-5 Trench Excavation and Backfill • Part 3 Execution 3.01 Trench Excavation A. Topsoil and grass shall be stripped a minimum of 6-inches over the trench excavation site and stockpiled separately for replacement over the finished grading areas. B. Trenches shall be excavated to the lines and grades shown on the Drawings with the centerlines of the trenches on the centerlines of the pipes or utility and to the dimensions which provide the proper support and protection of the pipe and other structures and accessories. C. Width 1. The sides of all trenches shall be vertical to a minimum of one foot above the top of the pipe. Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings, the maximum trench width shall be equal to the sum of the outside diameter of the pipe plus two feet. The minimum trench width shall be that which allows the proper consolidation of the haunching and initial backfill material. 2. Excavate the top portion of the trench to any width within the construction easement or right-of-way which will not cause unnecessary damage to adjoining structures, roadways, pavement, utilities, trees or private property. Where necessary to accomplish this, provide sheeting and shoring. 3. Where rock is encountered in trenches, excavate to remove boulders and stones to provide a minimum of 9-inches clearance between the rock and any part of the pipe barrel or manhole. 4. Wherever the prescribed maximum trench width is exceeded, the Contractor shall use the next higher class (load factor) of bedding and haunching for the full trench width as actually cut, at no additional cost to the Owner. The excessive trench width may be due to unstable trench walls, inadequate or improperly placed bracing and sheeting which caused sloughing, accidental over-excavation, intentional over-excavation necessitated by the size of the Contractor's tamping and compaction equipment, intentional over-excavation due to the size of the Contractor's excavation equipment, or other reasons beyond the control of the Engineer or Owner. D. Trench Width for Electrical Duct Banks 1. The sides of all trenches for electrical duct banks shall be vertical to a minimum of one foot above the top of the duct bank. The maximum trench • width shall be equal to the duct bank width as shown on the Drawings. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225-6 Trench Excavation and Backfill 2. Wherever the prescribed maximum trench width is exceeded, the Contractor • shall backfill around the duct bank with select backfill material at no additional cost to the Owner. The excessive trench width may be due to unstable trench walls, inadequate or improperly placed bracing and sheeting which caused sloughing, accidental over-excavation, intentional over-excavation necessitated by the size of the Contractor's tamping and compaction equipment, intentional over-excavation due to the size of the Contractor's excavation equipment, or other reasons beyond the control of the Engineer or Owner. 3. Where rock is encountered in trenches, excavate to remove boulders and stones to provide the duct bank to the dimensions shown on the Drawings. The maximum allowable width of rock excavation for payment shall be based upon a trench width equal to the width of duct bank shown on the Drawings. E. Depth 1. The trenches shall be excavated to the required depth or elevation which allow for the placement of the utility and bedding to the thickness shown on the Drawings. 2. Pressure Mains a. Depth of Trenches: Excavate trenches to provide depths as shown on the Drawings. The depth of cover shall not exceed that as shown on the Drawings by more than two feet, without approval of the Engineer. b. Increase the depth of cover where specifically shown on the Drawings and where necessary to avoid interference with underground utilities and obstructions. 3. Electrical Duct Banks a. Excavate trenches to provide a minimum cover of 18-inches. At road crossings, excavate to place the top of a duct bank a minimum of three feet below the nearest pavement edge. b. Increase the depth of cover where specifically shown on the Drawings and where necessary to avoid interference with underground utilities and obstructions. 4. Gas Piping a. Excavate trenches to provide a minimum cover of three feet for gas mains. Within the right-of-way of highways, streets or roadways, also • excavate to place the top of the pipe a minimum of three feet below the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225-7 Trench Excavation and Backfill nearest pavement edge or drainage ditch. • b. Excavate trenches to provide minimum cover of 18-inches for gas service lines. c. Increase the depth of cover where specifically shown on the Drawings and where necessary to avoid interference with underground utilities and obstructions. 5. Where rock is encountered in trenches for pipelines, excavate to the minimum depth which will provide clearance below the pipe barrel of 8-inches for pipe 21-inches in diameter and smaller and 12-inches for larger pipe, valves and manholes. Remove boulders and stones to provide a minimum of 6-inches clearance between the rock and any part of the pipe, manhole or accessory. When rock is encountered in trenches for electrical duct banks, excavate to the minimum depth required to construct the duct banks to the dimensions shown on the Drawings. E. Excavated Materials 1. Excavated materials shall be placed adjacent to the work to be used for backfilling as required. Topsoil shall be carefully separated and lastly placed in its original location. 2. Excavated material shall be placed sufficiently back from the edge of the excavation to prevent caving of the trench wall, to permit safe access along the trench and not cause any drainage problems. Excavated material shall be placed so as not to damage existing landscape features or man-made improvements. 3.02 Sheeting, Bracing, and Shoring A. Sheeting, bracing, and shoring shall be performed in the following instances: 1. Where sloping of the trench walls does not adequately protect persons within the trench from slides or cave-ins. 2. In caving ground. 3. In wet, saturated, flowing or otherwise unstable materials. The sides of all trenches and excavations shall be adequately sheeted, braced and shored. 4. Where necessary to prevent damage to adjoining buildings, structures, roadways, pavement, utilities, trees or private properties which are required • to remain. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225-8 Trench Excavation and Backfill 5. Where necessary to maintain the top of the trench within the available • construction easement or right-of-way. 6. Where shown on the Drawings, sheeting shall be steel sheeting. B. In all cases, excavation protection shall strictly conform to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended and O.C.G.A 43-14-8. C. Timber: Timber for shoring, sheeting, or bracing shall be sound and free of large or loose knots and in good, serviceable condition. Size and spacing shall be in accordance with OSHA regulations. D. Steel Sheeting and Sheet Piling: Steel sheet piling shall be the continuous interlock type. The weight, depth and section modulus of the sheet piling shall be sufficient to restrain the loads of earth pressure and surcharge from live loads. Procedure for installation and bracing shall be so scheduled and coordinated with the removal of the earth that the ground under existing structures shall be protected against lateral movement at all times. The Contractor shall provide closure and sealing between sheet piling and existing facilities. Sheet piling within three feet of an existing structure or pipeline shall remain in place, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. E. Trench Shield: A trench shield or box may be used to support the trench walls. The use of a trench shield does not necessarily preclude the additional use of bracing and sheeting. When trench shields are used, care must be taken to avoid disturbing the alignment and grade of the pipe or disrupting the haunching of the pipe as the shield is moved. When the bottom of the trench shield extends below the top of the pipe, the trench shield will be raised in 6-inch increments with specified backfilling occurring simultaneously. At no time shall the trench shield be "dragged" with the bottom of the shield extending below the top of the pipe. F. Remove bracing and sheeting in units when backfill reaches the point necessary to protect the pipe and adjacent property. Leave sheeting in place when in the opinion of the Engineer it cannot be safely removed. Cut off any sheeting left in place at least two feet below the surface. G. Sheet piling within three feet of an existing structure or pipeline shall remain in place, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 3.03 Trench Rock Excavation A. Definition of Trench Rock: Any material which cannot be excavated with conventional excavating equipment, and is removed by drilling and blasting, and occupies an original volume of at least one-half cubic yard. B. Blasting: Provide licensed, experienced workmen to perform blasting. Conduct • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225-9 Trench Excavation and Backfill • blasting operations in accordance with all existing ordinances and regulations. Protect all buildings and structures from the effects of the blast. Repair any resulting damage. If the Contractor repeatedly uses excessive blasting charges or blasts in an unsafe or improper manner, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to employ an independent blasting consultant to supervise the preparation for each blast and approve the quantity of each charge. C. Removal of Rock: Dispose of rock off site that is surplus or not suitable for use as rip rap or backfill. D. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer and the Owner prior to any blasting. Additionally, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer and local fire department before any charge is set. E. Following review by the Engineer regarding the proximity of permanent buildings and structures to the blasting site, the Engineer may direct the Contractor to employ an independent, qualified specialty sub- contractor, approved by the Engineer, to monitor the blasting by use of seismograph, identify the areas where light charges must be used, conduct pre-blast and post-blast inspections of structures, including photographs or videos, and maintain a detailed written log. 3.04 Dewatering Excavations A. Dewater excavation continuously to maintain a water level two feet below the bottom of the trench. B. Control drainage in the vicinity of excavation so the ground surface is properly pitched to prevent water running into the excavation. C. There shall be sufficient pumping equipment, in good working order, available at all times, to remove any water that accumulates in excavations. Where the pipe line crosses natural drainage channels, the work shall be conducted in such a manner that unnecessary damage or delays in the prosecution of the work will be prevented. Provision shall be made for the satisfactory disposal of surface water to prevent damage to public or private property. D. In all cases, accumulated water in the trench shall be removed before placing bedding or haunching, laying pipe, placing concrete or backfilling. E. Where dewatering is performed by pumping the water from a sump, crushed stone shall be used as the medium for conducting the water to the sump. Sump depth shall be at least two feet below the bottom of the trench. Pumping equipment shall be of sufficient quantity and/or capacity to maintain the water level in the sump two feet below the bottom of the trench. Pumps shall be a type such that • intermittent flows can be discharged. A standby pump shall be required in the event the operating pump or pumps clog or otherwise stop operation. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225- 10 Trench Excavation and Backfill F. Dewater by use of a well point system when pumping from sumps does not lower • the water level two feet below the trench bottom. Where soil conditions dictate, the Contractor shall construct well points cased in sand wicks. The casing, 6 to 10-inches in diameter, shall be jetted into the ground, followed by the installation of the well point,filling casing with sand and withdrawing the casing. 3.05 Trench Foundation and Stabilization A. The bottom of the trench shall provide a foundation to support the pipe or utility and its specified bedding. The trench bottom shall be graded to support the utility and bedding uniformly throughout its length and width. B. If, after dewatering as specified above, the trench bottom is spongy, or if the trench bottom does not provide firm, stable footing and the material at the bottom of the trench will still not adequately support the utility, the trench will be determined to be unsuitable and the Engineer shall then authorize payment for trench stabilization. C. Should the undisturbed material encountered at the trench bottom constitute, in the opinion of the Engineer, an unstable foundation for the utility, the Contractor shall be required to remove such unstable material and fill the trench to the proper subgrade with crushed stone. • D. Where the replacement of unsuitable material with crushed stone does not provide an adequate trench foundation, the trench bottom shall be excavated to a depth of at least two feet below the specified trench bottom. Place filter fabric in the bottom of the trench and support the fabric along the trench walls until the trench stabilization, bedding, haunching and pipe have been placed at the proper grade. The ends of the filter fabric shall be overlapped above the pipe. E. Where trench stabilization is provided, the trench stabilization material shall be compacted to at least 90 percent of the maximum dry density, unless shown or specified otherwise. 3.06 Bedding and Haunching A. Bedding material shall be placed to provide uniform support along the bottom of the pipe and to place and maintain the pipe at the proper elevation. The initial layer of bedding placed to receive the pipe shall be brought to the grade and dimensions indicated on the Drawings, and the pipe shall be placed thereon and brought to grade by tamping the bedding material or by removal of the slight excess amount of the bedding material under the pipe. Adjustment to grade line shall be made by scraping away or filling with bedding material. Wedging or blocking up of pipe shall not be permitted. Applying pressure to the top of the pipe, such as with a backhoe bucket, to lower the pipe to the proper elevation or grade 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225- 11 Trench Excavation and Backfill • shall not be permitted. Each pipe section shall have a uniform bearing on the bedding for the length of the pipe, except immediately at the joint. All bedding shall extend the full width of the trench bottom. Prior to placement of bedding material, the trench bottom shall be free of any water, loose rocks, boulders or large dirt clods. B. At each joint, excavate bell holes of ample depth and width to permit the joint to be assembled properly and to relieve the pipe bell of any load. C. After the pipe section is properly placed, add the haunching material to the specified depth. The haunching material shall be shovel sliced, tamped, vigorously chinked or otherwise consolidated to provide uniform support for the pipe barrel and to fill completely the voids under the pipe, including the bell hole. Prior to placement of the haunching material, the bedding shall be clean and free of any water, loose rocks, boulders or dirt clods. D. Gravity Sewers and Accessories: Lay PVC pipe with minimum Class "B" bedding. Lay all other pipe with Class "C" bedding, unless shown or specified otherwise. 1. Class "A" (Bedding Factor - 2.8): Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a minimum depth as shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel. Lay pipe to line and grade on concrete block. Place concrete to the • full width of the trench and to a height of one-fourth of the outside diameter of the pipe above the invert. 2. Class "B" (Bedding Factor- 1.9): Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a minimum depth as shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel. Place and compact bedding material to the proper grade. Haunching material shall then be carefully placed by hand and compacted to provide full support under and up to the centerline of the pipe. 3. Class "C" (Bedding Factor - 1.5): Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a minimum depth as shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel. Place and compact bedding material to the proper grade. Haunching material shall then be carefully placed by hand and compacted to provide full support under and up to a height of one-fourth the outside diameter of the pipe above the bottom of the pipe barrel. 4. HDPE Pipe: Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a minimum depth as shown on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel. Place and compact bedding material to the proper grade. Haunching material shall be carefully placed by hand and compacted to provide full support under and up to 18-inches over the top of the pipe for pipe 42-inches in diameter and larger, and 12-inches over the top of the pipe for pipe 36-inches in diameter and smaller. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225- 12 Trench Excavation and Backfill 5. Type 5: Excavate the bottom of the trench flat at a minimum depth as shown • on the Drawings, below the bottom of the pipe barrel. Place and compact bedding material to the proper grade before installing pipe. After the pipe has been brought to the proper grade, haunching material shall be carefully placed by hand and compacted to the top of the pipe. E. Pressure Mains Ductile Iron Pipe a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or specified, utilize earth materials for bedding and haunching. Type 2, 3, 4 and 5 bedding shall be as detailed on the Drawings. b. Unless specified or shown otherwise, bedding shall meet the requirements for Type 2 Pipe Bedding. Unless specified or shown otherwise for restrained joint pipe and fittings, bedding shall meet the requirements for Type 3 Pipe Bedding. c. Where the depth of cover over the piping exceeds 9 feet, the pipe bedding shall meet the requirements of Type 4 Pipe Bedding. Where the depth of cover over the piping exceeds 14 feet, the pipe bedding shall meet the requirements of Type 5 Pipe Bedding. • d. Type 4 or Type 5 Pipe Bedding called for on the Drawings, specified or ordered by the Engineer, shall meet requirements for Type 4 or Type 5 Pipe Bedding, utilizing crushed stone bedding and haunching material. 2. Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe a. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, utilize earth materials for bedding and haunching. b. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, bedding and haunching shall meet the requirements for Type 2 Pipe Bedding, as detailed on the Drawings. 3. Polyethylene Pipe a. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, use fine aggregate materials for bedding and haunching. b. Unless otherwise shown on the Drawings, bedding and haunching shall meet the requirements for Type 5 pipe bedding as detailed on the Drawings • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225- 13 Trench Excavation and Backfill F. Manholes: Excavate to a minimum of 12-inches below the planned elevation of the base of the manhole. Place and compact crushed stone bedding material to the required grade before constructing the manhole. G. Excessive Width and Depth 1. Gravity Sewers: If the trench is excavated to excess width, provide the bedding class with the next higher bedding factor. Crushed stone haunching and initial backfill may be used in lieu of Class "A" bedding, where Class "A" bedding is necessitated by excessive trench width. 2. Pressure Mains: If the trench is excavated to excess width, provide the next higher type or class of pipe bedding, but a minimum of Type 4, as detailed on the Drawings. 3. If the trench is excavated to excessive depth, provide crushed stone to place the bedding at the proper elevation or grade. H. Compaction: Bedding and haunching materials under pipe, manholes and accessories shall be compacted to a minimum of 90 percent of the maximum dry density, unless shown or specified otherwise. 3.07 Initial Backfill A. Initial backfill shall be placed to anchor the pipe, protect the pipe from damage by subsequent backfill and ensure the uniform distribution of the loads over the top of the pipe. B. Place initial backfill material carefully around the pipe in uniform layers to a depth of at least 18-inches above the pipe barrel. Layer depths shall be a maximum of 6-inches for pipe 18-inches in diameter and smaller and a maximum of 12-inches for pipe larger than 18-inches in diameter. C. Backfill on both sides of the pipe simultaneously to prevent side pressures. D. Compact each layer thoroughly with suitable hand tools or tamping equipment. E. Initial backfill shall be compacted to a minimum 90 percent of the maximum dry density, unless shown or specified otherwise. F. If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as backfill materials, provide select backfill material conforming to the requirements of this Section. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225- 14 Trench Excavation and Backfill 3.08 Concrete Encasement for Pipelines • Where concrete encasement is shown on the Drawings for pipelines not under structures, excavate the trench to provide a minimum of 6-inches clearance from the bell of the pipe. Lay the pipe to line and grade on concrete blocks. In lieu of bedding, haunching and initial backfill, place concrete to the full width of the trench and to a height of not less than 6-inches above the pipe bell. Do not backfill the trench for a period of at least 24 hours after concrete is placed. 3.09 Concrete Encasement for Electrical Duct Banks A. Install top of duct bank minimum 18-inches below finished grade with plastic warning tape 12-inches below finished grade. B. Terminate conduit in end bell at manhole entries. C. Stagger conduit joints in concrete encasement 6-inches minimum. D. Provide minimum 3-inch concrete cover at bottom, top, and sides of duct bank. Use suitable separators and chairs installed not greater than four feet on center to provide conduit spacing as indicated. Securely anchor conduit to prevent movement during concrete placement. E. Where duct bank passes beneath footings or slabs, excavate to provide a • minimum of 6-inches clearance between the conduits and the structure. Backfill to the base of the structure with concrete. 3.10 Final Backfill A. Backfill carefully to restore the ground surface to its original condition. B. The top 6-inches shall be topsoil obtained as specified in Article 3.01 of this Section. C. Excavated material which is unsuitable for backfilling, and excess material, shall be disposed of, at no additional cost to the Owner, in a manner approved by the Engineer. Surplus soil may be neatly distributed and spread over the site, if approved by the Engineer. If such spreading is allowed, the site shall be left in a clean and sightly condition and shall not affect pre-construction drainage patterns. Surplus rock from the trenching operations shall be removed from the site. D. If materials excavated from the trench are not suitable for use as backfill materials, provide select backfill material conforming to the requirements of this Section. E. After initial backfill material has been placed and compacted, backfill with final • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225-15 Trench Excavation and Backfill • backfill material. Place backfill material in uniform layers, compacting each layer thoroughly as follows: 1. In 6-inch layers, if using light power tamping equipment, such as a "jumping jack". 2. In 12-inch layers, if using heavy tamping equipment, such as hammer with tamping feet. 3. In 24-inch layers, if using a hydra-hammer. F. Settlement: If trench settles, re-fill and grade the surface to conform to the adjacent surfaces. G. Final backfill shall be compacted to a minimum 90 percent of the maximum dry density, unless specified otherwise. 3.11 Backfill Under Roads Compact backfill underlying pavement and sidewalks, and backfill under dirt and gravel roads to a minimum 95 percent of the maximum dry density. The top 12-inches shall be compacted to a minimum of 98 percent of the maximum dry density. 3.12 Detection Tape Where required, detection tape shall be buried 4 to 10-inches beneath the ground surface directly over the top of the pipe. Should detection tape need to be installed deeper, the Contractor shall provide 3-inch wide tape. In no case shall detection tape be buried greater than 20-inches from the finished grade surface. 3.13 Testing and Inspection A. The soil testing will be performed by an independent testing laboratory selected by the Owner. B. The soils testing laboratory is responsible for the following: 1. Compaction tests in accordance with Article 1.02 of this Section. 2. Field density tests for each two feet of lift, one test for each 2,000 feet of pipe installed or more frequently if ordered by the Engineer. 3. Inspecting and testing stripped site, subgrades and proposed fill materials. • C. The Contractor's duties relative to testing include: 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 02225- 16 Trench Excavation and Backfill 1. Notifying laboratory of conditions requiring testing. • 2. Coordinating with laboratory for field testing. 3. Paying costs for additional testing performed beyond the scope of that required and for re-testing where initial tests reveal non-conformance with specified requirements. 4. Providing excavation as necessary for laboratory personnel to conduct tests. D. Inspection 1. Earthwork operations, acceptability of excavated materials for bedding or backfill, and placing and compaction of bedding and backfill is subject to inspection by the Engineer. 2. Foundations and shallow spread footing foundations are required to be inspected by a geotechnical engineer, who shall verify suitable bearing and construction. E. Comply with applicable codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and laws of local, municipal, state or federal authorities having jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02225 Section 02510 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 111 Part 1 General 1.01 Scope The Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to construct asphaltic concrete pavements to the grades and cross-sections shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Use only materials which are furnished by a bulk asphalt concrete producer regularly engaged in production of hot-mix, hot-laid asphalt concrete. B. Comply with applicable requirements of Georgia Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Construction of Roads and Bridges (GDOTSS). 1.03 Submittals A. Certificates: Provide certificates stating that materials supplied comply with Specifications. Certificates shall be signed by the asphalt producer and the • Contractor. B. Mix Design: Submit mix design for each course to the Engineer for acceptance. C. Traffic paint manufacturer's application instructions and a description and other data relative to the Contractor's application equipment and methods shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. 1.04 Conditions A. Weather Limitations 1. Apply bituminous prime and tack coats only when the ambient temperature in the shade has been at least 40 degrees F. 2. Do not conduct paving operations when surface is wet, frozen or contains excess of moisture which would prevent uniform distribution and required penetration. 3. Construct asphaltic courses only when the underlying base is dry and when weather is not rainy. No asphalt courses shall be placed unless the temperature is in accordance with Table 4 of Section 400.03.05.E of the 11111 G DOTSS. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02510 02510-2 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 4. Place base course when air temperature is above 35 degrees F and rising. • No base course shall be placed on a frozen or muddy subgrade. B. Grade Control: Establish and maintain the required lines and grades for each course during construction operations. Part 2 Products 2.01 Materials A. Graded Aggregate Base Course: Graded aggregate base course shall be of uniform quality throughout and shall meet the requirements of Section 815.01 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. B. Asphalt Base: Asphalt base course shall be of uniform quality throughout and shall meet the requirements of Section 828, 25 mm Superpave of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. C. Binder Course: Binder course shall be of uniform quality throughout and shall conform to the requirements of Section 828, 19 mm Superpave of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. D. Surface Course: Surface course shall be of uniform quality throughout and shall conform to the requirements of Section 828, 9.5 mm Superpave of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. E. Asphalt Pavement Overlay: Asphalt Pavement Overlay shall be of uniform quality throughout and shall conform to the requirements of Section 828, 12.5 mm Superpave of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. F. Prime Coat: Prime coat shall conform to the requirements of Section 412 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. G. Tack coat shall conform to the requirements of Section 413 of the Georgia Department of Transportation Standard Specifications. Part 3 Execution 3.01 Surface Preparation A. Graded Aggregate Base Course 1. Check subgrade for conformity with elevations and section immediately before placing aggregate base material. 2. Place aggregate base material in compacted layers not more than 6-inches • thick, unless continuing tests indicate that the required results are being 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02510 02510-3 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement • contained with thicker layers. 3. In no case shall more than 8-inches of compacted base be placed in one lift. 4. Spread, shape, and compact all aggregate base material deposited on the subgrade during the same day. 5. The compacted base shall have sufficient stability to support construction traffic without pumping. 6. If compacted base becomes unstable as a result of too much moisture, the base material and underlying subgrade, if necessary, shall be dried and reworked to a moisture content that can be recompacted. B. Loose and Foreign Material 1. Remove loose and foreign material from surface immediately before application of paving. 2. Use power brooms or blowers, and hand brooming as required. 3. Do not displace surface material. • C. Prime Coat 1. Do not apply prime coat if the surface is wet or if the temperature is less than 40 degrees F. 2. Uniformly apply at a rate of 0.15 to 0.30 gallon per square yard over compacted and cleaned subbase surface. The exact rate shall be as specified by the Engineer. 3. Apply enough material to penetrate and seal, but not flood the surface. 4. If surface becomes soft after prime coat is applied, the area shall be rolled with a pneumatic tired roller until the surface is firmly set. 5. Allow to cure and dry as long as required to attain penetration and evaporation of volatile. Close to traffic until the coating has cured. 6. Blot excess asphalt with just enough sand to prevent pick-up under traffic. 7. Remove loose sand before paving. • D. Tack Coat 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02510 02510-4 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement 1. Apply tack coat on finished asphalt pavement courses prior to placement of • the next course. 2. Do not apply tack coat if the surface is wet or if the temperature is less than 40 degrees F. 3. Apply at a rate of 0.04 to 0.06 gallon per square yard of surface. 4. Apply tack coat by distributor spray bars except for small areas that can be coated by a hand sprayer. Brush apply to contact surfaces of curbs, gutters, manholes, and other structures projecting into or abutting asphalt concrete pavement. 5. Allow surfaces to dry until material is at condition of tackiness to receive pavement. Area shall be closed to traffic until pavement is completed over the tack coat. 3.02 Equipment A. Provide size and quantity of equipment to complete the work specified within the Project time schedule. B. Bituminous pavers shall be self-propelled that spread hot asphalt concrete mixtures without tearing, shoving or gouging surfaces, and control pavement edges to true lines without use of stationary forms. C. Rolling equipment shall be self-propelled, steel-wheeled and pneumatic-tired rollers that can reverse direction without backlash. D. Provide rakes, lutes, shovels, tampers, smoothing irons, pavement cutters, portable heaters, and other miscellaneous small tools to complete the work specified. 3.03 Asphaltic Concrete Placement A. Place asphalt concrete mix on prepared surface, spread and strike-off using paving machine. B. Spread mixture at a minimum temperature of 235 degrees F. C. Inaccessible and small areas may be placed by hand. D. Place each course at a thickness such that when compacted it will conform to the indicated grade, cross-section, finish thickness, and density indicated. E. Pavement Placing • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02510 02510-5 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement • 1. Unless otherwise directed, begin placing along centerline of areas to be paved on crowned section, and at high side of sections on one-way slope, and in direction of traffic flow. 2. After first strip has been placed and rolled, place succeeding strips and extend rolling to overlap previous strips. 3. Complete base courses for a section before placing surface courses. 4. Place mixture in as continuous an operation as practical. 5. Lift or layer thickness shall be in accordance with Table 5 in Section 400.03.05.F of the GDOTSS. F. Hand Placing 1. Spread, tamp, and finish mixture using hand tools in areas where machine spreading is not possible, as acceptable to Engineer. 2. Place mixture at a rate that will ensure handling and compaction before mixture becomes cooler than acceptable working temperature. • G. Joints 1. Carefully make joints between old and new pavements, or between successive days work, to ensure a continuous bond between adjoining work. 2. Construct joints to have same texture, density and smoothness as adjacent sections of asphalt concrete course. 3. Clean contact surfaces free of sand, dirt, or other objectionable material and apply tack coat. 4. Offset transverse joints in succeeding courses not less than 24-inches. 5. Cut back edge of previously placed course to expose an even, vertical surface for full course thickness. 6. Offset longitudinal joints in succeeding courses not less than 6-inches. 7. When the edges of longitudinal joints are irregular, honeycombed, or inadequately compacted, cut back unsatisfactory sections to expose an even, vertical surface for full course thickness. • 3.04 Asphaltic Concrete Compaction 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02510 02510-6 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement A. Provide sufficient rollers to obtain the required pavement density. • B. Begin rolling operations as soon after placing as the mixture will bear weight of roller without excessive displacement. C. Do not permit heavy equipment, including rollers to stand on finished surface before it has thoroughly cooled or set. D. Compact mixture with hot hand tampers or vibrating plate compactors in areas inaccessible to rollers. E. Start rolling longitudinally at extreme lower side of sections and proceed toward center of pavement. Roll to slightly different lengths on alternate roller runs. F. Do not roll centers of sections first under any circumstances. G. Breakdown Rolling 1. Accomplish breakdown or initial rolling immediately following rolling of transverse and longitudinal joints and outside edge. 2. Operate rollers as close as possible to paver without causing pavement displacement. • 3. Check crown, grade, and smoothness after breakdown rolling. 4. Repair displaced areas by loosening at once with lutes or rakes and filling, if required, with hot loose material before continuing rolling. H. Second Rolling 1. Follow breakdown rolling as soon as possible, while mixture is hot and in condition for compaction. 2. Continue second rolling until mixture has been thoroughly compacted. I. Finish Rolling 1. Perform finish rolling while mixture is still warm enough for removal of roller marks. 2. Continue rolling until roller marks are eliminated and course has attained specified density. J. Patching • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02510 02510-7 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement • 1. Remove and replace defective areas. 2. Cut-out and fill with fresh, hot asphalt concrete. 3. Compact by rolling to specified surface density and smoothness. 4. Remove deficient areas for full depth of course. 5. Cut sides perpendicular and parallel to direction of traffic with edges vertical. 6. Apply tack coat to exposed surfaces before placing new asphalt concrete mixture. 3.05 Cleaning and Protection A. Cleaning: After completion of paving operations, clean surfaces of excess or spilled asphalt materials to the satisfaction of the Engineer. B. Protection 1. After final rolling, do not permit vehicular traffic on asphalt concrete • pavement until it has cooled and hardened, and in no case no sooner than six hours. 2. Provide barricades and warning devices as required to protect pavement and the general public. C. Maintenance: The Contractor shall maintain the surfaces of pavements until the acceptance of the Project. Maintenance shall include replacement, overlay, milling and reshaping as necessary to prevent raveling of the road material, the preservation of smooth surfaces and the repair of damaged or unsatisfactory surfaces, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.06 Supervision and Approval Failure of Pavement: Should any pavement restoration or repairs fail or settle during the life of the Contract, including the bonded period, promptly restore or repair defects. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02510 02510-8 Asphaltic Concrete Pavement • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02510 Section 02601 Testing Landfill Piped Systems Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. This Section covers the requirements for Contractor's testing gravity, vacuum and pressure piping systems not specified under other sections. B. Tests shall be performed on, but not limited to, the following: 1. Gravity Sewer Pipes 2. Pressure Mains (Containment pipe and carrier pipe in dual contained systems) 3. Compressed Air Pipes 4. All Perforated and Non-Perforated PVC and HDPE Piping Systems 5. All HDPE Structures C. All tests must be performed by the Contractor in the presence of the Engineer. • D. If the system fails to meet test requirements, the Contractor shall, at Contractor's expense, determine the source of leakage and make repairs as necessary to eliminate leakage and retest as directed. E. All costs for the testing shall be borne by the Contractor. F. Advise the Engineer at least 48 hours before tests are to be conducted. Part 2 Products 2.01 Testing Equipment Equipment to be used in making air or hydrostatic tests shall be specifically designed for this purpose. 2.02 Miscellaneous All other equipment not specified herein shall be suited for the intended use. 1111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601-2 Testing Landfill Piped Systems Part 3 Execution • 3.01 General A. If the specified rate of leakage is exceeded,the Contractor shall locate the points of excessive leakage and institute appropriate measure of correction, whereupon the system shall be retested and this procedure continued until test requirements are met. B. Unless specified otherwise the following tests shall be performed as directed by Engineer: 1. Low Pressure Air Testing(ASTM F1417) a. All gravity, non-perforated leachate piping. b. All containment piped systems as directed. 2. Pneumatic Pressure Testing(ASTM F2786) a. All compressed air supply lines. 3. Hydrostatic Testing(ASTM F2164) • a. All leachate or condensate force main (carrier pipe in dual contained systems). b. All other pressure piping systems as directed. 4. Infiltration/ Exfiltration Testing(ASTM F2487) a. All fabricated HDPE structures. 5. Deflection Test a. All piping. C. Clean and test lines before requesting final acceptance. Where any obstruction is met, clean the lines by means of rods, swabs, or other instruments. For pipes less than 24-inches in diameter, flush sections thoroughly at flow velocities, greater than 2.5 feet per second, adequate to remove debris from pipe and valve seats. For mains 24-inches in diameter and larger,the main shall be carefully swept clean, and mopped if directed by the Engineer. Partially open valves to allow the water to flush the valve seat. Partially operate valves to clean out seats. D. Commence test procedures when the following conditions have been met. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601-3 Testing Landfill Piped Systems 1. Pipe section to be tested is cleaned in accordance with Section 02700 and free of dirt, sand or other foreign material. 2. Plug pipe outlets with test plugs. Brace each plug securely to prevent blowouts. Use concrete thrust blocking if necessary. 3.02 Low Pressure Air Testing A. Low-pressure air testing of plastic pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F1417, latest edition. B. Provide necessary pipe connections between the section of line being tested and the compressed air supply, together with test pressure equipment, meters, pressure gauge, and other equipment, materials, and facilities necessary to perform the specified tests. C. Furnish and install bulkheads, flanges, valves, bracing, blocking or other temporary sectionalizing devices that may be required. D. Contractor provided testing equipment shall include, but may not be limited to: • 1. Polyethylene flange adapter with steel blind flange. 2. Temperature gauge (32°F to 212°F)tapped and threaded into blind flange. 3. Pressure gauge (0 to 15 psig) ASME Standard B40.1 Grade 2A (accuracy of ±0.5% of full scale) with minor graduation marks no greater than 0.1 psig. Provide verification and results of gauge calibration prior to (less than 60 days) and after project completion. 4. Inlet valve to facilitate compressed air hose. 5. Ball valve to release pipe pressure at test completion. 6. Polyethylene reducers to be used to adapt test flange to size of pipe being tested. 7. Air compressor shall provide adequate oil-free air supply for testing. 8. Pressurizing equipment shall include a regulator set to avoid over pressurizing and damaging an otherwise acceptable section of pipe. F. Pipe segments tested shall include butt fused sections less than 1000 feet in • length. Blind flange with test apparatus shall be installed on one end and a fused cap or blind flange assembly on the opposite end. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601-4 Testing Landfill Piped Systems G. Pipe to be tested shall be buried or laid on the ground surface and allowed to reach • ambient temperature before testing. The tests shall be performed during a period when the pipe segment will be out of direct sunlight to minimize pressure changes as a result of temperature fluctuations. H. Procedures: 1. Connect the air hose to the inlet tap and portable air control source. The air equipment shall consist of necessary valves and pressure gages to control an oil-free air source and the rate at which air flows into the test section to enable monitoring of the air pressure within the test section. 2. Add air slowly to the test section until the pressure inside the pipe reaches 4.0 psig. 3. After the pressure of 4.0 psig is obtained, regulate the air supply so that the pressure is maintained between 3.5 to 4.0 psig for at least 2 min depending on air/ground temperature conditions. The air temperature should stabilize in equilibrium with the temperature of the pipe walls. The pressure will normally drop slightly until equilibrium is obtained; however, a minimum of 3.5 psig is required. 4. Determine the rate of air loss by the time-pressure drop method. • 5. Air is slowly introduced into the section of pipe to be tested, until the air pressure is raised to approximately 4.0 psi and the test pipe section is stabilized as in 8.1. Disconnect the air supply and decrease the pressure to 3.5 psi before starting the test. Determine the time required for the pressure to drop from 3.5 psi to 2.5 psi, and compare this interval to the required time to decide if the rate of air loss is within the allowable. Minimum holding times required by pipe diameter are shown in Table 1 and Table 2 of ASTM F1417. 6. If the pressure drops 1.0 psig before the appropriate time shown in Table 1 has elapsed, the air loss rate shall be considered excessive and the section of pipe has failed the test. If the line fails the test, segmented testing may be utilized solely to find the location of leaks. Once leaks are located and repaired, retest the completed pipe installation to requirements of this test method. 3.03 Pneumatic Pressure Testing A. Pneumatic pressure testing of polyethylene pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F2786, latest edition. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601-5 Testing Landfill Piped Systems 1111 B. Provide necessary pipe connections between the section of line being tested and the compressed air supply, together with test pressure equipment, meters, pressure gauge, and other equipment, materials, and facilities necessary to perform the specified tests. C. Furnish and install bulkheads, flanges, valves, bracing, blocking or other temporary sectionalizing devices that may be required. D. Contractor provided testing equipment shall include, but may not be limited to: 1. Polyethylene flange adapter with steel blind flange. 2. Infrared temperature gauge accurate to within ±3°C (±5.4°F) that has been calibrated within 12 months. 3. At least two pressure gauges (0 to 15 psig) ASME Standard B40.1 Grade 2A (accuracy of ±0.5% of full scale) with minor graduation marks no greater than 0.1 psig. Provide verification and results of gauge calibration prior to (less than 60 days) and after project completion. 4. Inlet valve to facilitate compressed air hose. • 5. Ball valve to release pipe pressure at test completion. 6. Polyethylene reducers to be used to adapt test flange to size of pipe being tested. 7. Air compressor shall provide adequate oil-free air supply for testing. 8. Pressurizing equipment shall include a regulator set to avoid over pressurizing and damaging an otherwise acceptable section of pipe. F. Pipe segments tested shall include butt fused sections less than 1000 feet in length. Blind flange with test apparatus shall be installed on one end and a fused cap or blind flange assembly on the opposite end. G. Pipe to be tested shall be buried or laid on the ground surface and allowed to reach ambient temperature before testing. The tests shall be performed during a period when the pipe segment will be out of direct sunlight to minimize pressure changes as a result of temperature fluctuations. H. Pre-test Procedures: 1. Determine the maximum test pressure limits based on materials, time and • temperature in accordance with Section 8.2.2 of ASTM F2786. Note that 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601-6 Testing Landfill Piped Systems the temperature reading used for the calculation shall be the surface • temperature of the exposed pipe. 2. If lower pressure rated fittings are valves cannot be isolated from the test section, the maximum test pressure shall not exceed the pressure rating of the lowest pressure rated component in the test section. 3. The actual test pressure shall be 1.5 times the normal operating pressure of the system but no more than the maximum pressure identified in item 1 above. I. Test Procedures 1. Pressurization occurs in 3 sequential steps: pressurization to 10% of the leak test pressure, (item 3 below), increasing pressurization to 50% of the leak test pressure, (item 4), and then increasing pressurization to the leak test pressure (item 5). Record the time when pressurization starts. Monitor pressure display equipment during pressurizing. 2. Pressure monitoring equipment shall display comparable pressure readings. If different readings are obtained, discontinue the test. Depressurize the test section per 9.9 of ASTM 2786 and correct pressure display equipment before restarting the test. • 3. Gradually increase the pressure in the test section to 10 percent of the leak test pressure. Isolate (valve off) or disconnect the test section from filling and pressurizing equipment. Pressure monitoring equipment shall remain connected to the test section. Perform leakage examination per item 8. 4. Upon successful examination, re-establish the connection to filling and pressurizing equipment and gradually increase the pressure in the test section to 50 percent of the leak test pressure in steps of one tenth (1110 th) of the leak test pressure. Isolate (valve off) or disconnect the test section from filling and pressurizing equipment. Pressure monitoring equipment shall remain connected to the test section. Perform leakage examination per items 8 and 9 below. 5. Upon successful examination, re-establish the connection to filling and pressurizing equipment, and gradually increase the test pressure in steps of one tenth (1110 th) of the leak test pressure until the maximum test pressure is reached. Isolate (valve off) or disconnect the test section from filling and pressurizing equipment. Pressure monitoring equipment shall remain connected to the test section. Perform leakage examination per items 8 and 9 below. i 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601-7 Testing Landfill Piped Systems 411 6. The maximum time to conduct all levels of pressurization and examination per 9.4 shall not exceed test duration per paragraph H. If the test pressure cannot be attained, or if it takes an unreasonably long time to reach test pressure, there may be faults such as excessive leakage, or open valving, or the pressurizing equipment may be inadequate for the size of the test section. If such faults exist, discontinue pressurizing, and correct them before continuing. 7. Monitor pressure display equipment and maintain test pressure for ten (10) to sixty (60) minutes or for a time period acceptable to the Engineer, but not exceeding leak test time, T, and leak test pressure, P (T), and test duration per paragraph H. 8. Leakage examination is conducted for each pressure level step. Where test section leakage or leakage of test section apparatus or equipment is discovered by visual inspection or by the inability to maintain test pressure within 5 % of the test phase pressure for 1 hour, depressurize the test section and record the time when zero gauge pressure is reached. Effect repairs as necessary. Leaks and faults shall not be corrected while the test section is under pressure. 9. Where no leakage is discovered, continue to the next pressure level step • and when all levels have been completed, record the time of test completion, and depressurize the test section and conclude the test. 10. Retesting after leakage repairs—If leakage is discovered after maximum test pressure has been reached per item 5, depressurize the test section for leak repair and remain depressurized for a period of at least 8 hours total duration. Retest per steps above. 3.04 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing A. Hydrostatic pressure testing of polyethylene pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F2164, latest edition. B. After the pipe has been laid and backfilled between joints, and before any joints are covered, unless this requirement is waived by the Engineer, all newly laid pipe, above ground or below ground, or any isolated section thereof, shall be subjected to a hydrostatic gage pressure as hereinafter tabulated. 1. All piping that will be considered inaccessible or impossible to repair after the completion of all work, shall be hydrostatically tested while still accessible. • 2. All piping shall have restraint (backfill, thrust blocks, joint restraints, etc.) in place before testing. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601-8 Testing Landfill Piped Systems B. Tests shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer. The Contractor shall • furnish a pressure gauge for measuring the pressure on the pipeline, shall provide a corporation cock to attach gauge or pump connection, and shall provide plugs to seal taps after use in testing, and shall also furnish a suitable pump, pipe, appliances, and other appurtenances necessary to make these tests. C. Contractor provided testing equipment shall include, but may not be limited to: 1. Polyethylene flange adapter with steel blind flange. 2. Temperature gauge (32°F to 212°F)tapped and threaded into blind flange. 3. At least two pressure gauges (0 to 15 psig) ASME Standard B40.1 Grade 2A (accuracy of ±0.5% of full scale) with minor graduation marks no greater than 0.1 psig. Provide verification and results of gauge calibration prior to (less than 60 days) and after project completion. 4. Air release valve to facilitate purging of air within the test section. 5. Ball valve to release pipe pressure at test completion. 6. Polyethylene reducers to be used to adapt test flange to size of pipe being • tested. 7. Pressurizing equipment shall include a regulator set to avoid over pressurizing and damaging an otherwise acceptable section of pipe. 8. The Contractor shall furnish all test water. D. The pressure gauge shall be located at the test section low point. A valved tee, a gage cock for bleeding, a pressure snubber and a duplicate pressure gage shall be located at the test point. E. Pre-test Procedures: 1. The maximum test pressure shall be no more than 1.5 times the system design pressure. 2. If lower pressure rated fittings are valves cannot be isolated from the test section, the maximum test pressure shall not exceed the pressure rating of the lowest pressure rated component in the test section. 3. The actual test pressure shall be modified based on temperature of the system after it is filled with water. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601-9 Testing Landfill Piped Systems • 4. Testing duration including time required to pressurize, stabilize, hold test pressure and depressurize should not exceed 8 hours. If re-testing is required, the system should be depressurized for a minimum of 8 hours prior to re-testing. F. Each section of pipe shall be filled slowly with water and the specified test pressure, measured at the point of lowest elevation, shall be applied to the pipe in a satisfactory manner. G. Before applying the specified test pressure, all air shall be expelled from the pipe. To accomplish this, taps shall be made, if necessary, at points of highest elevation, and afterward tightly plugged. H. Pressurizing—Initial Expansion Phase—When the test section is completely filled and purged of air, gradually increase pressure in the test section to the required test pressure. 1. If the test pressure cannot be attained, or if it takes an unreasonably long time to reach test pressure, there may be faults such as excessive leakage, entrapped air, or open valving, or the pressurizing equipment may be inadequate for the size of the test section. If such faults exist, discontinue pressurizing, and correct them before continuing. 2. Add make-up water as necessary to maintain maximum test pressure for 4 hours. I. The test pressure shall be 10 psi lower than the initial expansion phase pressure. Monitor the pressure for 1 hour and do not increase the pressure or add make-up water. J. All exposed pipes, fittings, valves, and joints will be carefully examined during the test. Any cracked or defective pipes, fittings, or valves, discovered in consequence of this pressure test shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor with sound material and the test shall be repeated until satisfactory to the Engineer. K. If no visual leackage is observed and the pressure during the test phase remains steady (within 5 % of the test phase pressure) for the 1 hour test period, the tested section has passed the test. L. Hydrostatic test pressures shall be as follows: System Pressure Test Rating(psi) Carrier Pressure Piping 40 i 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601- 10 Testing Landfill Piped Systems 3.05 Infiltration/ Exfiltration Testing • A. Infiltration/ exfiltration testing of polyethylene pipe and structures shall be in accordance with ASTM F2487, latest edition. B. Infiltration Tests: Use only when groundwater is above the invert of the pipe. 1. Conduct testing from manhole to manhole. The length of pipeline tested shall not exceed 700 ft. 2. Stop all dewatering operations and allow the groundwater to return to its normal level. Infiltration testing shall not be used unless the groundwater level is at least 2 feet above the crown of the pipe for the entire length of the test section. 3. Plug all pipe outlets discharging into the test section. 4. Measure the groundwater elevation and determine the average head over the test section. 5. Measure infiltration leakage at the outlet of the test section. Because leakage allowances are small, measurements are best made by either timing the filling of a small container of known volume, or by directing flow into a container for a specified time and measuring the content, or by using small weirs. 6. If the measured rate of leakage is less than or equal to the allowable leakage in accordance with item D below, the section of pipeline tested is acceptable. 7. If the test section fails, the line shall be repaired and retested in accordance with this practice. C. Exfiltration Tests: Use only when groundwater is below the invert of the pipe. 1. Conduct testing from manhole to manhole. The length of pipeline tested shall not exceed 700 ft. 2. Determine the groundwater elevation at both ends of the test section. If the groundwater level is less than 2 feet above the crown of the pipe measured from the highest elevation of the pipeline, the exfiltration test shall be used. 3. Plug all pipe outlets discharging into the test section. Fill the pipeline with water. i 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601- 11 Testing Landfill Piped Systems • 4. At the upstream manhole the test head shall be established as minimum of 2 feet above the crown of the pipe, or at least 2 feet above existing groundwater, whichever is higher. 5. Measure the leakage loss over a timed test period. The minimum test period shall be 15 minutes and the maximum shall not exceed 24 hours. 6. If the measured rate of leakage is less than or equal to the allowable leakage, in accordance with item D below, the section of pipeline tested is acceptable. 7. If the test section fails, the line shall be repaired and retested in accordance with this practice. The groundwater elevation shall be re-determined prior to a second test and the test head adjusted, if necessary. D. Infiltration/ Exfiltration leakage allowance: Structures shall not leak more than 3% of the volume of the structure during a 24 hour period. 3.06 Deflection Testing A. Deflection testing shall be conducted as specifically requested by the Engineer. . B. Test gravity sewer for excessive deflection by passing a mandrel through the pipe. Deflection of the pipe shall not exceed the following: Nominal Maximum Pipe Diameter Allowable Deflection < 12-inches 5% 15 to 30-inches 4% >30-inches 3% C. The mandrel size shall be based upon the maximum possible inside diameter for the type of pipe being tested, taking into account the allowable manufacturing tolerances of the pipe. The mandrel shall have an odd number of legs, or vanes, with a quantity of such equal to or greater than nine. The legs of the mandrel shall be permanently attached to the mandrel. A mandrel with variable sizes shall not be allowed. The mandrel shall be constructed of steel aluminum or other material approved by the Engineer, and shall have sufficient rigidity so the legs of the mandrel will not deform when pulling through a pipe. The mandrel dimensions shall be checked by the Engineer before use by the Contractor. 111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601- 12 Testing Landfill Piped Systems D. Excavate and install properly any section of pipe not passing this test. Re test until • results are satisfactory. E. This test shall be performed within the first 30 days of installation and during final inspection, at the completion of this contract. END OF SECTION • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601- 13 Testing Landfill Piped Systems ATTACHMENT 1 PE PIPE PRESSURE TEST REPORT FORM Project Name: Date: Contractor: Time: Contractor Representative Performing Tests: Owner Representative Observing Tests: Description/ Location of Test Segment: (Pipe Diameter, length, SDR's, etc.) Location of Pipe Test Segment: Station from: Station to: Test Method: Fluid Utilized: Weather conditions/ambient temperature (°F): • Test Gages Used: Temperature: Calculated Maximum Test Pressure: Test Pressure: Time/ Pressure Recordings: Pass/ Fail: Retest(yes/ no) Description/ Nature of leaks repair of retest segment: r 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 02601- 14 Testing Landfill Piped Systems • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02601 Section 02700 Landfill Piping Systems • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope This work shall consist of the construction of landfill piping systems in accordance with these Specifications. Piping systems shall be constructed at locations shown on the Drawings and in conformity to the lines and grades indicated thereon, or as directed by the Engineer. The work shall include all necessary excavation and backfill together with such work and materials as may be necessary to make connections with other structures as shown on the Drawings. 1.02 Applicable Publications and Standards American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM Publications) ASTM F 714 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Pipe ASTM F 3035 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastic Pipe ASTM D 3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials . ASTM D 2321 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Flexible Thermoplastic Sewer Pipe ASTM D 2774 Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pressure Pipe ASTM F 2620 Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings ASTM D 3261 Standard Specification for Butt Fusion Polyethylene Plastic Fittings ASTM F 1055 Standard Specification for Electrofusion Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled PE Pipe 1.03 Submittals Complete shop drawings and engineering data shall be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 of these Specifications. 1.04 Transportation and Handling • A. equipment Unloading: Furnish a ui andfacilities q p for unloading, handling, and 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700-2 Landfill Piping Systems distributing pipe, fittings, valves and accessories. Make equipment available at all • times for use in unloading. Do not drop or dump materials. Any materials dropped or dumped will be subject to rejection without additional justification. B. Handling: Handle pipe, fittings, valves and accessories carefully to prevent shock or damage. Handle pipe by rolling on skids, forklift, or front loader. Do not use material damaged in handling. 1.05 Storage and Protection A. Store all pipe which cannot be distributed along the route. Make arrangements for the use of suitable storage areas. B. Stored materials shall be kept safe from damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times. Valves shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage by freezing. C. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by the manufacturer. The bottom tier shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails or concrete. D. Store joint gaskets in a cool location, out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first-in, first-out • basis. 1.06 Quality Assurance A. Product manufacturers shall provide the Engineer with written certification that all products furnished comply with all applicable provisions of these Specifications. B. If ordered by the Engineer, each pipe manufacturer shall furnish the services of a competent factory representative to supervise and/or inspect the installation of pipe. This service will be furnished for a minimum of five days during initial pipe installation. Part 2 Products 2.01 High Density Polyethylene Pipe and Fittings A. Pipe and Fittings Resin: The pipe supplied under this Section shall be high performance, very high molecular weight, high density polyethylene pipe. The fittings supplied under this Section shall be manufactured from a polyethylene compound having a cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700-3 Landfill Piping Systems • B. Resin physical properties shall be in accordance with the following per ASTM D335O: Typical Physical Properties Property Test Method Unit Value Density ASTM D1505 g/cm3 >0.947- 0.955 Melt Index ASTM D1238 <0.15 Flexural Modulus ASTM D790 110,000 to psi <160,000 Tensile Strength at Yield ASTM D638 psi 3,500 to <4,000 Slow crack growth resistance,PENT ASTM F1473 hours 500 molded plaque,80°C,2.4 MPa Hydrostatic Strength Classification, hydrostatic design basis(23°C) ASTM D2837 psi 1,600 C, Black with Color and UV Stabilizer ASTM D3350 2%minimum carbon black • Material Designation PPI PE 4710 Recommendation C. Standards: Polyethylene pipe and fittings shall meet all the requirements of NSF listed pipe. HDPE pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of ASTM D 3350. D. Quality Control: The pipe shall be homogenous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions, or other deleterious defects, and shall be identifiable in color, density, melt flow and other physical properties throughout. E. The Engineer requires certification that the pipe produced is represented by the quality assurance data. Additionally, test results from the manufacturer's testing which show the pipe does not meet appropriate ASTM standards of manufacturer's representation, will be cause for rejection of the pipe represented by the testing. These tests may include density and flow rate measurements from samples taken at selected locations within the pipe wall and thermal stability determinations according to ASTM 3350, 10.1.9. F. The Engineer requires certified lab data from the manufacturer to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied under this specification and at Owner's expense may take random samples for testing by an independent 11111 laboratory. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700-4 Landfill Piping Systems G. Rejection: Polyethylene pipe and fittings which do not meet the requirements of • this Section shall be rejected. H. Perforations and slots shall be as detailed, factory machined and trimmed by the manufacturer or pipe supplier in the shop under controlled conditions. No pipe perforating or slotting will be allowed in the field. All perforated or slotted pipe shall be free of trimmings and debris when delivered and prior to installation. I. HDPE pipe shall be in accordance with ASTM F714 and ASTM F3035, IPS pipe sized and be provided in accordance with the following schedule: Description DR Diameter, Minimum Pipe Length inches Gas Collection Laterals and Header—Solid 17 4,6,8, 10 40 Feet,Smooth Wall Airline—Solid 9 2 40 Feet,Smooth Wall Leachate Collection(perforated and non-perforated) 11 6 40 Feet,Smooth Wall J. HDPE Fittings: Polyethylene fittings shall be manufactured from polyethylene compound having cell classification equal to or exceeding the compound used in the pipe. 1. All fittings 12 inches and smaller shall be molded and manufactured in • accordance with ASTM D3261, unless otherwise approved by the ENGINEER. Fabricated fittings must have the same pressure rating as the pipe; a DR less than the pipe shall be used. Fabricated fittings are to be manufactured using a Data Logger to record temperature, fusion pressure, and a graphic representation of the fusion cycle shall be part of the Quality Control records. 2. Flanges for HDPE pipe shall have stainless steel back-up rings. Flange gaskets shall be full-face Neoprene. a. All bolts and nuts shall be made in the U.S.A. Bolts and nuts shall be threaded in accordance with ANSI/ASME 81.1, Coarse Thread Series, Class 2A external and Class 2B internal fit. b. All bolts shall be stainless steel machine bolts conforming to ASTM A 193, Grade B8. Nuts shall be heavy hex, stainless steel conforming to ASTM A 194, Grade 8. K. Dual contained HDPE piping shall include carrier pipe centralizers at a minimum of 8 feet on center. Dual containment fittings shall be specifically manufactured to match the pipe sizes and thicknesses used for this project. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700-5 Landfill Piping Systems • L. Couplings: Electrofusion couplings shall conform to ASTM F1055 and be SDR 11 minimum. They shall be Central or approved equal. 2.02 Polyvinyl Chloride Pipe and Fittings A. PVC piping shall conform to ASTM D 1785. The pipe shall be Schedule 80. Pipe shall be solvent welded per ASTM D 2564. B. Fittings shall be solvent weld socket type, same schedule as piping, ASTM D 2466 or D 2467. Special adapters shall be provided as recommended by the manufacturer to adapt the PVC pipe to mechanical jointing with other type pipe, fittings, or valves. 2.03 Valves A. Valve Connections: Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified below for pipe joints. Use pipe size valves unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. 1. Threaded: Pipe sizes 2-inches and smaller. 2. Flanged: Pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger. • B. PVC Ball Valves: Ball valves 1/2 to 4-inches shall be constructed of polyvinyl chloride. The valves shall be true union design and flanged (as shown on the Drawings), with two-way blocking capability. The valves shall have Teflon seats backed with viton and the seals shall be viton. The valves shall be rated up to 150 psi at 120 degrees F. The valves shall be manufactured by Asahi/America, Inc. or Hayward. C. PVC Gate Valves: PVC gate valves shall be constructed of Type 1, Grade 1 PVC. The valve shall have a non-rising stem, come standard with sealed position indicator, clean-out plug (PP gate style only). Valve shall have flanged end connections conforming to ANSI B16.1, Class 125. Valves shall be equal to ASAHI/America. D. PVC Butterfly Valves: Type-57 Butterfly valves shall be PVC with PVC disc and either EPDM, Nitrile, or FKM seat & seals. The liner shall be full seat design fully molded around the body where as only the Disc and Seat are wetted parts and feature raised convex rings on the face and be utilized as the mating flange gaskets. Valve shall have spherical disc design for increased CV, high cycle life, and ultimate sealing. Valve body shall have integral molded body stops and seat relief area to prevent over-tightening of the mating flanges. Valves shall accept flat faced flanges in accordance with ANSI B16.5 bolt pattern for 150 lb flanges. Valve stem shall be 316 SS, have PP stem retainer for valve stem retention, be • non-wetted, and have engagement over the full length of the spherically designed disc. The valve lever handle (sizes 1-1/2" - 8") shall have a molded provision for 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700-6 Landfill Piping Systems a padlock. Valves sizes 1-1/2" - 14" shall feature a molded ISO bolt pattern for • accessory mounting. Stem extensions, where required, shall be single, or two piece extension with outer housing 100% sealed either free standing or supported design. Valves and stems shall be equal to ASAHI/America. E. Air Release Valves: Air Release Valves shall be equal to flanged A.R.I. Flow Control Accessories Model D-025. Air release valves in exposed service shall be constructed with a stainless steel body. Air release valves in manholes shall be constructed with either a stainless steel or composite plastic material body. F. PVC Check Valves: All check valves shall be PVC swing check valves. PVC body shall be per ASTM D1784 and seals shall be viton. Valve shall be flat faced flanged end type conforming to ANSI B16.5 bolt pattern for 150 lb flanges. Valves shall be manufactured by Asahi/America, Inc. G. Air Line Stub-Out Valves: Ball valves 1/2 to 2-inches shall be constructed of brass and equipped with a lever handle. The valves shall be threaded (as shown on the Drawings). The valves shall be rated up to 600 psi at 120 degrees F. 2.04 Concrete Cast in place concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi and • conform to Section 03300 of these specifications. 2.05 Detection Tape and Locating Wire A. Detection tape shall be composed of a solid aluminum foil encased in a protective plastic jacket. Tapes shall be color coded in accordance with APWA color codes and legends. Colors may be solid or striped. Tape shall be permanently printed with no surface printing allowed. Tape width shall be a minimum of 2-inches when buried less than 10-inches below the surface. Tape width shall be a minimum of 3-inches when buried greater than 10-inches and less than 20-inches. Detection tape shall be equal to Lineguard Type III Detectable or Allen Systems Detectatape. B. Tracer wire shall be #12 gauge insulated single strand copper wire. Part 3 Execution 3.01 Existing Utilities and Obstructions A. The Drawings indicate utilities or obstructions that are known to exist according to the best information available to the Owner. The Contractor shall call the Utilities Protection Center (UPC) (800-282-7411) as required by Georgia law (GA Code Section 25-9-1 through 25-9-13) and all utilities, agencies or departments that own 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700-7 Landfill Piping Systems • and/or operate utilities in the vicinity of the construction work site, at least 72 hours (three business days) prior to construction, to verify the location of the existing utilities. B. Existing Utility Location: The following steps shall be exercised to avoid interruption of existing utility service. 1. Provide the required notice to the utility owners and allow them to locate their facilities according to Georgia law. Field utility locations are valid for only ten days after original notice. The Contractor shall ensure that, at the time of any excavation, a valid utility location exists at the point of excavation. 2. Expose the facility to verify its true location and grade for a distance of at least 10 feet in advance of construction to verify its true location and grade. Repair, or have repaired, any damage to utilities resulting from locating or exposing their true location at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Avoid utility damage and interruption by protecting it with means or methods recommended by the utility owner. 4. Maintain a log identifying when phone calls were made, who was called, • area for which utility relocation was requested and work order number issued, if any. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer an updated copy of the log bi-weekly, or more frequently if required. C. Conflict with Existing Utilities 1. Horizontal Conflict: Horizontal conflict shall be defined as when the actual horizontal separation between a utility, main, or service and the proposed sewer does not permit safe installation of the sewer by the use of sheeting, shoring, tieing-back, supporting, or temporarily suspending service of the parallel or crossing facility. The Contractor may change the proposed alignment of the sewer to avoid horizontal conflicts if the new alignment remains within the available right-of-way or easement and complies with regulatory agency requirements after a written request to and subsequent approval by the Engineer. Where such relocation of the sewer is not approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange to have the conflicting utility, main, or service relocated. 2. Vertical Conflict: Vertical conflict shall be defined as when the actual vertical separation between a utility, main, or service and the proposed sewer does not permit the crossing without immediate or potential future damage to the utility, main, service, or the sewer. The Contractor may • change the proposed grade of the sewer to avoid vertical conflicts if the changed grade provides minimum required capacity, maintains adequate 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700-8 Landfill Piping Systems cover and complies with regulatory agencies requirements, after written • request to and subsequent approval by the Engineer. Where such relocation of the sewer is not approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange to have the conflicting utility, main, or service relocated. D. Electronic Locator: Have available at all times an electronic pipe locator and a magnetic locator, in good working order, to aid in locating existing pipe lines or other obstructions. E. Water and Sewer Separation 1. Sewers should maintain a minimum 10 foot edge-to-edge separation from water mains. Where the sewer crosses a water main, an 18-inch vertical separation shall be maintained where possible. Where possible, a full joint of sewer pipe shall be centered over the water main. Any deviation shall be requested in writing to the Engineer. 2. Where the sewer crosses over a water main, the water main shall be encased in concrete to the first joint in each direction. 3. No water main shall be permitted to pass through or come in contact with any part of a manhole. 3.02 General Pipe Installation • A. All pipe, fittings and valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of these Specifications. B. Perforations shall be constructed by the manufacturer as detailed in the Drawings and no field perforating will be allowed. Perforated leachate pipe shall be laid in the trench as detailed on the Drawings. The Engineer shall be allowed to review the perforated leachate pipe prior to backfill and prior to acceptance for payment. C. The pipe interior shall be kept clean before and after laying. Pipe shall be kept clean before installation by proper storage and handling. Any open pipe ends shall be plugged and covered. Shavings shall be removed from pipe as much as possible while joining sections. D. Force mains shall be layed on a positive grade to minimize the number of air release manholes. The minimum cover on the force main shall be three feet. 3.03 Location and Grade A. The Drawings show the alignment of the piping and the location of other appurtenances. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700-9 Landfill Piping Systems • B. Construction Staking 1. The location of principal components of the work is shown on the Drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for performing all survey work required for construction, including the establishment of base lines and any detailed surveys and bench marks adjacent to the work. Base lines shall be defined as the line to which the location of the work is referenced, i.e. edge of pavement, road centerline, property line, right-of-way or survey line. This work shall include the staking out of permanent and temporary easements to insure that the Contractor is not deviating from the designated easements. 2. The level of detail of survey required shall be that which the correct location of the site piping can be established for construction. C. Reference Points: The Contractor shall take all precautions necessary, which includes, but is not necessarily limited to, installing reference points, in order to protect and preserve the centerline or baseline established by the Owner. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done to reference points, base lines, center lines and temporary bench marks, and shall be responsible for the cost of re-establishment of reference points, base lines, center lines and temporary • bench marks as a result of the operations. 3.04 Laying and Pipe Installation A. General 1. Proper implements, tools and facilities shall be provided for the safe performance of the work. All pipe and fittings shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of slings, ropes or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to piping materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall piping materials be dropped or dumped into the trench. 2. All pipe, fittings, and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective materials shall be marked and held for inspection by the Engineer, who may prescribe corrective repairs or reject the materials. 3. All lumps, blisters and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and free from dirt, sand, grit or any foreign materials before the pipe is laid. No pipe containing dirt shall be • laid. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700- 10 Landfill Piping Systems 4. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being • placed in the trench. No debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe at any time. 5. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. 6. Applying pressure to the top of the pipe, such as with a backhoe bucket, to lower the pipe to the proper elevation or grade, shall not be permitted. 7. After the pipe has been laid and approved, the backfilling shall be carefully done so that the pipe will not become displaced. The backfilling around the pipe shall be with the gravel specified. Unless otherwise designated on the Drawings or by special provision, the backfilling shall be 6-inches on each side of the pipe and 6-inches over the pipe. 8. Lateral and other connections shall be made where indicated on the Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. 9. Expediting of Work: Excavate, lay the pipe, and backfill as closely together as possible. Do not leave unjointed pipe in the trench overnight. Backfill and compact the trench as soon as possible after laying and jointing is 411/completed. Cover the exposed end of the installed pipe each day at the close of work and at all other times when work is not in progress. If necessary to backfill over the end of an uncompleted pipe or accessory, close the end with a suitable plug, either push-on, mechanical joint, restrained joint or as approved by the Engineer. 10. Joint Assembly: Push-on, mechanical and flange joints shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 11. Cutting Pipe: Cut pipe using a suitable saw; remove all burrs and smooth the end before jointing. The Contractor shall cut the pipe and bevel the end, as necessary, to provide the correct length of pipe necessary for installing the fittings, accessories and closure pieces in the correct location. B. Alignment and Gradient 1. Lay pipe straight in alignment and gradient or follow true curves as nearly as practicable. Do not deflect any joint more than the maximum deflection recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Maintain a transit, level and accessories on the job to lay out angles and ensure that deflection allowances are not exceeded. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700- 11 Landfill Piping Systems • 3. The Contractor shall check the invert elevation for gravity sewers at each manhole at least three times daily, start, mid-day and end of day. Elevations shall be checked more frequently if more than 100 feet of pipe is installed in a day or if the pipe is being constructed at minimum slope. 4. The Contractor shall check the horizontal alignment of the sewers at the same schedule as for invert elevations. 3.05 Manhole and Precast Concrete Product Construction A. Construct manholes as shown on the Drawings. B. Precast Concrete: Handle sections carefully to prevent cracking or chipping. Provide uniform bedding of the bottom section to prevent uneven loading. Install gaskets and joint sealants in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to produce a watertight structure. C. Pipe Connections: All pipes shall be connected to precast concrete manholes by a rubber boot provided in a cored or precast hole of the proper diameter. All boot connections shall be grouted in from the outside of the structure prior to backfilling. D. Top Elevations: Build manholes outside of paved areas to 18-inches above finished • grade unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. Build manholes in paved areas to existing grades. E. Frames and Covers: Unless frame and cover is at grade, the frame shall be cast into the cone section. F. Invert Elevations: The invert elevations shown on the Drawings shall be for the invert at the centerline of the precast concrete manhole. Prior to setting the laser or other vertical alignment control system for the sewer upstream of the manhole, the Contractor shall verify the elevation of the sewer installed at the manhole. Should the elevation differ from that shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall take the following corrective action: 1. If the sewer is laid at negative grade, the Contractor shall remove and reinstall the sewer at the correct grade at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If the sewer is laid at a grade less than that shown on the Drawings, thus reducing the sewer's capacity, the Owner may require the sewer to be removed and relaid at the correct grade at no additional cost to the Owner. As a minimum, the grade to the next upstream manhole shall be adjusted such that the next upstream manhole shall be set at the correct elevation. 111/ 3. If the sewer is laid at a grade greater than that shown on the Drawings, and if the Contractor can show that there are no conflicts with upstream existing 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700- 12 Landfill Piping Systems utilities or obstructions, the Contractor shall adjust the grade of the next • upstream manhole such that the next upstream manhole shall be set at the correct elevation. If such an adjustment, in the Engineer's opinion, is substantial, the grade adjustment shall be spread over multiple sections of the sewer. If such an adjustment, in the Owner's opinion, significantly reduces the sewer's capacity, the Owner may require the Contractor to remove and relay that portion of the sewer laid at the improper grade. G. Manholes shall be constructed such that their walls are plumb. H. Top Elevations: Build precast concrete structures above finished grade as required to daylight drains provided for floor doors. I. Seal all manhole joints and lift holes, both inside and out, with grout. Between precast sections, this is in addition to joint sealant. J. Fabricated* products shall be installed in accordance with the fabricator's/ manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. 3.06 HDPE Pipe Joining A. Perforated and Non-Perforated Pipe (HDPE): Sections of polyethylene pipe and fittings shall be joined into continuous lengths on the job site above ground. The • joining method shall be the butt fusion method and shall be performed by qualified persons and in strict accordance with the pipe manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM F 2620. The butt fusion equipment used in the joining procedures shall be capable of meeting all conditions recommended by the pipe manufacturer, including, but not limited to, temperature requirements, alignment and fusion pressures. No butt fusing shall be allowed when ambient temperature is below 32° F without prior approval by the Engineer. B. Electrofusion couplings shall be used only where approved by the engineer and shall be located on the final record drawings. C. HDPE flanges shall be provided where HDPE pipe joins PVC pipe or fittings. 3.07 Handling of Fused Pipe Fused segments of polyethylene pipe shall be handled so as to avoid damage to the pipe. When lifting fused sections of pipe, chains or cable type chokers must be avoided. Nylon slings are required. Spreader bars are recommended when lifting long fused sections. Care shall be exercised to avoid cutting or gouging the pipe. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700- 13 Landfill Piping Systems • 3.08 Detection Tape and Tracer Wire A. Detection tape and tracer wire shall be provided over all non-metallic piping except the leachate collection piping and rock toe drain. B. Detection tape shall be installed along the centerline of the pipe at a depth of 12 to 24 inches. C. Tracing wire shall be installed on all buried non-metallic piping and service laterals from the main to the meter or junction, and provide continuous conductivity. Area markers shall be at least every 500' with tracer wire attached, unless a structure, fire hydrant and/or air release valve are available. On structures, the tracing wire lead shall be 5' minimum length and securely attached to the inside of the lid. On laterals, the tracing wire shall terminate inside the meter box or junction box if available. Where laterals connect to mains and no junction box or meter box is available, the wire shall be joined securely together with a waterproof direct bury connector or splice. Connectors and/or splices shall be approved by the Engineer. The connectors or splices shall be wrapped with rubberized insulation tape that shall completely cover all areas of the connector or splice. The wire shall maintain electrical continuity through all connectors and splices. Tracing wire will be installed on all non-buried metallic piping and service laterals directly on top of the pipe. Tracing wire shall be securely fastened a minimum of 6-inches above ground to fire hydrants, above/below ground valves, and valve covers. The wire shall be secured to the pipe with tape or other acceptable methods at spacings of no more than 36" apart. This tracing wire system shall be checked and tested by the contractor, in the presence of the Engineer, prior to acceptance of the installation. All equipment, meters, detectors, etc., needed for testing the tracer wire shall be furnished by the Contractor. 3.09 Trenching and Backfill A. Pipe (other than leachate collection lines) shall be laid as detailed in the construction drawings and in accordance with Section 02200 and/or Section 02225. B. Leachate collection pipe and rock toe drains shall be as detailed in the construction drawings. Fittings shall be used at all bends such that the pipe conforms to the slope and alignment of the liner. Perforated leachate collection pipe shall be bedded in gravel as detailed. The gravel should be placed such that it uniformly and continuously supports the pipe. 3.10 Inspection and Testing • All piping and manholes shall be tested in accordance with Section 02601. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 02700- 14 Landfill Piping Systems 3.11 Cleaning • A. All excess or unsuitable material shall be disposed of as directed by the Engineer. Final cleaning up shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of Section 01710 of these Specifications. B. The Contractor shall clean by water flushing all HDPE pipe beginning at cleanouts. Lines shall be flushed until completely free of debris. The Contractor shall clean by flushing with water all HDPE structures. Structures shall be flushed until completely free of debris. The Contractor shall recover and remove all debris from system and dispose of in an environmentally safe manner. C. The pipe cleaning shall be done as soon as possible after installation and prior to connection to existing piped systems. The Contractor is responsible for providing clean water for flushing as well as for the proper disposal of the waste water. D. Final clean-up shall meet the approval of the Engineer and the Owner. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02700 Section 02730 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. This Section describes products to be incorporated into pressure and gravity and accessories and requirements for the installation and use of these items. Furnish all products and perform all labor necessary to fulfill the requirements of these Specifications. B. Supply all products and perform all work in accordance with applicable American Society for Testing and Material (ASTM), American Water Works Association (AWWA), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), or other recognized standards. Latest revisions of all standards are applicable. 1.02 Qualifications If requested by the Engineer, submit evidence that manufacturers have consistently produced products of satisfactory quality and performance for a period of at least two years. 1.03 Submittals • Complete shop drawings and engineering data shall be submitted to the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of Section 01340 of these Specifications. 1.04 Transportation and Handling A. Unloading: Furnish equipment and facilities for unloading, handling, distributing and storing pipe, fittings, valves and accessories. Make equipment available at all times for use in unloading. Do not drop or dump materials. Any materials dropped or dumped will be subject to rejection without additional justification. B. Handling: Handle pipe,fittings, valves and accessories carefully to prevent shock or damage. Handle pipe by rolling on skids, forklift, or front loader. Do not use material damaged in handling. C. Lined and/or coated pipe and structures shall be handled and transported to prevent damage to linings and coatings. 1.05 Storage and Protection A. Store all pipe which cannot be distributed along the route. Make arrangements for 111 the use of suitable storage areas. 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-2 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories B. Stored materials shall be kept safe from damage. The interior of all pipe, fittings and other appurtenances shall be kept free from dirt or foreign matter at all times. Valves shall be drained and stored in a manner that will protect them from damage by freezing. C. Pipe shall not be stacked higher than the limits recommended by the manufacturer. The bottom tier shall be kept off the ground on timbers, rails or concrete. Pipe in tiers shall be alternated: bell, plain end; bell, plain end. At least two rows of timbers shall be placed between tiers and chocks, affixed to each other in order to prevent movement. The timbers shall be large enough to prevent contact between the pipe in adjacent tiers. D. Store joint gaskets in a cool location, out of direct sunlight. Gaskets shall not come in contact with petroleum products. Gaskets shall be used on a first-in, first-out basis. 1.06 Quality Assurance A. Product manufacturers shall provide the Engineer with written certification that all products furnished comply with all applicable provisions of these Specifications. B. If ordered by the Engineer, each pipe manufacturer shall furnish the services of a competent factory representative to supervise and/or inspect the installation of pipe. This service will be furnished for a minimum of five days during initial pipe installation. Part 2 Products 2.01 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Gravity Sewer Pipe A. PVC pipe for gravity sewers shall be solid wall pipe and meet the requirements of ASTM D3034, SDR 26. PVC compound shall be 12454B as specified in ASTM D 1784. B. All pipe shall have a minimum pipe stiffness of 46 psi at five percent deflection as determined by ASTM D 2414. C. PVC gravity sewer pipe shall be supplied in lengths not longer than 13 feet. D. Fittings: Fittings 15 inches in diameter and less shall be manufactured in accordance with ASTM D 3034. PVC compound shall be 12454B or 12454C as specified in ASTM D 1784. 1. For sizes 8-inches and less in diameter, fittings shall be molded in one- • piece with no solvent welded joints. Minimum socket depths shall be as 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-3 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories • specified in ASTM D 3034, Table 2. E. Joints: Joints for pipe and fittings shall be of the integral bell and spigot type with a confined elastomeric gasket having the capability of absorbing expansion and contraction without leakage, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3212. Gaskets shall meet the requirements of ASTM F 477. The joint system shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer and shall be identical for pipe and fittings. F. Manhole Connections: In solid wall connections, the sewer shall be connected to manholes utilizing a standard pipe section and a rubber boot provided in a cored or precast hole of proper diameter. G. Acceptance: Acceptance will be on the basis of the Engineer's inspection and the manufacturer's written certification that the pipe and fittings were manufactured and tested in accordance with the applicable standards. H. Wetwell and Air Release Valve Vent Pipe 1. Unless specified or shown on the Drawings otherwise, use polyvinyl chloride pipe for all wetwell and air release valve vents. 2. Piping: PVC • a. Schedule 80 in accordance with ASTMD 1785. b. Fittings: Solvent weld socket type, same schedule as piping, ASTM D 2466 or D 2467. c. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564. 2.02 Pipe Couplings A. Flange Adapters 1. The flange adaptor shall permit the connection of unthreaded, ungrooved, open ended polyvinyl chloride pipe to ANSI/ASME B16.1, Class 125 flanges. The flange adaptor shall meet the test requirements of ANSf/ASME B16.1 for Class 125 flanges. The adaptor shall be a ductile iron casting incorporating a flange with a serrated edge, clamping bolts, and gasket. The gasket shall provide a compression seal between the adaptor, the pipe and the adjacent flange. Flange adaptors are to be used only in locations specifically shown on the Drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The flange adaptor shall be Uni-Flange or EBAA Iron. 2. Bolts and Nuts • a. All bolts and nuts shall be made in the U.SA. Bolts and nuts shall be 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-4 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories threaded in accordance with ANSI/ASME 81.1, Coarse Thread Series, • Class 2A external and Class 2B internal fit. b. All bolts shall be stainless steel machine bolts conforming to ASTM A 193, Grade B8. Nuts shall be heavy hex, stainless steel conforming to ASTM A 194, Grade 8. B. Retainer Glands: Retainer glands shall be ductile iron and shall be Megalug as manufactured by EBAA Iron or approved equal. C. Tools and Spare Parts: The Contractor shall furnish two spare gasket sets and two spare track head bolt sets for each size and type of coupling. 2.03 Valves and Gauges A. Acceptable Manufacturers 1. Provide valves of same manufacturer throughout where possible. 2. Provide valves with manufacturer's name and pressure rating clearly marked on the outside of the valve 3. Acceptable manufacturers are as follows: a. Plug valves shall be manufactured by DeZurik, Pratt, Val-Matic or • approved equal. b. Check valves shall be manufactured by G-A Industries, APCO Valve Corporation or approved equal. c. Gate valves shall be manufactured by M&H Valve Company, Clow Valve Company or approved equal. d. Pressure gauges shall be Ashcroft Duragauge Plus or approved equal. e. Air Release Valves shall be equal to A.R.I. Flow Control Accessories Model D-025. Air release valves in exposed service shall be constructed with a stainless steel body. Air release valves in manholes shall be constructed with either a stainless steel or composite plastic material body. B. Materials and Construction 1. Valve Connections a. Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joints. Use pipe size valves. b. Thread pipe sizes 2-inches and smaller. 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-5 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories c. Flange pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger. 2. Gate Valves a. Valves shall be a resilient wedge seated type in accordance with AWWA C509. Valves shall be suitable for throttling service and service where valve operation is infrequent. b. Valves shall provide drip-tight shut-off up to the full pressure rating with pressure in either direction. Pressure ratings shall be established by hydrostatic tests conducted in accordance with ANSI B16. Valves shall be rated at a minimum of 200 psi. c. Bodies shall be cast-iron, conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B (carbon steel for 2-inch valves). All exposed nuts, bolts, springs, washers, etc. shall be zinc coated in accordance with ASTM A 153. Valves shall have flanged or mechanical joint ends as shown on the Drawings. Flanged valves shall have ANSI 125 pound standard flanges. Mechanical joint valves shall have bell ends conforming to applicable requirements of ANSI 21.11. Flanged valves with flange-to-MJ adapters shall not be acceptable in lieu of MJ valves. All internal parts shall be accessible without removing the body from the line. d. Valve wedge shall be cast iron, completely encapsulated with resilient material. The resilient sealing material shall be permanently bonded to the cast iron wedge with a rubber tearing bond to meet ASTM D429. • e. Valve shall be equipped with non-rising stem. Non-rising stem shall be cast bronze with integral collars in compliance with AWWA 504. The non-rising stem stuffing box shall have a minimum of two o-ring seals above the thrust collar and one below. The top o-rings shall be field replaceable without removing the valve from service. f. Valve shall be furnished low friction thrust bearings above and below the stem collar. The stem nut shall be independent of the wedge and constructed of solid bronze. Bearings shall comply with applicable requirements of AWWA C507. Bearing materials shall have a proven record of service of not less than five years. g. The body and bonnet shall be coated both interior and exterior with a fusion bonded heat cured thermo setting material in accordance with AWWA C550. h. Valve shall employ the use of retained o-ring type gaskets between the body to bonnet and bonnet to bonnet surfaces. i. All exposed nuts, bolts and washers shall be zinc plated in accordance with ASTM A 153. Gear operators shall comply with requirements of AWWA C504. j. All above ground gate valves (regardless of size) shall be equipped with hand wheel actuators. • 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-6 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories 2.04 Detection Tape and Tracer Wire A. Detection tape shall be composed of a solid aluminum foil encased in a protective plastic jacket. Tapes shall be color coded in accordance with APWA color codes and legends. Colors may be solid or striped. Tape shall be permanently printed with no surface printing allowed. Tape width shall be a minimum of 2-inches when buried less than 10-inches below the surface. Tape width shall be a minimum of 3-inches when buried greater than 10-inches and less than 20-inches. Detection tape shall be Lineguard Type Ill Detectable, Allen Systems Detectatape or approved equal. B. Tracing wire shall be #12 gauge insulated single strand copper wire or approved equal. 2.04 Area Markers A. Area markers shall be a 2-inch galvanized pipe with 2-inch Tee at the top extending 36" above grade for connection to locator equipment. Above grade portion of the area marker shall be painted safety orange. 2.05 Concrete A. Cast in place concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi and conform to Section 03300 of these specifications. . Part 3 Execution 3.01 Existing Utilities and Obstructions A. The Drawings indicate utilities or obstructions that are known to exist according to the best information available to the Owner. The Contractor shall call the Utilities Protection Center (UPC) (800-282-7411) as required by Georgia law (GA Code Section 25-9-1 through 25-9-13) and all utilities, agencies or departments that own and/or operate utilities in the vicinity of the construction work site, at least 72 hours (three business days) prior to construction, to verify the location of the existing utilities. B. Existing Utility Location: The following steps shall be exercised to avoid interruption of existing utility service. 1. Provide the required notice to the utility owners and allow them to locate their facilities according to Georgia law. Field utility locations are valid for only ten days after original notice. The Contractor shall ensure that, at the time of any excavation, a valid utility location exists at the point of excavation. i 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-7 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories • 2. Expose the facility to verify its true location and grade for a distance of at least 10 feet in advance of wetwell construction to verify its true location and grade. Repair, or have repaired, any damage to utilities resulting from locating or exposing their true location at no additional cost to the Owner. 3. Avoid utility damage and interruption by protecting it with means or methods recommended by the utility owner. 4. Maintain a log identifying when phone calls were made, who was called, area for which utility relocation was requested and work order number issued, if any. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer an updated copy of the log bi-weekly, or more frequently if required. C. Conflict with Existing Utilities 1. Horizontal Conflict: Horizontal conflict shall be defined as when the actual horizontal separation between a utility, main, or service and the proposed sewer does not permit safe installation of the sewer by the use of sheeting, shoring, tieing-back, supporting, or temporarily suspending service of the parallel or crossing facility. The Contractor may change the proposed alignment of the sewer to avoid horizontal conflicts if the new alignment remains within the available right-of-way or easement and complies with regulatory agency requirements after a written request to and subsequent approval by the Engineer. Where such relocation of the sewer is not approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange to have the conflicting utility, main, or service relocated. 2. Vertical Conflict: Vertical conflict shall be defined as when the actual vertical separation between a utility, main, or service and the proposed sewer does not permit the crossing without immediate or potential future damage to the utility, main, service, or the sewer. The Contractor may change the proposed grade of the sewer to avoid vertical conflicts if the changed grade provides minimum required capacity, maintains adequate cover and complies with regulatory agencies requirements, after written request to and subsequent approval by the Engineer. Where such relocation of the sewer is not approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall arrange to have the conflicting utility, main, or service relocated. D. Electronic Locator: Have available at all times an electronic pipe locator and a magnetic locator, in good working order, to aid in locating existing pipe lines or other obstructions. E. Water and Sewer Separation • 1. Sewers should maintain a minimum 10 foot edge-to-edge separation from water mains. Where the sewer crosses a water main, an 18-inch vertical 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-8 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories separation shall be maintained where possible. Where possible, a full joint • of sewer pipe shall be centered over the water main. Any deviation shall be requested in writing to the Engineer. 2. Where the sewer crosses over a water main, the water main shall be encased in concrete to the first joint in each direction. 3. No water main shall be permitted to pass through or come in contact with any part of a manhole. 3.02 Construction Along Highways, Streets and Roadways A. Install pipe lines and appurtenances along highways, streets and roadways in accordance with the applicable regulations of, and permits issued by, the Department of Transportation, County, and the City with reference to construction operations, safety, traffic control, road maintenance and repair. B. Traffic Control 1. The Contractor shall: provide, erect and maintain all necessary barricades; suitable and sufficient lights and other traffic control devices; provide qualified flagmen where necessary to direct traffic; take all necessary precautions for the protection of the work and the safety of the public. 110 2. Construction traffic control devices and their installation shall be in accordance with the current Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways. 3. Placement and removal of construction traffic control devices shall be coordinated with the Department of Transportation, County and the City a minimum of 48 hours in advance of the activity. 4. Placement of construction traffic control devices shall be scheduled ahead of associated construction activities. Construction time in street right-of-way shall be conducted to minimize the length of time traffic is disrupted. Construction traffic control devices shall be removed immediately following their useful purpose. Traffic control devices used intermittently, such as "Flagmen Ahead", shall be removed and replaced when needed. 5. Existing traffic control devices within the construction work zone shall be protected from damage. Traffic control devices requiring temporary relocation shall be located as near as possible to their original vertical and horizontal locations. Original locations shall be measured from reference points and recorded in a log prior to relocation. Temporary locations shall provide the same visibility to affected traffic as the original location. 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-9 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories • Relocated traffic control devices shall be reinstalled in their original locations as soon as practical following construction. 6. Construction traffic control devices shall be maintained in good repair, and shall be clean and visible to affected traffic for daytime and nighttime operation. Traffic control devices affected by the construction work zone shall be inspected daily. 7. Construction warning signs shall be black legend on an orange background. Regulatory signs shall be black legend on a white background. Construction sign panels shall meet the minimum reflective requirements of the Department of Transportation, County and the City. Sign panels shall be of durable materials capable of maintaining their color, reflective character and legibility during the period of construction. 8. Channelization devices shall be positioned preceding an obstruction at a taper length as required by the current Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways, as appropriate for the speed limit at that location. Channelization devices shall be patrolled to insure that they are maintained in the proper position throughout their period of use. C. Construction Operations • 1. Perform all work along highways, streets and roadways to minimize interference with traffic. 2. Stripping: Where the pipe line is laid along road right-of-way, strip and stockpile all sod, topsoil and other material suitable for right-of-way restoration. 3. Trenching, Laying and Backfilling: Do not open the trench any further ahead of pipe laying operations than is necessary. Backfill and remove excess material immediately behind laying operations. Complete excavation and backfill for any portion of the trench in the same day. 4. Shaping: Reshape damaged slopes, side ditches, and ditch lines immediately after completing backfilling operations. Replace topsoil, sod and any other materials removed from shoulders. D. Excavated Materials: Do not place excavated material along highways, streets and roadways in a manner which obstructs traffic. Sweep all scattered excavated material off the pavement in a timely manner. E. Drainage Structures: Keep all side ditches, culverts, cross drains, and other • drainage structures clear of excavated material. Care shall be taken to provide positive drainage to avoid ponding or concentration of runoff. 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730- 10 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories F. Landscaping Features: Landscaping features shall include, but are not necessarily • limited to: fences; property corners; cultivated trees and shrubbery; manmade improvements; subdivision and other signs within the right-of-way and easement. The Contractor shall take extreme care in moving landscape features and promptly re-establishing these features. G. Maintaining Highways, Streets, Roadways and Driveways 1. Maintain streets, highways, roadways and driveways in suitable condition for movement of traffic until completion and final acceptance of the work. 2. During the time period between pavement removal and completing permanent pavement replacement, maintain highways, streets and roadways by the use of steel running plates. The edges of running plates shall have asphalt placed around their periphery to minimize vehicular impact. The backfill above the pipe shall be compacted, as specified elsewhere up to the existing pavement surface to provide support for the steel running plates. 3. Furnish a road grader or front-end loader for maintaining highways, streets, and roadways. Make the grader or front-end loader available at all times. 4. Immediately repair all driveways that are cut or damaged. Maintain them in a suitable condition for use until completion and final acceptance of the work. 3.03 Pipe Coupling Installation A. Pipe couplings shall be installed where shown on the Drawings, required, or directed by the Engineer. Couplings shall be installed in strict conformance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Pipe ends shall be cleaned, brushed, or filed to produce a mating surface for the gasket that is free from dirt, rust, chuck marks, mill scores, dents, burrs or other foreign substances that would impede proper gasket seating. C. A lubricant recommended by the coupling manufacturer shall be used in seating all gaskets. D. On flanged adapters, bolts shall be tightened diametrically opposite each other and in progression so that the inner rims project an equal distance over the flares of the middle ring at all points. Bolts shall be tightened sufficiently to insure a watertight joint but shall not be tightened beyond the point of stretching. E. Couplings and adapters shall have finishes as follows: • 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730- 11 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories • Material Location Primer Finish Cast Iron Exposed Asphaltic Varnish(Interior) - Cast Iron Exposed Primer(Exterior) Field Applied Steel Exposed Primer(Exterior) Field Applied Steel Exposed Epoxy Primer(Interior) Coal Tar Epoxy(Interior) F. Field Painting: Following installation and testing, couplings shall be field painted in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. G. Acceptance: Following installation, operating tests will be performed to demonstrate to the Engineer that the pipe coupling and expansion joints will function in a satisfactory manner. The Contractor shall make, at Contractor's own expense, all necessary changes, modifications and/or adjustments required to ensure satisfactory operation. 3.04 Pipe Distribution A. Pipe shall be distributed and placed in such a manner that will not interfere with • traffic. B. No street or roadway may be closed for unloading of pipe without first obtaining permission from the proper authorities. The Contractor shall furnish and maintain proper warning signs and obstruction lights for the protection of traffic along highways, streets and roadways upon which pipe is distributed. C. No distributed pipe shall be placed inside drainage ditches. D. Distributed pipe shall be placed as far as possible from the roadway pavement, but no closer than five feet from the roadway pavement, as measured edge-to-edge. 3.05 Location and Grade The Drawings show the alignment and grade of the sewer and the position of manholes and other appurtenances. The slope shown on the profile and/or called for in the Specifications is the slope of the invert of the pipe. 3.06 Laying and Jointing Pipe and Accessories A. Lay all pipe and fittings to accurately conform to the lines and grades established by the Engineer. • B. Pipe installation 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730- 12 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories 1. Proper implements, tools and facilities shall be provided for the safe • performance of the Work. All pipe, fittings and valves shall be lowered carefully into the trench by means of slings, ropes or other suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to sewer materials and protective coatings and linings. Under no circumstances shall sewer materials be dropped or dumped into the trench. 2. All pipe, fittings, valves and other appurtenances shall be examined carefully for damage and other defects immediately before installation. Defective materials shall be marked and held for inspection by the Engineer, who may prescribe corrective repairs or reject the materials. 3. All lumps, blister and excess coating shall be removed from the socket and plain ends of each pipe, and the outside of the plain end and the inside of the bell shall be wiped clean and dry and free from dirt, sand, grit or any foreign materials before the pipe is laid. No pipe which contains dirt shall be laid. 4. Foreign material shall be prevented from entering the pipe while it is being placed in the trench. No debris, tools, clothing or other materials shall be placed in the pipe at any time. 5. As each length of pipe is placed in the trench, the joint shall be assembled • and the pipe brought to correct line and grade. The pipe shall be secured in place with approved backfill material. 6. It is common practice to lay pipe with the bells facing the direction in which work is progressing, however, it is not mandatory. 7. Applying pressure to the top of the pipe, such as with a backhoe bucket, to lower the pipe to the proper elevation or grade shall not be permitted. 8. Detection tape: Install a continuous run of detection tape above the top of PVC pipe used for gravity sewer and force mains at 30" below grade. C. Alignment and Gradient 1. Lay pipe straight in alignment and gradient or follow true curves, where shown on the Drawings, as nearly as practicable. Do not deflect any joint more than the maximum deflection recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Maintain a transit, level and accessories on the job to lay out angles and ensure fallowae 3. The Contractorthatdeshall lection check thences invertare not elevationexceded.at each manhole and the 1111 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730- 13 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories • pipe invert elevation at least three times daily, start, mid-day and end of day. Elevations shall be checked more frequently if more than 100 feet of pipe is installed in a day or if the pipe is being constructed at minimum slope. 4. The Contractor shall check the horizontal alignment of the sewer at the same schedule as for invert elevations. D. Expediting of Work: Excavate, lay the pipe, and backfill as closely together as possible. Do not leave unjointed pipe in the trench overnight. Backfill and compact the trench as soon as possible after laying and jointing is completed. Cover the exposed end of the installed pipe each day at the close of work and at all other times when work is not in progress. If necessary to backfill over the end of an uncompleted pipe or accessory, close the end with a suitable plug, either push-on, mechanical joint, restrained joint or as approved by the Engineer. E. Joint Assembly 1. Push-On Joints: The inside of the bell and the outside of the pipe from the plain end to the guide stripe shall be wiped clean immediately before assembling the pipe joint. Then the rubber gasket shall be inserted into a groove or shaped recess in the bell. Both the bell and spigot ends to be joined shall be wiped again to ensure they are thoroughly clean. A liberal coating of special lubricant furnished by the pipe manufacturer shall be • applied to the outside of the pipe. The plain end shall be centered in the bell and the spigot pushed home. 2. Mechanical Joints a. The surfaces with which the rubber gasket comes in contact shall be brushed thoroughly with a wire brush just prior to assembly to remove all dirt or foreign material which may be present and to provide clean surfaces which shall be brushed with a liberal amount of soapy water or other approved lubricant just prior to slipping the gasket over the spigot end and into the bell. Lubricant shall be brushed over the gasket prior to installation to remove loose dirt and lubricate the gasket as it is forced into its retaining space. b. Joint bolts shall be tightened by the use of wrenches and to a tension recommended by the pipe manufacturer. When tightening bolts, the gland shall be brought up toward the pipe bell. If effective sealing is not attained at the maximum torque indicated above, the joint shall be disassembled and reassembled after thorough cleaning. Overstressing of bolts to compensate for poor installation shall not be permitted. 3. Flanged Joints a. All flange adapters shall be installed true and perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. Flanged joints shall be installed so as to ensure uniform gasket compression. All bolting shall be pulled up to the specified torque by crossover sequence. The finished pipe edge shall not extend beyond the face of the flange. 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730- 14 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories b. Connections to equipment shall be made in such a way that no torque • is placed on the equipment flanges. Connecting flanges must be in proper position and alignment and no external force may be used to bring them together properly. c. Bolts and nuts for exposed or submerged service shall be 316 stainless steel. 4. Solvent-Welded Joints: All solvent-welded joints shall be in accordance with ASTM 2855. 5. PVC Bell Restraint: PVC pipe bells shall be restrained as indicated on the Drawings and as required to provide proper thrust restraint. 6. The Contractor shall internally inspect each pipe joint to insure proper assembly for pipe 24-inches in diameter and larger after the pipe has been brought to final alignment. F. Cutting Pipe 1. When new or existing pipe is required to be cut, the pipe shall be cut in such a manner as to leave a smooth end normal to the axis of the pipe. 2. All cutting of polyvinyl chloride shall be performed with a cutting saw. All burrs shall be removed from the inside and outside edges of all cut pipe. All damaged linings and coatings shall be repaired. • 3. Stainless steel piping and flanges shall be one-piece. Cutting of stainless steel pipe shall not be allowed. 4. The Contractor shall cut the pipe and bevel the end, as necessary, to provide the correct length of pipe necessary for installing the fittings, valves, accessories and closure pieces in the correct location. Only push-on or mechanical joint pipe shall be cut. G. Valve and Fitting installation 1. Prior to installation, valves shall be inspected for direction of opening, number of turns to open, freedom of operation, tightness of pressure containing bolting and test plugs, cleanliness of valve ports especially seating surfaces, handling damage and cracks. Defective valves shall be corrected or held for inspection by the Engineer. Valves shall be closed prior to installation. 2. Valves, fittings, plugs and caps shall be set and joined to the pipe in the manner specified in this Section for cleaning, laying, and joining pipe. 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-15 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories 1111 3. In no case shall valves be used to bring misaligned pipe into alignment during installation. Pipe shall be supported in such a manner as to prevent stress on the valve. H. Service Connections 1. Install wyes or tees in locations designated by the Engineer for future connection of service lines. Plug the branch of the wye or tee. Record the location of fittings installed on a copy of the Control Drawings to be submitted as Record Drawings. 2. Lateral Connections made to the sewer prior to backfilling shall be laid on a slope not exceeding 2 feet vertical to 1 foot horizontal, and not less than 1/8 inch per foot, in such a manner that the lateral shall have a solid bearing on undisturbed earth as stipulated for pipe sewers. The lateral shall make such a horizontal angle with the sewer line that a proper connection with the wye or tee branch or slant is obtained without trimming the pipe and with no danger of jointing material being forced into the sewer. All laterals shall be closed by means of suitable stoppers or end caps. 3. Wye or tee branches shall be installed so that the lower lip of the branch is not more than 2 inches below the outside top of the pipe. Tees shall not be • installed with the branch vertical. After installation, wye or tee branches shall not be covered with backfill until the determination and record has been made of the locations of each with reference to the nearest manhole downstream and the direction in which the wye faces. 4. All laterals shall be properly marked at the point where the laterals terminate with PVC pipe painted green. Additional markings shall be stamped on the curb or marked on the edge of pavement with an approved permanent marker capable of being located by a magnetic locator, such as a nail with cap, if no curb is present. 3.07 Manhole and Precast Concrete Product Construction A. Construct manholes as shown on the Drawings. B. Precast Concrete: Handle sections carefully to prevent cracking or chipping. Provide uniform bedding of the bottom section to prevent uneven loading. Install gaskets and joint sealants in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to produce a watertight structure. C. Brick: Bed the bottom and sides of every brick in mortar. Apply a smooth coat of mortar, 3/4-inch thick, on the inside and outside. 1111 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730- 16 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories D. Pipe Connections: All pipes shall be connected to precast concrete manholes by a II) rubber boot provided in a cored or precast hole of the proper diameter. All boot connections shall be grouted in from the outside of the structure prior to backfilling. E. Inverts: Form channels as shown on the Drawings, rounded, and troweled smooth. Maintain consistent grade through the invert. F. Top Elevations: Build manholes outside of paved areas to 18-inches above finished grade unless otherwise shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer. Build manholes in paved areas to existing grades. G. Drop Connections: Manholes requiring drop connections are shown on the Drawings. Construct drop connections of the same materials as the upstream sewer and in accordance with the details shown on the Drawings. H. Frames and Covers: Unless frame and cover is at grade, the frame shall be cast into the cone section. I. Seal all manhole joints and lift holes, both inside and out, with grout. Between precast sections, this is in addition to joint sealant. J. Invert Elevations: The invert elevations shown on the Drawings shall be for the invert at the centerline of the precast concrete manhole. Prior to setting the laser or other vertical alignment control system for the sewer upstream of the manhole, the Contractor shall verify the elevation of the sewer installed at the manhole. Should the elevation differ from that shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall take the following corrective action: 1. If the sewer is laid at negative grade, the Contractor shall remove and reinstall the sewer at the correct grade at no additional cost to the Owner. 2. If the sewer is laid at a grade less than that shown on the Drawings, thus reducing the sewer's capacity, the Owner may require the sewer to be removed and relaid at the correct grade at no additional cost to the Owner. As a minimum,the grade to the next upstream manhole shall be adjusted such that the next upstream manhole shall be set at the correct elevation. 3. If the sewer is laid at a grade greater than that shown on the Drawings, and if the Contractor can show that there are no conflicts with upstream existing utilities or obstructions, the Contractor shall adjust the grade of the next upstream manhole such that the next upstream manhole shall be set at the correct elevation. If such an adjustment, in the Engineer's opinion, is substantial, the grade adjustment shall be spread over multiple sections of the sewer. If such an adjustment, in the Owner's opinion, significantly reduces the sewer's capacity, the Owner may require the Contractor to 1111 remove and relay that portion of the sewer laid at the improper grade. 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-17 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories • K. Manholes shall be constructed such that their walls are plumb. L. Top Elevations: Build precast concrete structures above finished grade as required to daylight drains provided for floor doors. M. Seal all manhole joints and lift holes, both inside and out, with grout. Between precast sections, this is in addition to joint sealant. 3.08 Concrete Collars Provide concrete collars as required or shown on the Drawings. 3.09 Detection Tape and Tracer Wire A. Detection tape shall be provided over all buried piping. Tracing wire shall be provided over all buried non-metallic piping. B. Detection tape shall be installed along the centerline of the pipe at a depth of 12 to 24 inches. C. Tracing wire shall be installed on all buried non-metallic piping and service • laterals from the main to the meter or junction, and provide continuous conductivity. Area markers shall be at least every 500' with tracer wire attached, unless a structure, fire hydrant and/or air release valve are available. On structures, the tracing wire lead shall be 5' minimum length and securely attached to the inside of the lid. On laterals, the tracing wire shall terminate inside the meter box or junction box if available. Where laterals connect to mains and no junction box or meter box is available, the wire shall be joined securely together with a waterproof direct bury connector or splice. Connectors and/or splices shall be approved by the Engineer. The connectors or splices shall be wrapped with rubberized insulation tape that shall completely cover all areas of the connector or splice. The wire shall maintain electrical continuity through all connectors and splices. Tracing wire will be installed on all non-buried metallic piping and service laterals directly on top of the pipe. Tracing wire shall be securely fastened a minimum of 6-inches above ground to fire hydrants, above/below ground valves, and valve covers. The wire shall be secured to the pipe with tape or other acceptable methods at spacings of no more than 36" apart. This tracing wire system shall be checked and tested by the contractor, in the presence of the Engineer, prior to acceptance of the installation. All equipment, meters, detectors, etc., needed for testing the tracer wire shall be furnished by the Contractor. • 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730- 18 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories 3.10 Constructing Within Structures • A. Proper and suitable tools and appliances for safe and convenient handling and laying of pipe and fittings shall be used. Any damage shall be remedied as directed by the Engineer. B. All pipe and fittings shall be carefully examined by the Contractor for defects just before installing and no pipe or fitting shall be installed if it is defective. If any defective pipe or fitting is discovered after having been installed, it shall be removed and replaced in a satisfactory manner with a sound pipe or fitting by the Contractor at Contractor's own expense. C. All pipes and fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before they are installed and shall be kept dean until they are used in the completed work. Open ends of pipe shall be kept plugged with a bulkhead during construction. D. All elbows, tees, brackets, crosses, and reducers in pressure piping systems shall be adequately restrained against thrust. E. Wall pipe and wall sleeves shall be constructed when the wall or slab is constructed. Blocking out or breaking of the wall for later installation shall not be permitted. F. All piping shall be installed in place without springing or forcing. G. Exposedpolyvinyl chloride piping shall be supported as shown on the Drawings. p 3.11 Valve and Gauge Installation A. All valves and appurtenances shall be installed in the locations shown on the Drawings, true to alignment and properly supported. Any damage to the above items shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer before they are installed. B. Buried flanged or mechanical joints shall be made with cadmium plated bolts. All exposed bolts shall be made with cadmium plated bolts. All exposed bolts and nuts shall be heavily coated with two coats of bituminous paint. C. Prior to the installation of sleeve type couplings, the pipe ends shall be cleaned thoroughly for a distance of 8-inches. Soapy water may be used as a gasket lubricant. A follower and gasket, in that order, shall be slipped over each pipe to a distance of about 6-inches from the end, and the middle ring shall be placed on the already laid pipe end until it is properly centered over the joint. The other pipe end shall be inserted into the middle ring and brought to proper position in relation to the pipe already laid. The gaskets and followers shall then be pressed evenly and firmly into the middle ring flares. After the bolts have been inserted and all nuts have been made-up finger-tight, diametrically opposite nuts shall be progressively and uniformly tightened all around the joint, preferably by use of a torque wrench of the appropriate size and torque for the bolts. D. All gauges shall be installed with a stainless steel isolation valve to allow removal • while pressure pipe remains in service. Isolation valve shall be treaded or flanged 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730- 19 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories IIIas required to connect to pressure piping and gauge. 3.12 Surface Preparation and Shop Painting Ferrous surfaces of valves and appurtenances shall receive a coating of rust- inhibitive primer compatible with the finish paint specified by the manufacturer. 3.13 Field Painting All metal valves and appurtenances specified herein and exposed to view shall be painted as part of the work in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 3.14 Inspection and Testing A. Clean and test lines before requesting final acceptance. Where any obstruction is met, clean the sewers by means of rods, swabs, or other instruments. When requested by the Engineer, flush out lines and manholes before final inspection. B. Gravity Sewer Testing: Pipe lines shall be straight and show a uniform grade between manholes. Correct any discrepancies discovered during inspection. Testing shall be performed by the Contractor prior to making connections to the existing City sanitary sewer systems. • 1. Infiltration Tests: Use only when groundwater is above the invert of the pipe. a. Install suitable weirs in manholes selected by the Engineer to determine the leakage of ground water into the sewer. Measure leakage only when all visible leaks have been repaired. If leakage in any section of the sewer line exceeds 100 gpd/inch diameter/mile, locate and repair leaks. Repair methods must be approved by the Engineer. After repairs are completed, re-test for leakage. b. Furnish, install, and remove the necessary weirs, plugs, and bulkheads required to perform the leakage tests. 2. Exfiltration Tests: Choose one of the following when groundwater is below the invert of the pipe. a. Test pipe between manholes with a minimum of 3 feet hydrostatic pressure, measured at the top of the pipe at the upstream manhole. b. The ends of the pipe in the test section shall be closed with suitable watertight bulkheads. Inserted into the top of each bulkhead shall be a 2-inch pipe nipple with an elbow. At the upper end of the test section, a • 12-inch riser pipe shall be connected to the 2-inch nipple. The test section of pipe shall be filled through the pipe connection in the lower 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-20 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories bulkhead which shall be fitted with a valve, until all air is exhausted and • until water overflows the riser pipe at the upper end. Water may be introduced into the pipe 24 hours prior to the test period to allow complete saturation. House service lines, if installed, shall also be fitted with suitable bulkheads having provisions for the release of air while the test section is being filled with water. c. During the test period, which shall extend over a period of three days, water shall be introduced into the riser pipe from measured containers at such intervals as are necessary to maintain the water level at the top of the riser pipe. The total volume of water added during the test period shall not exceed that specified for infiltration. 3. Deflection Test a. Test PVC gravity sewer for excessive deflection by passing a mandrel through the pipe. Deflection of the pipe shall not exceed the following: Nominal Maximum Pipe Diameter Allowable Deflection < 12-inches 5% 4111 15 to 30-inches 4% >30-inches 3% b. The mandrel size shall be based upon the maximum possible inside diameter for the type of pipe being tested, taking into account the allowable manufacturing tolerances of the pipe. The mandrel shall have an odd number of legs, or vanes, with a quantity of such equal to or greater than nine. The legs of the mandrel shall be permanently attached to the mandrel. A mandrel with variable sizes shall not be allowed. The mandrel shall be constructed of steel aluminum or other material approved by the Engineer, and shall have sufficient rigidity so the legs of the mandrel will not deform when pulling through a pipe. The mandrel dimensions shall be checked by the Engineer before use by the Contractor. c. Excavate and install properly any section of pipe not passing this test. Re-test until results are satisfactory. d. This test shall be performed within the first 30 days of installation and during final inspection, at the completion of this contract. • 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-21 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories • 3.15 Protection and Restoration of Work Area A. General: Return all items and all areas disturbed, directly or indirectly by work under these Specifications, to their original condition or better, as quickly as possible after work is started. 1. The Contractor shall plan, coordinate, and prosecute the work such that disruption to personal property and business is held to a practical minimum. 2. All construction areas abutting lawns and yards of residential or commercial property shall be restored promptly. Backfilling of underground facilities, ditches, and disturbed areas shall be accomplished on a daily basis as work is completed. Finishing, dressing, and grassing shall be accomplished immediately thereafter, as a continuous operation within each area being constructed and with emphasis placed on completing each individual yard or business frontage. Care shall be taken to provide positive drainage to avoid ponding or concentration of runoff. 3. Handwork, including raking and smoothing, shall be required to ensure that the removal of roots, sticks, rocks, and other debris is removed in order to provide a neat and pleasing appearance. • 4. The Department of Transportation's engineer shall be authorized to stop all work by the Contractor when restoration and cleanup are unsatisfactory and to require appropriate remedial measures. B. Man-Made Improvements: Protect, or remove and replace with the Engineer's approval, all fences, walkways, mail boxes, pipe lines, drain culverts, power and telephone lines and cables, property pins and other improvements that may be encountered in the work. C. Cultivated Growth: Do not disturb cultivated trees or shrubbery unless approved by the Engineer. Any such trees or shrubbery which must be removed shall be heeled in and replanted under the direction of an experienced nurseryman. D. Cutting of Trees: Do not cut trees for the performance of the work except as absolutely necessary. Protect trees that remain in the vicinity of the work from damage from equipment. Do not store spoil from excavation against the trunks. Remove excavated material stored over the root system of trees within 30 days to allow proper natural watering of the root system. Repair any damaged tree over 3-inches in diameter, not to be removed, under the direction of an experienced nurseryman. All trees and brush that require removal shall be promptly and completely removed from the work area and disposed of by the Contractor. No stumps, wood piles, or trash piles will be permitted on the work site. 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 02730-22 Pressure and Gravity Sewers and Accessories E. Disposal of Rubbish: Dispose of all materials cleared and grubbed during the • construction of the project in accordance with the applicable codes and rules of the appropriate county, state and federal regulatory agencies. F. Swamps and Other Wetlands 1. The Contractor shall not construct permanent roadbeds, berms, drainage structures or any other structures which alter the original topographic features within the easement. 2. All temporary construction or alterations to the original topography will incorporate measures to prevent erosion into the surrounding swamp or wetland. All areas within the easement shall be returned to their original topographic condition as soon as possible after work is completed in the area. All materials of construction and other non-native materials shall be disposed by the Contractor. 3. The Contractor shall provide temporary culverts or other drainage structures, as necessary, to permit the free migration of water between portions of a swamp, wetland or stream which may be temporarily divided by construction. 4. The Contractor shall not spread, discharge or dump any fuel oil, gasoline, • pesticide, or any other pollutant to adjacent swamps or wetlands. END OF SECTION 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02730 Section 02748 HDPE Fabrication Part 1 General 1.01 Scope This Section covers the materials and fabrication of HDPE structures used for stormwater, wastewater, and condensate sumps and manholes. Manholes, wet wells and valve pits shall be fabricated from HDPE material. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. The products shall contain no recycled compound except that which is generated in the manufacturer's own plant from the same raw material. The products shall be homogenous throughout and free of visible cracks, holes, foreign inclusions or other deleterious defects, and shall be identifiable in color, density, and other physical properties throughout. The manufacturer shall provide certification that the products produced are represented by the quality assurance data. B. Products shall be constructed by a fabricator or manufacturer with at least five years experience in the construction of products similar to those being provided. 1.03 Submittal Requirements • A. Submittals on fabricated products shall be clearly marked as to what is being provided. The Contractor shall submit fabricator's shop drawings with the following information on each product provided: 1. Indicate compliance with applicable ASTM Standard. 2. Unit weight of material. 3. Physical dimensions including material thickness. 4. Method of joining. 5. Recommended bedding and installation details. 6. Anti-flotation anchor requirements. The information above is the minimum required. The fabricator shall submit additional information necessary to define unique characteristics of the products provided. . B. Manufacturer's certificate of compliance. The Engineer requires certified lab data from the manufacturer to verify the physical properties of the materials supplied 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02748 02748-2 HDPE Fabrication under this specification and Engineer, at his own expense, may take random 411 samples for testing by an independent laboratory. C. Pipe work in structures shall be detailed by the Contractor to conform to the general arrangement shown on the plans and to fit the equipment to be provided. Shop drawings of pipe layout and equipment shall be submitted to the Engineer and approved prior to installation. D. HDPE Manholes and Structures: The manufacturer shall submit shop drawings on all HDPE manholes and structures. The shop drawings shall be stamped by an engineer registered in the State of Georgia. Part 2 Products 2.01 HDPE Manholes and Structures A. The structures shall be made of high density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material meeting the requirements of Class 345464C as defined in ASTM D 3350 Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Molding Pipe and Fittings Materials. B. Material shall be joined by the extrusion weld method or the butt fusion method in • strict accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The equipment used in the joining procedures shall be capable of meeting all conditions of the pipe or plate material manufacturer. C. Products shall have HDPE pipe penetrations and stub-outs for flange or butt fusion connections as shown on the Drawings. Stub-outs and penetrations other than those made from standard tees or other fittings shall be extrusion welded to the wall of the structure along with gusset plates as shown on the detail Drawings. All stub-outs and penetrations inside and outside shall be installed by the manufacturer or fabricator. D. Structures shall be designed by the manufacturer for all loading conditions resulting from dead and live loads as well as loading conditions resulting from transportation, installation, or flotation. E. The manhole and base shall be of sufficient thickness to withstand the installed height in compacted soil. • • 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02748 02748-3 HDPE Fabrication • Part 3 Execution 3.01 Installation Fabricated products shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as shown on the Drawings. 3.02 Inspection and Acceptance A. All work shall be subject to inspection and approval prior to final acceptance. Final acceptance shall be contingent upon the following: 1. The Owner accepts HDPE structures when the installation is finished, all testing results are satisfactory, installation documentation and site inspection is completed, and structures have been flushed. Structures shall be tested in accordance with Section 02601. 2. The Contractor shall clean by flushing with water all HDPE structures. Structures shall be flushed until completely free of debris. The Contractor shall recover and remove all debris from system and dispose of in an environmentally safe manner. • 3. Final clean-up shall meet the approval of the Engineer and the Owner. END OF SECTION • 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02748 02748-4 HDPE Fabrication THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. S • 10/12/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02748 Section 02776 Geomembranes • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. This Section includes the work required to furnish and install polyethylene geomembrane lining system where shown on the Drawings. All work shall be performed in strict accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, the Owner's Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan, and the methods approved by the geomembrane manufacturer. B. Sufficient geomembrane material shall be provided to cover all areas as shown on the Drawings, including overlaps at seams and anchor trenches. C. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that the geomembrane is installed without any known defect and in intimate contact with the underlying liner base. 1.02 Applicable Publications and Standards American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM Publications) • ASTM D 792 Standard Test Method for Density and Specific Gravity of Plastics by Displacement ASTM D 1004 Standard Test Method for Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting ASTM D 1505 Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density- Grad ient Technique ASTM D 3895 Standard Test Method for Oxidative Induction Time of Polyolefins by Differential Scanning Calorimetry ASTM D 4218 Standard Test Method for Determination of Carbon Black Content in Polyethylene Compounds by Muffle-Furnace Technique ASTM D 4437 Standard Practice for Non-Destructive Testing for Determining the Integrity for Seams Used in Joining Flexible Polymeric Sheet Geomembranes ASTM D 4833 Standard Test Method for Index Puncture Resistance of Geomembranes and Related Products • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776-2 Geomembranes ASTM D 5721 Standard Practice Air-Oven Aging of Polyolefin Geomembranes II! ASTM D 5820 Standard Practice for Pressurized Air Channel Evaluation of Dual Seamed Geomembranes ASTM D 5885 Standard Test Method for Oxidative Induction Time of Polyolefin Geosynthetics by High Pressure Differential Scanning Calorimetry ASTM D 5994 Standard Test Method for Measuring Core Thickness of Textured Geomembranes ASTM D 7466 Standard Test Method for Measuring the Asperity Height of Textured Geomembranes Geosynthetic Research Institute (GRI Standards) GRI-GM13 Standard Specification for Test Methods, Testing Properties and Testing Frequency for HDPE Smooth and Textured Geomembranes GRI-GM19 Standard Specification for Seam Strength and Related Properties of Thermally Bonded Polyolefin Geomembranes 41, 1.03 Submittals A. Initial Submittal Data 1. Contractor shall submit product data for the geomembrane product proposed for use on this project. The product data shall include information from the manufacturer on product characteristics including certification that the liner meets the requirements of Tables 1 and 2 of this Section. 2. Contractor shall submit information on the proposed geomembrane installer including experience and confirmation that they are approved by the manufacturer. B. Manufacturers Quality Certification Data Once the initial submittal data has been reviewed and determined acceptable by the Engineer,the Contractor shall submit the following: 1. A statement identifying the resin supplier, resin properties, resin production plant, resin brand name, and resin production date. Resin properties must • meet the requirements of Table 1. The resin material shall be virgin material 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776-3 Geomembranes • with no more than 10 percent rework. No post consumer resin of any type shall be added to the formulation. 2. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer roll numbers, roll dimension data and resin batch identifications for the geomembrane that is scheduled for use on this project. 3. Contractor shall utilize the services of a testing laboratory approved by the Engineer to perform the MQC tests at the frequency outlined in Table 2 of this Section. MQC certificates for each roll reporting the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to conformance testing. C. Contractors Quality Conformance Data: Once the MQC submittal data has been reviewed and determined acceptable by the Engineer, the Engineer will obtain samples of geomembrane materials prior to installation. These samples, at least one per 100,000 square feet of each material, will be submitted for conformance testing at a laboratory selected by, and paid by, the Owner. Geomembrane conformance tests shall be those listed in Table 2, with the exception of Stress Crack, OIT, Oven Aging, UV Resistance, and Asperity Height. In the event of discrepancies between test results by the Contractor's and the Owner's laboratories, the Owner's laboratory results shall take precedence. • D. Shop Drawings and Other Submittal Data 1. Panel Layout Drawings: The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer panel layout construction drawings. Field welds and panels shall have an appropriate identification system. The manufacturer of the geomembrane used in this work shall approve all shop drawings and the proposed panel layout to cover the area shown on the Drawings. 2. Material Inventory: The Contractor shall also submit to the Engineer inventory tickets, roll numbers or batch identifications, packing papers and invoices for the geomembrane as it arrives at the site. 3. The Contractor shall provide personnel resumes demonstrating compliance with the following requirements: a. A minimum of one field superintendent per shift shall be designated by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. Each field superintendent shall have a minimum of three years and ten million square feet of field experience in installing the type geomembrane to be installed on this project. Any change or replacement of superintendent during the Project must be approved by the Engineer. b. All seam welding technicians shall have a minimum of one year and two million square feet welding experience on the type geomembrane to be 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776-4 Geomembranes installed on this project. c. Personnel names must be logged daily to correlate field seaming log records with appropriate approved technicians and superintendents. Part 2 Products 2.01 HDPE Geomembrane Liner A. The geomembrane shall be HDPE material manufactured of new, first-quality products designed and manufactured for the purpose of containment of municipal solid waste landfills. B. The geomembrane shall be so produced as to be free of holes, blisters, undisbursed raw materials or any sign of contamination by foreign matter. Any such defects shall be repaired in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The Engineer may reject all or portions of units (or rolls) of liner if significant quantities of production flaws are observed. C. The geomembrane rolls shall meet the material properties as specified in Table 2. Only the rolls as certified under the MQC/ CQC process detailed in Part 1 shall be approved for use on this project. 2.02 Shipment and Storage • p A. The geomembrane shall be shipped in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. Folded or otherwise creased liner will not be accepted. Each geomembrane roll shall be marked and tagged with the following information: 1. Manufacturer's name and date manufactured 2. Product identification 3. Lot number or batch number 4. Roll number 5. Roll dimensions and weight 6. Manufacturer's Inspector B. Geomembrane which have been delivered to the Project site shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. C. Care shall be taken to keep the materials clean and free from debris prior to 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776-5 Geomembranes • installation. D. Any geomembrane not properly stored on the Project site may be rejected by the Engineer. Part 3 Execution 3.01 Pre-construction Conference A geomembrane pre-construction conference will be held prior to installation of the geomembrane. The Contractor, geomembrane installer, Engineer and the Owner shall be in attendance. The testing of welds, characteristics of "good" welds, and repair procedures will be discussed and agreed upon at the pre-construction conference. General installation and quality control procedures, installation details, and lines of communication will also be discussed. 3.02 Liner Base Preparation A. Geomembrane installation shall not begin until the liner base has been prepared in accordance with Section 02200 of these Specifications. No rubber tired vehicles, except small recreational all terrain vehicles (ATV) approved by the Engineer, are permitted on final dressed surfaces unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. • B. The surface on which the geomembrane is to be placed shall be maintained in a firm, clean, dry and smooth condition during liner installation. The geomembrane installer shall certify in writing that the surface on which the geomembrane is to be installed is acceptable before commencing work. This certification of acceptance shall be given to the Engineer prior to commencement of installation in the area under consideration. 3.03 Installation A. Geomembrane liner shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and the requirements of these Specifications in the areas shown on the Drawings. B. No horizontal seams are allowed on a slope or within five feet of the crest or toe of the slope. A "slope" for the purpose of this requirement is defined as any area with a slope greater than 10 percent. C. Unroll only those factory-packaged sections which are to be anchored or seamed together in one day. Panels should be positioned with the overlap recommended by the manufacturer, but not less than 3-inches for extension welding and not less 1111 than 6 inches for fusion welding. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776-6 Geomembranes D. After panels are initially in place, remove as many wrinkles as possible. Unroll • several panels and allow the geomembrane to "relax" before beginning field seaming. The purpose of this is to make the edges which are to be bonded as smooth and free of wrinkles as possible. Wrinkles high enough, in the opinion of the Engineer, to fold over when covered shall be repaired to the satisfaction of the Engineer. E. Once panels are in-place and smooth, commence field seaming operations. Sandbags or other temporary weights shall be used as necessary to secure the geomembrane until construction, including leachate collection layer, is complete. F. No support equipment used by any contractor shall be allowed on the geomembrane. Personnel working on the geomembrane shall not smoke, wear damaging shoes or engage in any activity which damages the geomembrane. G. Damaged and sample coupon areas of geomembrane shall be repaired by the Contractor. Repaired areas will be tested for seam integrity by the Contractor. Damaged materials are the property of the Contractor and will be removed from the site at the Contractor's expense. H. The Contractor shall direct surface water away from the geomembrane edges, openings, and incomplete seams. Any water flow under the geomembrane shall be removed and the liner base repaired. I. The liner shall be kept clean until placement of the protective cover. Any ponded water or sediment shall be completely removed by the Contractor. 3.04 Field Seaming A. General 1. All foreign matter (dirt, water, oil, etc.) shall be removed from the area to be seamed. If the seam is to be bonded by the extrusion process, the bonding surfaces must be thoroughly cleaned by mechanical abrasion as recommended by the manufacturer to remove surface cure and prepare the surfaces for bonding. No solvents shall be used to clean the geomembrane. 2. In general, field seaming should work toward an open liner end in order to minimize cutting and patching of large wrinkles that become trapped. Seams shall be located in substantial accordance to the pre-construction panel layout drawing. When seaming the side slopes, seaming shall start at the crest of the slope and work down the slope. Tack welds, if used, shall use heat only; no double-sided tape, glue or other method will be permitted. The geomembrane shall be seamed completely to the ends of all panels to minimize the potential of tear propagation along the seam. Seaming of the • bottom geomembrane to the sidewall geomembrane shall be conducted 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776-7 Geomembranes • when conditions minimize thermal expansion effects. The completed geomembrane shall not exhibit "trampolining" or "bridging" and shall be in full contact with the underlying liner base. 3. At the end of each day or installation segment, the geomembrane, including unseamed edges and unpatched openings, shall be anchored and secured against damage by wind, rain or other effects of weather. All unseamed edges shall be anchored by sand bags or other approved devices as necessary. Sand bags securing the geomembrane on the side slopes should, if necessary, be connected, by a rope fastened at the top of the slope by a temporary anchor. Staples, U-shaped rods or other penetrating anchors shall not be used to secure the geomembrane. The methodology and execution of temporary anchoring and protection of the geomembrane is fully the responsibility of the Contractor. Any material or liner base damaged as the result of weather effects shall be repaired or replaced at no cost to the Owner. 4. The Contractor shall keep surface water runoff from beneath the geomembrane at all times during construction. The Contractor's panel placement and seam welding technique and welding schedule shall minimize or eliminate the accumulation of water beneath the geomembrane. Any water found ponded beneath the geomembrane after • the geomembrane has been installed shall be removed by the Contractor. Any liner base beneath installed geomembrane that, in the opinion of the CQA Engineer, has become excessively moist, soft or unsuitable to perform its intended function shall be replaced at no cost to the Owner. 5. After field seaming is complete in a given area, geomembrane edges in the anchor trench should be buried. Do not bury the geomembrane edge in the anchor trench within 30 feet of an incomplete or unbonded field seam. Final backfilling of anchor trench shall be coordinated with leachate collection layer placement. B. Methods 1. Field seaming may be accomplished through extrusion or fusion welding or a combination of these methods. Solvent welding is not acceptable. The Engineer reserves the right to reject any proposed seaming method believed unacceptable. 2. Extrusion welding shall apply a molten bead of HDPE extrudate to preheated sheets of geomembrane. The molten bead shall cause the surfaces of the geomembrane to melt, after which the entire mass cools and bonds together. i 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776-8 Geomembranes 3. The fusion welding process shall heat the area to be joined to the melting point and then shall apply pressure to join the melted surfaces. 4. The sheets to be joined shall be overlapped at least 3-inches for extrusion welding and at least 4-inches for fusion welding after the necessary aligning and cutting. 5. In general, seams shall be oriented parallel to the line of maximum slope, i.e., oriented up and down, not across, the slope. Where seams are oriented across a slope, the upgradient panel shall overlap the downgradient panel unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. In corners and odd shaped geometric locations,the number of field seams should be minimized. 6. No horizontal seams shall be located on a slope or within five feet of the toe or crest of the slope. 7. The panel layout within the leachate sump area shall be adjusted to require the minimum number of seams. If possible, the entire floor area of the sump shall be one continuous sheet with no seams. 8. No seaming shall be attempted above 40°C (104 °F) ambient air temperature. Below 5 °C (41 °F) ambient air temperature, preheating of the geomembrane may be required. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to demonstrate that conditions are favorable for seaming by acceptable test seams which duplicate, as closely as possible, actual field conditions. Preheating may be achieved by natural and/or artificial means (shelters and heating devices). 9. A moveable protective layer of plastic may be placed directly below each overlap of geomembrane that is to be seamed. This is to prevent any moisture build-up between the sheets to be welded. No material may be left between the geomembrane and the liner base material. 10. Seaming shall extend to the outside edge of panels to be placed in anchor trenches. 11. A firm substrata may be provided by using a flat board, a conveyor belt, or similar hard surface directly under the seam overlap to achieve proper support for seaming devices. No material may be left between the geomembrane and the liner base material. 12. Grinding prior to welding shall be performed as recommended by the geomembrane manufacturer and shall be done perpendicular to the sheet edge. Overground or improperly ground areas shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776-9 Geomembranes • 13. No folds, wrinkles or "fish-mouths" shall be allowed within the seam area. Where wrinkles or folds occur, the material shall be cut, overlapped and an extrusion-weld shall be applied. During wrinkle or fold repairs, adjacent geomembrane may not necessarily be required to meet the minimum overlap, if approved by the Engineer. All welds on completion of the work shall be tightly bonded and sealed. 3.05 Inspection and Testing of HDPE Geomembrane Seams A. General: A quality control technician, employed by the Engineer, shall inspect each sheet and seam. Any area showing a defect shall be marked and repaired in accordance with repair procedures as specified in Article 3.06 of this Section. B. Test Seams by Contractor: Test seams shall be made on fragment pieces of geomembrane to verify that seaming conditions are adequate. Such test seams will be made prior to field seaming at the beginning of each seaming period and at least twice per day, for each seaming apparatus used that day. Also, each seaming technician will make at least one test seam each day worked. 1. The test seam sample shall be at least 5 feet long by 1 foot wide with the seam centered lengthwise. Six adjoining specimens 1-inch wide each shall be die cut from the test seam sample. These specimens, which shall be • tested with a tensiometer in the field for shear (three samples) and peel (three samples) by the Contractor and witnessed by the Engineer, shall not fail. If a test seam sample fails in either shear or peel, the entire operation will be repeated. If the additional test seam fails, the seaming apparatus and seamer shall be rejected and shall not be used for seaming until the deficiencies are corrected and two consecutive successful full test seams are achieved. Test seam failure is defined as failure of any one of the specimens tested in shear or peel. 2. The Engineer will observe all test seam procedures. The remainder of the successful test seam sample will be assigned a number and marked accordingly by the Engineer. The Engineer will also log the date, hour, ambient temperature, number of seaming unit, name of seamer and pass or fail description. At least one tested specimen from each test as selected by the Engineer will be retained by the Engineer. 3. The criteria for determining a passing test seam is described in Article 3.05, Paragraph C.4.f. No field measurements for strain will be required. C. Field Seams 1. General: Both fusion and extrusion field seams shall be tested by the • Contractor over their entire length using non-destructive techniques and at specified intervals using destructive tests. The Contractor shall perform all 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776- 10 Geomembranes pressure and vacuum testing under the observation of the Engineer. 4111 2. Non-Destructive Testing by Contractor a. Single Weld Seams: The Contractor shall maintain and use equipment and personnel at the site to perform continuous vacuum box testing on all single weld field seams in accordance with ASTM D 4437 and ASTM D 5641. The system shall be capable of applying a vacuum of at least 5 psi. The vacuum of approximately 5 psi shall be held for a minimum of 15 seconds for each section of seam. If no bubbles appear after 15 seconds, the vacuum box shall be moved over the next adjoining area with a minimum 3-inch overlap. This process shall be repeated until the seam is completely tested. All areas where soap bubbles appear shall be marked and repaired. b. Double Weld Seams: The Contractor shall maintain and use equipment and personnel to perform air pressure testing of all double weld seams. The system shall be capable of applying a pressure of at least 30 psi for not less than five minutes. Pressure loss tests shall be conducted in accordance with the procedures outlined in ASTM D 5820. Following a two minute pressurized stabilization period, pressure losses over a measurement period of five minutes shall not exceed 4 psi. If the channel maintains pressure as required, the opposite end of the channel should be cut to confirm the length of seam that has passed the test. 4110 Should the pressure not stabilize or the loss of pressure be more than allowed, the Contractor should locate the faulty area and repair the seam. All repaired areas should be re-tested. 3. Destructive Testing by the Contractor a. The Contractor shall obtain seam samples from locations selected by the Engineer. The Contractor shall complete field destructive tests on a portion of each sample. If the Contractor's test indicates that the seam meets this specification, the Engineer shall conduct a laboratory destructive test. b. Laboratory destructive testing by the Contractor is not required, but may be performed at the Contractor's option. c. The Engineer shall observe all seam field test procedures. The remainder of the successful seam sample will be assigned a number and marked accordingly by the Engineer, who will also log the date, seam number, approximate location in the seam, and field test pass-or-fail description, if applicable. The Engineer shall be responsible for the archive specimen. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776- 11 Geomembranes • 4. Destructive Testing by Engineer a. Destructive testing will be performed on an average of every 500 linear feet of field seam, or more frequently if deemed necessary by the Engineer.A field seam weld is defined as an extrusion or fusion weld that permanently bonds two pieces of geomembrane material. Rain flaps are considered temporary and are not counted for purposes of this requirement. The locations will be selected by the Engineer. Sufficient size samples will be obtained by the Contractor to provide one sample to the Owner's archive, one sample to the Engineer for laboratory testing, and one or two samples to be retained by the Contractor for field testing and, at the Contractor's option, laboratory testing. b. Testing requirements are as follows: Each sample shall be large enough to test five specimens in peel and five specimens in shear, except that five peel specimens are required for each track of a double track fusion seam. Test results will be compared to the criteria in Article 3.05, Paragraph C.4.f. Four of the five specimen test results must meet the criteria in Article 3.05, Paragraphs C.4.f.ii. for the seam to be considered a passing seam. If the average of the five specimens is adequate, but one of the specimens is below the specified minimum average, values for this one specimen must be at least 80 percent of the specified • minimum average value required for the seam. All samples should fail in film tear bond. c. If unresolved discrepancies exist between the Engineer's and Contractor's test results, the archived sample may be tested by the Engineer. The Engineer's test results shall take precedence in any discrepancy. d. Samples which do not pass either the shear or peel tests will be re-sampled from locations at least 10 feet on each side of the original location. These two re-test samples must pass both shear and peel testing. If these two samples do not pass, then additional samples will be obtained at 10 foot intervals until the questionable seam area is defined. e. Tests shall be conducted in peel and shear using a tensiometer. No strain measurements from field tests of seams will be required. f. The criteria for determining a passing welded seam shall be: i. Failure is by Film Tear Bond (FTB), and • ii. Shear strength, shear elongation at break, peel strength and peel separation for the seam is in accordance with Table 1(a) of GRI- 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776- 12 Geomembranes GM19. 3.06 Repair of Damaged and Sampled Areas A. Seam and non-seam areas of the geomembrane will be evaluated by the Contractor and the Engineer for identification of defects, holes, blisters, undispersed raw materials, and signs of contamination by foreign matter. B. Each suspect location, both in seam and non-seam areas, will be non-destructively tested. Each location, which fails the non-destructive testing, will be marked and repaired by the Contractor. C. Repair procedures will vary depending on the type damage found but shall be in general accordance with the following: 1. Defective seams will be repaired by cap-strip reconstruction. 2. Small tears or holes will be repaired by patching. 3. Pinholes will be repaired by patching. 4. Blisters, larger holes, undispersed raw materials, and contamination by foreign matter will be repaired by patching. 5. All panel intersections of three or more panels will be covered by a patch. • 6. Patches shall be geomembrane round or oval in shape and extend a minimum of six inches beyond all edges of the defect. Patches will be applied using the approved method as required in these specifications. 7. All seams made in repairing defects will be subjected to the same non- destructive test procedures as outlined for all other seams. Additionally, repair seaming is subject to the same destructive testing frequency as a panel or production seam. D. Seam sections which need repair due to failing destructive test results, overheating, and burn holes shall be reconstructed by cap-stripping with geomembrane. Cap- stripping involves applying a strip of geomembrane, a minimum distance of six inches on all sides of the defective seams, and seaming it to the sheet material by extrusion welding. 3.07 Acceptance A. Geomembrane Lining System Acceptance: The Contractor shall retain ownership and responsibility for the geomembrane lining system until acceptance by the Owner and Georgia EPD. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776- 13 Geomembranes • B. Acceptance of the geomembrane lining system shall be based on, but not limited to: 1. The installation being complete as determined by the Engineer; 2. Verification of the adequacy of all seams and repairs, including associated testing, is complete; 3. All documentation of installation is completed, including all reports; 4. The Contractor provides the Owner with record drawings of the panel layout and seam locations with reference numbers for test locations. 5. The Contractor provides written certification that the installation was in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, the CQA Plan and these Specifications. 6. All test results and documentation has been reviewed, accepted and approved by the Georgia EPD. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776- 14 Geomembranes • TABLE 1 HDPE RESIN PROPERTIES Resin Requirements Method Units Smooth Textured 30-120 mil 30-120 mil Melt Index ASTM D1238 g/10 min <1.0 <1.0 Density ASTM D1505 or ASTM g/cm3 >.932 >.932 D792,Method B 1.The resin manufacturer shall test each batch of resin(200,000 pounds)as specified above. 2.The geomembrane manufacturer shall independently test the Melt Index and Density of each batch of resin received. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776- 15 Geomembranes • TABLE 2 HDPE GEOMEMBRANE PROPERTY REQUIREMENTS Test Description Method Units Textured QC Test 60 mil Frequency Minimum Thickness ASTM D5199 Mil 60 1 per roll ASTM D5994 Density ASTM D1505 gm/cc 0.940 50,000 ft2 Tensile* ASTM D6693 Yield psi 2,100 50,000 ft2 Break psi 1,500 Elongation @ Yield % 12 Elongation @ Break % 100 Tear Resistance ASTM D1004 lbs 42 50,000 ft2 Puncture ASTM D4833 lbs 90 50,000 ft2 Stress Crack ASTM D5397 hrs 300(2)(3) 180,000 lb Carbon Black Content ASTM D1603(1) % 2-3 50,000 ft2 Carbon Black Dispersion ASTM D5596 90% in Cat 1-2 50,000 ft2 OIT(standard)or ASTM D3895 min 100 200,000 lb OIT(high pressure) ASTM D5885 min 400 200,000 lb Oven Aging(standard)or ASTM D5721 % 55 Per • Oven Aging (high pressure) ASTM D5721 % 80 FormulationPer Formulation UV Resistance(high pressure) GRI GM11 % 50 Per Formulation Asperity Height GRI GM12 mil 10 Every 2nd roll Values have been normalized for gauge. *Tensile properties in both machine and cross-direction. (1) Other methods such as D4218 (muffle furnace) or microwave methods are acceptable if an appropriate correlation to D1603 (tube furnace) can be established. (2) The yield stress used to calculate the applied load for the SP-NCTL test shall be the manufacturer's mean value. (3) P-NCTL test is not appropriate for testing geomembranes with textured or irregular rough surfaces. Test shall be conducted on smooth edges of textured rolls or on smooth sheets made from the same formulation as being used for textured sheet materials. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 02776- 16 Geomembranes 410 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. S 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02776 Section 02778 Geotextiles • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. This Section includes the work required to furnish and install non-woven geotextile where shown within the landfill cell as indicated on the Drawings. All work shall be performed in strict accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, the Owner's Construction Quality Assurance (CQA) Plan, and the methods approved by the geotextile manufacturer. B. Sufficient geotextile material shall be provided to cover all areas as shown on the Drawings, including overlaps and anchor trenches. 1.02 Applicable Publications and Standards American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM Publications) ASTM D 4354 Practice for Sampling Geosynthetics for Testing ASTM D 4355 Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles by Exposure to Light, Moisture and Heat in a Xenon Arc Type • Apparatus ASTM D 4491 Standard Test Method for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity ASTM D 4533 Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles ASTM D 4632 Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles ASTM D 4751 Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile ASTM D 5261 Standard Test Method for Measuring Mass per Unit Area of Geotextiles ASTM D 6241 Standard Test Method for the Static Puncture Strength of Geotextiles Using a 50-mm Probe • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02778 02778-2 Geotexti les Geosynthetic Research Institute (GRI Standards) • GRI-GT12(a) Standard Specification for Test Methods and Properties for Nonwoven Geotextiles used as Protection (or Cushioning) Materials GRI-GT13(a) Standard Specification for Test Methods and Properties for Geotextiles Used as Separation between Subgrade Soil and Aggregate 1.03 Submittals A. Initial Submittal Data: Contractor shall submit product data for the geotextile product proposed for use on this project. The product data shall include information from the manufacturer on product characteristics including certification that the material meets the requirements of Tables 1 or 2 of this Section. B. Manufacturers Quality Certification Data: Once the initial submittal data has been reviewed and determined acceptable by the Engineer, the Contractor shall submit the following: 1. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer roll numbers, roll dimension data 111 and product lot number for the geotextile that is scheduled for use on this project. 2. Contractor shall utilize the services of a testing laboratory approved by the Engineer to perform the MQC tests at the frequency of at least one per 100,000 square feet of each material. MQC certificates for each roll reporting the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to conformance testing. 3. MQC tests shall include at least all of the tests as referenced in Table 1 or 2 of this section. If both cushion and filtration geotextiles are to be installed on this project,then both tables will be applicable. C. Contractors Quality Conformance Data: Once the MQC submittal data has been reviewed and determined acceptable by the Engineer, the Engineer will obtain samples of geotextile materials prior to installation. These samples, at least one per 100,000 square feet of each material, will be submitted for conformance testing at a laboratory selected by, and paid by, the Owner. Geotextile conformance tests shall be as follows. 1. Mass per unit area; 2. Grab tensile strength; 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02778 02778-3 Geotextiles 3. Puncture resistance; 4. Apparent opening size (filter applications only). Test results shall meet the requirements listed in Tables 1 or 2. In the event of discrepancies between test results by the Contractor's and the Owner's laboratories, the Owner's laboratory results shall take precedence. D. Material Inventory:The Contractor shall also submit to the Engineer inventory tickets, roll numbers or batch identifications, packing papers and invoices for the geotextile as it arrives at the site. 1.03 Handling and Storage A. The geotextile shall be shipped in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. The geotextile shall be supplied in rolls wrapped in protective covers and marked or tagged with the following information: 1. Manufacturer's name and date manufactured; 2. Product identification; 3. Lot number or batch number; 4. Roll number; 5. Roll dimensions. B. Geotextile which has been delivered to the Project site shall be stored in accordance with the manufacturer's written recommendations. C. During shipment and storage, care shall be taken to keep the geotextile materials protected from ultraviolet light exposure, precipitation, dirt, mud, dust and damage prior to installation. D. Any geotextile not properly stored on the Project site may be rejected by the Engineer and must be replaced by the Contractor, at no cost to the Owner. Part 2 Products 2.01 Geotextile A. Geotextile shall be a non-woven product meeting the properties listed in Table 1 for filtration applications and Table 2 for cushion applications. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02778 02778-4 Geotextiles B. The geotextile shall be made from polypropylene. • C. Geotextile rolls shall be fifteen feet wide (nominal). Cutting of rolls, if approved by the Engineer,shall be cut by the manufacturer and not field cut. Part 3 Execution 3.01 Installation A. Geotextile panels shall be handled and placed in such a manner as to ensure that they are not damaged and that the deployment process does not damage any underlying layers. B. Geotextile materials shall be weighted with sandbags as appropriate to protect un- rolled materials from wind damage. C. Personnel working on the geotextile shall not smoke, wear damaging shoes, or engage in other activities which could damage the material. Any such damage to the geotextile or other geosynthetic layers resulting from such activities shall be repaired by and at the expense of the Contractor. D. Geotextile panels shall be deployed in such a manner as to minimize wrinkles and folds. 4111 E. Geotextile panels on slopes greater than 10 percent shall extend from the anchor trench to a minimum of five feet beyond the toe of slope without cross seams. F. Minimize slippage of the geotextile and assure that no tensile stress is induced in the material. G. Geotextile shall be cut using only a geotextile cutter approved by the geotextile Manufacturer and the Engineer. Special care shall be taken to protect other geosynthetic materials (if any) from damage which could be caused by the cutting of the geotextile. H. After installation, an examination of the geotextile over the entire surface shall be conducted to ensure that no potentially harmful foreign objects, such as,needles, are present. Any foreign objects so encountered shall be removed by the Contractor, or the geotextile shall be replaced. 3.02 Field Seaming A. Geotextiles may be seamed by overlapping six inches and bonding thermally on a continuous basis or by sewing. Only continuous sewing shall be allowed on slopes steeper than 10 percent. 111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02778 02778-5 Geotextiles • B. If seams are sewn, thread shall be of polymeric material having similar chemical resistance to the geotextile. If the geotextile is to be exposed for more than 30 days, the thread shall have ultraviolet resistance equal to or exceeding that of the geotexti le. C. Thermal bonding of geotextile shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's written requirements. No thermal bonding shall be performed in areas where potentially explosive conditions exist(near areas of an active landfill cell). D. The Contractor shall take measures to prevent soil, granular materials, or foreign materials from entering or becoming trapped beneath the geotextile during placement and seaming operations. 3.03 Repair Any holes or tears in the geotextile shall be repaired by patching with the same geotextile material. The patch shall be a minimum of 12-inches larger in all directions than the area to be repaired and shall be continuously sewn or thermally bonded. 3.04 Placement of Materials on top of Geotextile • A. The Contractor shall place materials on the geotextile in such a manner as to ensure that: 1. The geotextile and underlying lining materials are not damaged; 2. Minimal slippage of the geotextile on the underlying layers occurs; 3. No excess tensile stresses occur in the geotextile. 3.05 Acceptance A. The Contractor shall retain ownership and responsibility for the geotextile until acceptance by the Owner and the Georgia EPD. B. Acceptance of the geotextile shall be based on, but not limited to the following: 1. The installation is complete as determined by the Engineer; 2. All documentation of installation is completed, including all reports; 3. The Contractor provides written certification that the installation was in accordance with the manufacturer's general recommendations and these • Specifications, except as noted; 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02778 02778-6 Geotextiles 4. All test results and documentation have been reviewed, accepted, and • approved by the Georgia EPD. TABLE 1 MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE MATERIALS FILTRATION APPLICATION Values Property ASTM Test Method Units Qualifier 10 oz. Apparent Opening Size D 4751 mm max 0.3 Permittivity D 4491 sec-1 min. 0.02 Mass per Unit Area D 3776 oz/yd2 min. 10 Trapezoidal Tear D 4533 lbs min. 56 Strength Grab Strength D 4632 lbs min. 270 CBR Puncture Strength D 6241 lbs min. 320 • Ultraviolet Resistance D 4355 %strength avg. 70 retained @ 50 hrs (1)All values are MARV except AOS which is a maximum average roll value(MaxARV)and UV resistance;it is a minimum value (2)Evaluation to be on 2.0 inch strip tensile specimens after 500 hours exposure. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02778 02778-7 Geotextiles • TABLE 2 MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE MATERIALS CUSHION APPLICATION Values ASTM Test Property Method Units Qualifier 16 oz. Mass per Unit Area D 3776 oz/yd2 min. 16 Trapezoidal Tear D 4533 lbs min. 145 Strength Grab Strength D 4632 lbs min. 370 Puncture Strength D 4833 lbs min. 170 Ultraviolet Resistance) D 4355 %strength avg. 70 retained • (1)All values are MARV except AOS which is a maximum average roll value(MaxARV)and UV resistance;it is a minimum value (2)Evaluation to be on 2.0 inch strip tensile specimens after 500 hours exposure. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02778 02778-8 Geotexti les • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02778 Section 02779 Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. This Section includes the work required to furnish and install geosynthetic drainage nets (geonets) and geocomposites where shown on the Drawings. All work shall be performed in strict accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and the methods approved by the manufacturer. B. Sufficient geosynthetic drainage material shall be provided to cover all areas as shown on the Drawings, including overlaps at field seams and anchor trenches. C. References to geosynthetic drainage material in this specification are intended to refer to geonets, geocomposites, or both, as appropriate. 1.02 Applicable Publications and Standards American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM Publications) ASTM D 792 Standard Test Method for Density and Specific Gravity of Plastics by Displacement • ASTM D 1238 Standard Test Method for Melt Flow Rates of Thermoplastics by Extrusion Plastometer ASTM D 1505 Standard Test Method for Density of Plastics by the Density- Gradient Technique ASTM D 1603 Standard Test Method for Carbon Black Content of Olefin Plastics ASTM D 4218 Standard Test Method for Determination of Carbon Black Content in Polyethylene Compounds by Muffle-Furnace Technique ASTM D 4716 Standard Test Method for Determining the (In-plane) Flow Rate per Unit Width and Hydraulic Transmissivity of a Geosynthetic Using a Constant Head ASTM D 4873 Standard Guide for Identification, Storage, and Handling of Geosynthetic Rolls and Samples ASTM D 5035 Standard Test Method for Breaking Force and Elongation of Textile Fabrics (Strip Method) • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02779 02779-2 Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites ASTM D 5199 Standard Test Method for Measuring the Nominal Thickness of Geosynthetics ASTM D 6364 Standard Test Method for Determining Short-Term Compression Behavior of Geosynthetics ASTM D 7005 Standard Test Method for Determining the Bond Strength (Ply Adhesion) of Geosynthetics Geosynthetic Research Institute (GRI Standards) GRI-GC13 Standard Guide for Joining and Attaching Geonets and Drainage Composites 1.03 Quality Assurance Testing and Submittals A. Initial Submittal Data 1. The Geosynthetics Manufacturer shall submit certification that all materials manufactured for the project have been produced in accordance with these Specifications. 2. Contractor shall submit product data for the geosynthetic drainage material product proposed for use on this project. The product data shall include information from the manufacturer on product characteristics including certification that the material meets the requirements of Table 1 of this Section. 3. Geotextile portion of the geocomposite shall meet the requirements of Section 02778. B. Manufacturers Quality Certification Data Once the initial submittal data has been reviewed and determined acceptable by the Engineer,the Contractor shall submit the following: 1. The Contractor shall submit manufacturer roll numbers, roll dimension data and resin batch identifications for the geosynthetic drainage material that is scheduled for use on this project. 2. Contractor shall utilize the services of a testing laboratory approved by the Engineer to perform the MQC tests at the frequency outlined in Table 1 of this Section. MQC certificates for each roll reporting the test results shall be submitted to the Engineer prior to conformance testing. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02779 02779-3 Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites III C. Contractors Quality Conformance Data: Once the MQC submittal data has been reviewed and determined acceptable by the Engineer, the Engineer will obtain samples of geosynthetic drainage materials prior to installation. These samples, at least one per 100,000 square feet of each material, will be submitted for conformance testing at a laboratory selected by and paid by the Owner. Geosynthetic drainage materials conformance tests shall be as shown on Table 1. In the event of discrepancies between test results by the Contractor's and the Owner's laboratories, the Owner's laboratory results shall take precedence. 1.04 Handling and Storage A. The geosynthetic drainage material shall be shipped in accordance with ASTM D 4873 and the manufacturer's recommendations. B. The geosynthetic drainage material shall be supplied in rolls wrapped in protective covers and marked or tagged with the following information: 1. Manufacturer's name and date manufactured; 2. Product identification; 3. Lot or batch number; • 4. Roll number; 5. Roll dimensions. C. Geosynthetic drainage material which has been delivered to the Project site shall be stored in accordance with ASTM D 4873 and the manufacturer's written recommendations. D. During shipment and storage, the geosynthetic drainage material shall be protected from mud, dirt, dust, puncture, cutting, or other damaging or deleterious conditions. E. If the geosynthetic drainage material is intended to be installed with a specific side against an adjacent material, then the drainage material shall be clearly marked to indicate the proper orientation. F. Any geosynthetic drainage material not properly shipped or stored on the Project site may be rejected by the Engineer and must be replaced by the Contractor, at no cost to the Owner. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02779 02779-4 Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites Part 2 Products • 2.01 Geonets A. The geonet shall be HDPE material manufactured of new, first-quality products designed and manufactured for the purpose of use in municipal solid waste landfills. B. The geonet shall be manufactured by extruding two sets of polyethylene strands to form a biplanar structure to provide planar water flow. C. The geonet shall be capable of withstanding outdoor exposure (including ultraviolet light) for 30 days or the anticipated exposure period, whichever is greater, without significant loss of physical properties. D. The geonets shall retain their structure during handling, placement, and long-term service. 2.02 Geotextiles A. The geotextile materials shall meet the requirements of Section 02778 and shall be tested accordingly. B. Theg eotextile materials used for each side of the geocomposite shall be 10 oz/ SY fabric per Table 1 of Section 02778. 2.03 Geocomposites A. The geocomposite shall be manufactured by heat bonding a continuous-filament, non-woven geotextile to both sides of an HDPE geonet. No burn through of geotextiles shall be permitted. No glue or adhesive shall be permitted. B. The geotextiles and the geonet shall be bonded in such a way that neither component is compromised to the point where proper functioning is impeded. Part 3 Execution • 3.01 Installation A. Geosynthetic drainage material panels shall be handled and placed in such a manner as to ensure that they are not damaged and that the deployment process does not damage any underlying layers. Any such damage shall be repaired by the Contractor and at no expense to the Owner. 1111 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02779 02779-5 Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites • B. Geosynthetic drainage material shall not be deployed during precipitation events or on slopes with frost accumulation. C. Geosynthetic drainage material shall be deployed in such a manner as to preclude wrinkles and folds which would impair drainage capacity. D. In the presence of wind, geosynthetic drainage materials shall be weighted with sandbags until cover material is installed. E. Geosynthetic drainage materials on slopes shall extend to a minimum of five feet beyond the toe of slope. Cross seams on slopes greater than 10 percent are not allowed. F. Geosynthetic drainage material shall not be welded to geomembrane. G. Geosynthetic drainage material shall be cut using cutters approved by the Engineer. Special care shall be taken to protect other geosynthetic materials (if any) from damage which could be caused by the cutting of the geosynthetic drain. H. All components of the geosynthetic lining system, including geomembranes, geotextiles, and geosynthetic drains shall be kept free of mud, dust, dirt, and debris that could damage the geomembrane or contribute to clogging of the geosynthetic • drainage material. I. Personnel working on the geosynthetic drainage material shall not smoke, wear damaging shoes, or engage in other activities which could damage the material. Any such damage to the geosynthetic drainage material or other geosynthetic layers resulting from such activities shall be repaired by the Contractor and at no expense to the Owner. J. Following installation of the geosynthetic drainage material, an examination of the entire surface shall be conducted to ensure that no potentially harmful foreign objects are present. Any foreign object so encountered shall be removed by the Contractor, or the geosynthetic drainage material shall be replaced. 3.02 Joining A. Adjacent geosynthetic drainage panels shall be joined as shown on the Drawings and as specified herein. At a minimum, the following requirements shall be met: 1. Adjacent panels shall be overlapped by at least 4-inches for side adjacency and 12-inches for end adjacency, or more if needed to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. • 2. At overlapped edges, the geotextile should be detached from the geonet such that the full length of the specified overlap is with geonet over geonet. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02779 02779-6 Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites The geotextile shall completely cover the net and be bonded together. Geotextile bonding shall be by heat burnishing with shoes or plates or sewing. 3. Overlaps shall be joined by using electrical/ cable ties, unless other fasteners are approved by the Manufacturer. Metallic devices are not allowed. 4. Overlaps shall be tied in approximately the center of the overlap and shall encompass more than a single strand of each of the panels. 5. Ties shall be spaced on five-foot centers along the sides and areas of constant grade. The tie spacing shall be on six-inch centers along the panel ends and areas of grade change. B. When more than one layer of geosynthetic drain is installed, joints shall be staggered. 3.03 Repair A. Holes, tears, or damage to the geosynthetic drain shall be repaired by placing a patch extending a minimum of one foot beyond the edges of the defect. The patch shall be secured with the ties used for panel joining. Ties shall be located at approximately four inches from the edge of the patch and shall be spaced every six 10 inches. B. Holes or tears extending more than 50 percent of the panel width shall require the entire length of damaged geosynthetic drainage material to be removed and replaced. 3.04 Placement of Materials over Geosynthetic Drainage Material A. The Contractor shall ensure that all soil materials are placed over the geosynthetic drainage material in such a manner as to ensure that: 1. The geosynthetic drainage material and underlying lining materials are not damaged; 2. Minimal slippage of the geosynthetic drainage material on underlying layers occurs; 3. No excess tensile stresses occur in the geosynthetic drainage material. B. Soil shall never be placed in direct contact with a geonet. Geonets shall be separated from soil materials by a geomembrane or a geotextile. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02779 • 02779-7 Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites • 3.05 Acceptance A. The Contractor shall retain ownership and responsibility for the geosynthetic drainage layer until acceptance by the Owner and the Georgia EPD. B. Acceptance of the geosynthetic drainage layer shall be based on, but not limited to, the following: 1. The installation is complete as determined by the Engineer; 2. All documentation of installation is completed, including all reports; 3. The Contractor provides written certification that the installation was in accordance with the manufacturer's general recommendations and these Specifications, except as noted; 4. All test results and documentation have been reviewed, accepted, and approved by the Georgia EPD. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02779 02779-8 Geosynthetic Drainage Nets and Composites TABLE 1 • MINIMUM STANDARDS FOR GEOSYNTHEIC DRAINAGE MATERIALS ASTM Test MQC Testing QA Conformance Property Method Units Qualifier Value Frequency Testing Frequency Geonet Geonet Thickness D 5199 mil MARV 270 1 per 50,000 SF Density D 1505 or g/cm3 MARV 0.94 1 per 100,000 SF 1 per 250,000 SF D 792 Tensile Strength D 5035 lb/in MARV 45 1 per 50,000 SF (MD) Carbon Black D 1603 % range 2-3 1 per 100,000 SF 1 per 250,000 SF Compressive D 6364 lb/sf MARV 25,000 1 per 100,000 SF 1 per 250,000 SF Strength Geocomposite(2) See Note 1 per project 1 per project Transmissivity(1) D 4716 m2/sec MIN 1 Ply Adhesion D 7005 lb/in MARV 1.0 1 per 100,000 SF 1 per 250,000 SF • (Minimum) (1)Transmissivity shall be measured in a 12-inch x 12-inch box with adjacent conditions matching field conditions,100 hour duration and 0.1 gradient. The value shall be at least 9.1 x 10-4 m2/sec at 700 psf,3.4 x 10-4 m2/sec at 3,700 psf,6.0 x 10-4 m2/sec at 15,000 psf,and 5.3 x 10-4 m2/sec at 25,000 psf.Transmissivity measured using water at 21±2°C. (2)Geotextile fabric shall meet the requirements of Section 02778,Table 1. END OF SECTION 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02779 Section 02930 Grassing • Part 1 General 1.01 Scope A. The work covered by this Section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment and material required to place topsoil, seed, commercial fertilizer, agricultural limestone and mulch material, including seedbed preparation, harrowing, compacting and other placement operations on graded earthen areas as described herein and/or shown on the Drawings. In general, grassing operations shall be conducted on all newly graded earthen areas not covered by structures, pavement or sidewalks; all cleared or grubbed areas which are to remain as finish grade surfaces; and on all existing turf areas which are disturbed by construction operations and which are to remain as finish grade surfaces. Areas disturbed by borrow activities shall also be seeded according to these Specifications. B. Types of work required include following: 1. Fine grading and preparing of lawn areas. 2. Furnishing and applying new topsoil. 3. Furnishing and applying soil amendments. • 4. Furnishing and applying fertilizers. 5. Seeding lawn areas. 6. Sodding lawn areas. 7. Reconditioning existing lawn areas. 8. Replanting unsatisfactory or damaged lawns. C. The work shall include temporary grassing operations to stabilize earthen surfaces during construction, inclement weather or during inappropriate seasons for permanent seeding. Additionally, temporary stabilization shall be used to minimize siltation and erosion. Temporary grassing shall be performed at the times and locations as directed by the Engineer and as detailed on the Drawings. 1.02 Quality Assurance A. Prior to seeding operations, the Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer labels or certified laboratory reports from an accredited commercial seed laboratory or a • state seed laboratory showing the analysis and germination of the seed to be furnished. Acceptance of the seed test reports shall not relieve the Contractor of 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930-2 Grassing any responsibility or liability for furnishing seed meeting the requirements of this Section. • B. Prior to topsoil operations, the Contractor shall obtain representative samples and furnish soil test certificates including textural, pH, and organic analysis from the State University Agricultural Extension Services or other certified testing laboratory. C. Sod Analysis: Notify Engineer of sod source, including name and telephone number of supplier, and seed mix of sod. 1.03 Job Conditions A. Planting Time: Sow lawn seed only during normal planting seasons for each type of lawn work required. Correlate planting with specified maintenance periods to provide required maintenance from date of substantial completion. B. Specified work is minimum required, and any and all necessary materials and operations including reworking, must be performed to obtain specified results. 1.04 Special Project Warranty: A. Warrant grassing until final acceptance and through specified maintenance period. • Part 2 Products 2.01 Topsoil A. Utilizing designated stockpiles or borrow areas on site, the Contractor shall place a minimum of 4-inches of topsoil over all graded earthen areas and over any other areas to be seeded. Sources of topsoil shall be approved by the Engineer prior to disturbance. Importing topsoil from offsite sources shall be at the discretion of the Engineer and shall be justification for additional compensation to the Contractor. A change order properly authorized by the Owner shall be agreed upon prior to importing offsite topsoil. No additional compensation will be allowed for spreading of topsoil. B. Topsoil shall be a friable loam containing a large amount of humus and shall be original surface soil of good, rich, uniform quality, free from any material such as hard clods, stiff clay, hardpan, partially disintegrated stone, pebbles larger than • 1/2-inch in diameter, lime, cement, bricks, ashes, cinders, slag, concrete, bitumen or its residue, boards, sticks, chips or other undesirable material harmful or unnecessary to plant growth. Topsoil shall be reasonably free from perennial weeds and shall not contain objectionable plant material, toxic amounts of either • acid or alkaline elements or vegetable debris undesirable or harmful to plant life. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930-3 Grassing • C. Topsoil shall be natural topsoil without admixture of subsoil material, and shall be classifiable as loam, silt loam, clay loam, sandy loam or a combination thereof. The pH shall range from 5.5 to 7.0. Topsoil shall contain not less than five percent nor more than 20 percent, by weight, of organic matter as determined by loss on ignition of oven-dried samples to 65 °C. 2.03 Seed A. Seed shall be delivered in new bags or bags that are sound and labeled in accordance with the U.S. Department of Agriculture Federal Seed Act. All seed shall meet the requirements of Georgia Seed Laws, Rules and Regulations. B. All seed shall be from the last crop available at time of purchase and shall not be moldy, wet or otherwise damaged in transit or storage. C. Seed shall bear the growers analysis testing to 98 percent for purity and 90 percent for germination. At the discretion of the Engineer, samples of seed may be taken for verification against the grower's analysis. D. Species, rate of seeding, fertilization and other requirements are shown on the Drawings. 2.04 Sod A. Provide machine-cut, strongly rooted, certified turfgrass sod, at least 2 years old and free of weeds and undesirable native grasses. Provide sod capable of vigorous growth and development when planted (viable, not dormant) and complying with the following requirements: Type: Bermuda grass (Cynodon dactylon). Type: Centipedegrass (Eremochloa ophiuroides). B. Sod shall be of uniform thickness of 5/8 inch, plus or minus 1/4 inch, measured at time of cutting and excluding top growth and thatch. Provide in supplier's standard size of uniform length and width with maximum 5 percent allowable deviation in either length or width. Broken or torn pads with uneven ends are not acceptable. C. Provide sod pads capable of supporting their own weight and retaining size and shape when supplier's standard size pad is suspended vertically from a firm grasp on upper 10 percent of the pad. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930-4 Grassing 2.05 Soil Amendments • A. Fertilizer and liming materials shall comply with applicable state, local and federal laws concerned with their production and use. B. Commercial fertilizer conforming to the standards of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists shall be a ready mixed material equivalent to the grade or grades specified in the Seeding Schedule shown on the Drawings. Container bags shall have the name and address of the manufacturer, the brand name, net weight and chemical composition. C. Agricultural limestone shall be a pulverized dolamitic limestone having a calcium carbonate content of not less than 85 percent by weight. Agricultural limestone shall be crushed so that at least 85 percent of the material will pass a No. 10 mesh screen and 50 percent will pass a No. 40 mesh screen. D. Standard commercial grade nitrogen conforming to state fertilizer laws. Provide in either granular or liquid form at Contractor's option. 2.06 Mulch Material A. All mulch materials shall be air dried and reasonably free of noxious weeds and weed seeds or other materials detrimental to plant growth. • B. Mulch shall be composed of wood cellulose fiber, straw or stalks, as specified herein. Mulch shall be suitable for spreading with standard mulch blowing equipment. C. Straw mulch shall be partially decomposed stalks of wheat, rye, oats or other approved grain crops. D. Stalks shall be the partially decomposed, shredded residue of corn, cane, sorghum or other approved standing field crops. E. Wood fiber shall meet the requirements of GDOT Specification Section 718 and be listed as approved on QPL 25. 2.07 Mulch Binder A. Mulch on slopes exceeding 3 to 1 ratio shall be held in place by the use of an approved mulch binder. The mulch binder shall be non-toxic to plant life and shall be acceptable to the Engineer. B. Emulsified asphalt binder shall be Grade SS-1h, ASTM D 977. B. Approved alternate tackifiers are as listed on the Georgia DOT Qualified Product 4110 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930-5 Grassing • List No. 33, latest edition. 2.08 Innoculants for Legumes All leguminous seed shall be inoculated prior to seeding with a standard culture of nitrogen-fixing bacteria that is adapted to the particular seed involved. 2.09 Water Water shall be clean, clear water free from any objectionable or harmful chemical qualities or organisms and shall be furnished by the Contractor. Part 3 Execution 3.01 General A. These Specifications set forth minimum operations and material applications which are acceptable. Contractor is required to establish a satisfactory stand of grass by using these or supplemental methods and/or materials as may be required. B. Where grassing is required between curbs and sidewalks or behind sidewalks in • areas adjacent to private residential or commercial property, the Engineer may change the type of grassing specified to match any type of grass which may be planted and growing on the adjacent lawn. No modifications of the Contract Unit Price will be made for this substitution. 3.02 Securing and Placing Topsoil A. Topsoil shall be secured from areas from which topsoil has not been previously removed, either by erosion or mechanical methods. Topsoil shall not be removed - to a depth in excess of the depth approved by the Engineer. B. The area or areas from which topsoil is secured shall possess such uniformity of soil depth, color, texture, drainage and other characteristics as to offer assurance that, when removed the product will be homogeneous in nature and will conform to the requirements of these Specifications. C. All areas from which topsoil is to be secured, shall be cleaned of all sticks, boards, stones, cement, ashes, cinders, slag, concrete, bitumen or its residue and any other refuse which will hinder or prevent growth. D. In securing topsoil from a designated pit, or elsewhere, should strata or seams of • material occur which do not come under the requirements for topsoil, such material shall be removed from the topsoil or if required by the Engineer, the pit 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930-6 Grassing shall be abandoned. • E. Before placing or depositing topsoil upon any areas, all improvement within the area shall be completed, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. F. The areas in which topsoil is to be placed or incorporated shall be prepared before securing topsoil for use. 3.03 Seedbed Preparation A. Before fertilizing and seeding, the topsoil surfaces shall be trimmed and worked to true line from unsightly variation, bumps, ridges and depressions and all detrimental material, roots and stones larger than 2-inches in any dimension shall be removed from the soil. B. Not earlier than 24 hours before the seed is to be sown, the soil surface to be seeded shall be thoroughly cultivated to a depth of not less than 4-inches with a weighted disc, tiller, pulvimixer or other equipment, until the surface is smooth and in a condition acceptable to the Engineer. C. If the prepared surface becomes eroded as a result of rain or for any other reason, or becomes crusted before the seed is sown, the surface shall again be placed in a condition suitable for seeding. 1111 D. Ground preparation operations shall be performed only when the ground is in a tillable and workable condition, as determined by the Engineer. 3.04 Soil Amendments A. Following seedbed preparation, fertilizer shall be applied to all areas to be seeded so as to achieve the application rates shown on the Drawings. B. Fertilizer shall be spread evenly over the seedbed and shall be lightly harrowed, raked, or otherwise incorporated into the soil for a depth of 1-inch. C. Fertilizer and nitrogen need not be incorporated in the soil as specified above when mixed with seed in water and applied with power sprayer equipment. The seed shall not remain in water containing fertilizer for more than 30 minutes when a hydraulic seeder is used. D. Agricultural limestone shall be thoroughly mixed into the soil according to the rates shown in the Seeding Schedule shown on the Drawings. The specified rate of application of limestone may be reduced by the Engineer if pH tests indicate this to be desirable. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to obtain such tests and submit the results to the Engineer for adjustment in rates. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930-7 Grassing • 3.05 Seeding A. Seed of the specified group shall be sown as soon as preparation of the seedbed has been completed. No seed shall be sown during high winds, nor until the surface is suitable for working and is in a proper condition. Seeding shall be performed during the dates shown on the Drawings unless otherwise approved by the Engineer. Seed mixtures may be sown together provided they are kept in a thoroughly mixed condition during the seeding operation. B. Seed shall be uniformly sown by any approved mechanical method suitable for the slope and size of the areas to be seeded, preferably with a broadcast type seeder, windmill hand seeder or approved mechanical power drawn seed drills. Hydro-seeding and hydro-mulching may be used on steep embankments, provided full coverage is obtained. Care shall be taken to adjust the seeder for seedings at the proper rate before seeding operations are started and to maintain their adjustment during seeding. Seed in hoppers shall be agitated to prevent segregation of the various seeds in a seeding mixture. C. Immediately after sowing, the seeds shall be covered and compacted to a depth of 1/8 to 3/8-inch by a cultipacker or suitable roller. D. Leguminous seeds shall be inoculated prior to seeding with an approved and • compatible nitrogen-fixing inoculant in accordance with the manufacturer's mixing instructions. 3.06 Mulching A. All seeded areas shall be uniformly mulched in a continuous blanket immediately after seeding. The mulch shall be applied evenly pp so as to permit sunlight to penetrate and the air to circulate and at the same time shade the ground, reduce erosion and conserve soil moisture. B. One of the following mulches shall be spread evenly over the seeded areas at the following application rates: 1. Wood Cellulose Fiber: 1,400 pounds/acre. 2. Straw: 4,000 pounds/acre. 3. Stalks: 4,000 pounds/acre. 4. These rates may be adjusted at the discretion of the Engineer at no additional cost to the Owner, depending on the texture and condition of the mulch material and the characteristics of the seeded area. C. Mulch on slopes greater than 3 to 1 ratio shall be held inlace bythe use of an p 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930-8 Grassing approved mulch binder. Binder shall be thoroughly mixed and applied with the • mulch. Emulsified asphalt shall be applied at the approximate rate of 100 gallons of product with 100 gallons of water per ton of mulch as required to hold the mulch in place. Alternate binders or tackifiers shall be mixed at rates per the manufacturers written instructions. D. The Contractor shall cover structures, poles, fences and appurtenances if the mulch binder is applied in such a way that it would come in contact with or discolor the structures. E. Mulch and binder shall be applied by suitable blowing equipment at closely controlled application rates in a manner acceptable to the Engineer. 3.07 Hydroseeding Lawns A. Mix specified seed, fertilizer, and pulverized mulch in water, using equipment specifically designed for hydroseed application. Continue mixing until uniformly blended into homogenous slurry suitable for hydraulic application. B. Apply slurry uniformly to all areas to be seeded. Rate of application as required to obtain specified seed sowing rate. • 3.08 Sodding Lawns • A. Lay sod within 24 hours of stripping. Do not lay dormant sod or if ground is frozen. B. Lay sod to form solid mass with tightly fitting joints. Butt ends and sides of sod strips; do not overlap. Stagger strips to offset joints in adjacent courses. Work from boards to avoid damage to subgrade or sod. Tamp or roll lightly to ensure contact with subgrade. Work sifted soil into minor cracks between pieces of sod; remove excess to avoid smothering adjacent grass. C. Anchor sod on slopes with wood pegs as required to prevent slippage. 3.09 Watering A. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the proper moisture content of the soil to insure adequate plant growth until a satisfactory stand is obtained. If necessary, watering shall be performed to maintain adequate water content in the soil. B. Watering shall be accomplished by hoses, tank truck or sprinklers in such a way to prevent erosion, excessive runoff and over-watered spots. C. Water sod with fine spray immediately after planting. During first week, water daily • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930-9 Grassing • or more frequently as necessary to maintain moist soil to depth of 4 inches. 3.10 Maintenance A. Upon completion of seeding operations, the Contractor shall clear the area of all equipment, debris and excess material and the premises shall be left in a neat and orderly condition. B. The Contractor shall maintain all seeded areas without additional payment until final acceptance of the work by the Owner, and any regrading, refertilizing, reliming, reseeding or remulching shall be done at Contractor's own expense. Seeding work shall be repeated on defective areas until a satisfactory uniform stand is accomplished. Damage resulting from erosion, gulleys, washouts or other causes shall be repaired by filling with topsoil, compacting and repeating the seeding work at Contractor's expense. C. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to make one application of a maintenance fertilizer according to the recommendations listed in the Seeding Schedule shown on the Drawings. D. Begin maintenance of lawns immediately after each area is planted and continue for the periods required to establish acceptable lawns, but no less than the • following: 1. Seeded lawns, at least 60 days, after date of substantial completion. If seeded in fall and not given full 60 days of maintenance, or if not considered acceptable at that time, continue maintenance during following spring until acceptable lawn is established. 2. Sodded lawns, at least 30 days after date of substantial completion. E. Maintain lawns by watering, fertilizing, weeding, mowing, trimming, and other operations such as rolling, regrading, replanting as required to establish a smooth, acceptable lawn, free of eroded or bare areas. F. Remulch with new mulch in areas where mulch has been disturbed by wind or maintenance operations sufficiently to nullify its purpose. Anchor as required to prevent displacement. G. Replant bare areas with same materials specified for lawns. H. Watering: Provide and maintain temporary piping, hoses and lawn watering equipment to convey water from sources and to keep lawn areas uniformly moist as required for proper growth. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930- 10 Grassing I. Lay out temporary lawn-watering system and arrange watering schedule to • prevent puddling, water erosion, and displacement of seed or mulch (if any). Lay out temporary watering system to avoid necessity of walking over muddy or newly seeded areas. J. Mow lawns as soon as there is enough top growth to cut with mower set at specified height for principal species planted. Repeat mowing as required to maintain specified height. Remove no more than 40 percent of grass leaf growth in initial or subsequent mowings. Do not delay mowing until grass blades bend over and become matted. Do not mow when grass is wet. Time initial and subsequent mowings to maintain following grass height: Mow grass from 1-1/2 inches to 2 inches high. Do not mow to less than 1-1/2 inches. K. Apply second fertilizer application after first mowing and when grass is dry. Use fertilizer that will provide at least 1.0 lb. of actual nitrogen per 1,000 sq. ft. of lawn area. 3.11 Application of Nitrogen A. Make two applications of nitrogen to all grassed areas using mechanical spreading equipment. Apply at a uniform rate of not less than 70 pounds per • acre per application. Make both applications only when weather conditions will permit uniform and even distribution and when moisture conditions will not cause harm to grass. B. Place first application of nitrogen when young grass reaches a height of at least one inch. Make the second application of nitrogen between 30 and 45 days after the first application. 3.12 Protection A. Erect barricades and warning signs as required to protect newly planted areas from traffic. Maintain barricades throughout maintenance period until lawn is established. 3.13 Required Coverage A. Grassed areas will be considered acceptable when a viable stand of grass covers at least 98 percent of the total area with no bare spots exceeding one square foot and the ground surface is fully stabilized against erosion. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930- 11 Grassing • 3.14 Acceptance A. When work is substantially completed, including maintenance, Engineer will, upon request, make an inspection to determine acceptability. B. Lawn work may be inspected for acceptance in parts agreeable to Engineer, provided work offered for inspection is complete, including maintenance. C. Replant rejected work and continue specified maintenance until reinspected by Engineer and found to be acceptable. D. Seeded lawns will be acceptable provided requirements, including maintenance and coverage, have been met and healthy, uniform close stand of specified grass is established free of weeds, bare spots, and surface irregularities. E. Sodded lawns will be acceptable provided requirements, including maintenance and coverage, have been met and sod is established as well-rooted, viable patches of grass and areas are free of weeds and other undesirable vegetation. 3.15 Cleanup A. Promptly remove soil and debris created by lawn work from paved areas. Clean wheels of vehicles before leaving site to avoid tracking soil onto surface of roads, walks, or other paved areas. END OF SECTION • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 02930- 12 Grassing • THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-02930 Section 03300 Concrete Work 111 Part 1 General The work under this section covers supplying and installing all cast-in-place concrete including forms, permanent metal forms, vapor barriers, reinforcement, finishing, curing, grout, waterstops, joints, joint sealants, anchor bolts, and concrete stud anchors. 1.01 Quality Assurance A. Materials and work shall conform to the requirements of standards, codes, and recommended practices outlined in this section. In conflicts between industry standard or required standards and this specification or this specification and the local building code, the more stringent requirement shall govern. B. Materials and work procedures are subject to inspection and tests at the source and in the field by the Engineer and/or the owner. Such inspection and tests will not relieve the Contractor of the primary responsibility for providing material and work procedures in compliance with specified requirements. The Contractor shall not promptly remove and replace material or components which do not comply. • C. Certified laboratory test reports or certificates of compliance are required for materials as specified herein. The testing shall have been performed within one year of submittal of test reports for approval and by an independent laboratory. Test reports on a previously tested material shall be accompanied by notarized certificates from the manufacturer certifying that the previously tested material is of the same type, quality, manufacture, and make as that proposed for use in this project. D. The concrete producer's plant equipment and facilities shall be certified by the National Ready-Mix Concrete Association. Truck mixers and agitators used for concrete delivery shall comply with TMMB Truck Mixer and Agitator Standards. Certificates of compliance are required. E. The Contractor shall have available in the field office a copy of the ACI Field Reference Manual SP-15. 1.02 Applicable Publications A. The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced. The publications are referenced in the text. All publications shall be as shown below. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-2 Concrete Work B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) • A36/A36M Structural Steel A108 Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality A185 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement A307 Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength A446 Steel Sheet, Zinc-coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural (Physical) Quality A525 Steel Sheet, Zinc-coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, General Requirements A615 Deformed and Plain Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement C31 Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Field C33 Concrete Aggregates C39 Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens C94 Ready-mixed Concrete C 143 Slump of Hydraulic Cement Concrete C150 Portland Cement C171 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete C172 Sampling Freshly Mixed Concrete C231 Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method C260 Air-entraining Admixtures for Concrete Chemical Admixtures for Concrete C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete C618 Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement Concrete D1751 Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Nonextruding and Resilient Bituminous Types) • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-3 Concrete Work • B. American Concrete Institute (ACI) 11 7 Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials 301 Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings 302.1R Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction 304R Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete 305R Hot Weather Concreting 306.1 Cold Weather Concreting 308 Standard Practice for Curing Concrete 315 Details and Detailing of Concrete Reinforcement 318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork • SP-15 Field Reference Manual C. National Ready-mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) Certification of Ready- mixed Concrete Production Facilities D. Truck Ready-mixed Concrete Association (NRMCA) Truck Mixer and Agitator Standards - 1989 E. American Iron and Steel Institute (AISI) Publication - 1986 Edition with 1989 Addendum Specification for the Design of Cold-formed Steel Structural Members F. Steel Deck Institute (SDI) Publication - Design Manuals for Floor Decks and Roof Decks 1 .03 Submittals A. Mix designs for all groups and classes of concrete. B. Strength and slump tests results. C. Certificates of compliance for each of the following: • 1. Cement 2. Aggregates 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-4 Concrete Work 3. Fly ash 4. All admixtures D. Shop drawings for reinforcing steel. E. Shop drawings for permanent metal forms. F. Manufacturers' literature containing product information for admixtures, joint sealing materials, waterstops, expansion joint filler, and sealers. Part 2 Products 2.01 Forms A. Forms may be wood, plywood, or metal as approved by the Engineer, of grade or type suitable to obtain type of finish specified. B. Forms for surfaces which will be exposed to view when construction is completed shall be prefabricated plywood panel forms, job-built plywood forms, or forms that are lined with plywood or fiberboard. C. Plywood or lined forms will not be required for surfaces which are normally • submerged or not ordinarily exposed to view, such as the insides of manholes or wet wells. Other types of forms, such as steel or unlined wooden forms, may be used for surfaces which are not restricted to plywood or lined forms, and may be used as backing for form linings. Forms are required above all extended footings. D. Where earth is too unstable to serve as a form for sides of footings and foundations, the sides against the earth may be formed with 3/4 inch thick No. 2C Yellow pine with tight butt joints, securely braced to hold a straight line. E. Forms ties shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be of the snap cone or she-bolt with cone type as manufactured by a recognized manufacturer of concrete forming accessories. Cones shall leave a hole or depression in the concrete no larger than 7/8 inch in diameter. Plain snap ties or flat bar ties, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer, shall not be used. Ties shall be of a type that will accurately tie, lock, and spread the forms. Tie spacing shall be designed to withstand concrete pressures without bulging, spreading, or lifting of the forms. The tie shall be of such a design that after removal of the external tie parts no remaining metal shall be left within 11/2 inches of any surface unless stainless steel ties are used, in which case no metal shall be within 1 inch of any surface. Permanently embedded portions of form ties which are not provided1111 with threaded ends shall be constructed so that the removable ends are readily 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-5 Concrete Work 11110 broken off without damage to the concrete. 2.02 Materials for Concrete A. The following materials shall conform to the respective specifications and other requirements specified herein. B. Portland Cement: ASTM C15O, Type I or II. All cement used shall come from the same source. C. Coarse Aggregate: ASTM C33. The nominal maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not be larger than (a) 1/5 the narrowest dimension between sides of forms, (b) 1/3 the depth of slabs, (c) % the minimum clear spacing between individual reinforcing bars or wires or bundles of bars, (d) 3/8-inch for concrete used for filling masonry voids greater than 2 inches. No coarse aggregate shall be used in concrete for filling masonry voids less than 2 inches. Maximum size for coarse aggregate in slabs is 11 inches. D. Fine Aggregate: ASTM C33. Do not use manufactured sands. E. Mixing Water: Fresh, clean, and potable. • F. Air-entraining Admixture: ASTM C26O G. Fly ash shall conform to ASTM C 618, Type F. H. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C494. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.1 percent chloride ions are not permitted. 2.03 Concrete Mixes A. Compressive strength and the allowable slump range (tests in accordance with ASTM C39 and C 143, respectively) shall be as follows: 28-day Compressive Item Strength Slump Slabs 4,000 psi 2-4" Foundations 4,000 psi 2-4" Other 3,000 psi 2-4" 1. The strength of the concrete mixes proposed for use shall be established prior to beginning concrete operations. The concrete mix may be • proportioned on the basis of field experience or trial mixes as stated in ACI 301 and 318. Evidence of concrete strength is to be submitted to the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-6 Concrete Work engineer with the proposed concrete mix design prior to any concreting • operations. 2. Proportion mixes to a maximum water/cement ratio, Ib./lb., of 0.45. Water shall not be added at the site that will cause the design mix water/cement ratio to be exceeded. B. A high range water-reducing (HRWR) admixture conforming to ASTM C-494 may be used to increase slump above that specified in Paragraph 2.03A. C. Air-entrainment is required for all concrete exposed to freezing and thawing. Do not entrain air in concrete used for interior slabs. Air content shall conform with the following table: Nominal Maximum Size of Total Air Content Coarse Aggregate, Inches Percent by Volume 3/8 6 to 10 1/2 5to9 s/4 4to8 1 3 1/2 to 6 1/2 11/2 3 to 6 D. Materials shall be stored, batched, and mixed as specified in ASTM C94. • E. Fly ash is required in all slabs for liquid containment structures, either on grade or formed. The combined weight of cement and fly ash shall contain no less than 20 percent or more than 25 percent of fly ash. The combined weight of cement and fly ash shall be used as the weight of cement in the determining of the water-cement (w/c) ratio. F. The use of fly ash is not required for the remainder of concrete, but is permitted. If used,the provisions for fly ash use as stipulated above shall apply. 2.04 Vapor Barrier Polyethylene sheeting not less than 8 mils thick conforming to ASTM D 4397. 2.05 Reinforcing Steel New billet steel conforming to ASTM A615, deformed Grade 60. 2.06 Welded Wire Fabric Welded Wire Fabric shall be fabricated from smooth or deformed wire and shall conform to the wire size and wire spacing required or indicated on the contract • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-7 Concrete Work • drawings. Welded wire fabric shall conform ASTM A 185. 2.07 Preformed (Expansion) Joint Filler A. Asphalt impregnated fiberboard, ASTM D 1751, for interior work, exterior walks, steps, and stairs. B. Self-expanding corkboard, ASTM D 1752, for all other exterior work. 2.08 Curing and Sealing Compounds A. Curing compound shall be acrylic based, conforming to ASTM C 309. B. Sealing compound shall be one of the following: 1. MasterKure CC250XS, manufactured by Master Builders 2. Super Rez Seal, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company 3. `Dress & Seal" by L&M Construction Chemicals, Inc. 2.09 Grout, Non-Shrinking • Premixed non-metallic, mixed and applied in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Grout shall show no settlement or vertical drying shrinkage based on initial measurement made at time of placement, and produce a compressive strength of at feast 4,000 psi at three days. 2.10 Waterstops Unless noted otherwise on drawings, waterstops shall be manufactured from polyvinyl chloride and shall be 3/8-inch by 6-inch, dumbbell or serrated type with a center bulb. 2.11 Control Joint Filler A. Control Joint filler shall be conform to ACI 302 recommendations. B. Control Joint filler shall be one of the following: 1. MasterSeal CR190, manufactured by Master Builders 2. Euco QwikJoint UVR, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company 111 3. Sikadur 51 SL by Sika Corporation USA. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-8 Concrete Work 2.12 Joint Sealant • A. Joint sealant shall be conform to ACI 302 recommendations. B. Joint sealant shall be one of the following: 1. MasterSeal S1, manufactured by Master Builders 2. Eucolastic 1SL, manufactured by Euclid Chemical Company 3. Sikaflex-1C SL by Sika Corporation USA. 2.13 Building Felt Thirty-pound asphalt saturated building-felt paper. 2.14 Anchor Bolts Anchor bolts shall be ASTM A307 or A36 with cut threads. Part 3 Execution 3.01 Formwork A. Installation of formwork shall conform to ACI 347. Design, engineering, and construction of the formwork shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. B. Forms shall be substantial and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar. Forms shall be braced or tied to maintain the desired position, shape, and alignment during and after concrete placement. Wafers, studs, internal ties, and other form supports shall be sized and spaced so that proper working stresses are not exceeded. Joints in forms shall be bolted tightly and shall bear on solid construction. Forms shall be constructed so they can be removed without hammering, wedging, or prying against the concrete. Form ties in exposed surfaces shall be uniformly spaced and aligned in horizontal and vertical rows. The forms shall produce finished surfaces that are free from off-sets, ridges, waves, and concave or convex areas. C. All form panels shall be placed in a neat, symmetrical pattern with horizontal joints level and continuous. The Contractor shall place special attention on mating forms to previously placed walls so as to minimize steps or rough transitions. Form panels shall be of the largest practical size to minimize joints and to improve rigidity. D. Wherever the top of a wall will be exposed to weathering, the forms on at least one side shall not extend above the top of the wall and shall be brought to true • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-9 Concrete Work • line and grade. At other locations forms for concrete which is to be finished to a specified elevation, slope, or contour, shall be brought to a true line and grade, or a wooden guide strip shall be provided at the proper location on the forms so that the top surface can be finished with a screed or template. At horizontal construction joints in walls the forms on one side shall not extend more than 2 feet above the joints. E. Unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, all salient corners and edges of beams, columns, walls, slabs, and curbs shall be provided with a 3/4 inch by 3/4 inch chamfer formed by a wood or metal chamfer strip. F. Forms for exposed surfaces and all steel forms shall be coated with a nonstaining form release agent which shall be applied just prior to placement of steel reinforcement. After coating, any surplus form release coating on the form surface shall be removed. Wood forms for unexposed surfaces may be thoroughly wetted with water in lieu of coating immediately before concrete placement, except in freezing weather form -release coating shall be used. G. If any forms bulge or show excessive deflection, in the opinion of the Engineer, the concrete shall be removed and the forms rebuilt and strengthened. H. Forms shall not be removed or disturbed until the concrete has attained • sufficient strength to safely support all dead and live loads. Shoring beneath beams or slabs shall be left in place and reinforced as necessary to carry any construction equipment or materials placed thereon. No forms shall be removed without the approval of the Engineer. In general and under normal conditions, the Engineer will approve removal of forms after the following time has elapsed: Item Time After Placement Elevated slabs and beams 14days Columns, walls & other concrete 7 days J. When ambient air temperatures during the curing period fall below 45° F, form removal will take place based on job-cured test cylinder strength only. K. Care shall be taken in form removal to avoid surface gouging, corner or edge breakage, or other damage to the concrete. Immediately after form removal any damaged or imperfect work shall be repaired. 3.02 Reinforcement • Details of concrete reinforcement, unless otherwise shown, shall be in accordance with ACI 318, ACI 315, and ACI 301. All reinforcing steel shall be 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300- 10 Concrete Work supported and securely tied to prevent displacement during the placing of • concrete. 3.03 Embedded Items Embedded items shall be positioned accurately and supported against displacement. 3.04 Vapor Barrier Joints in vapor barrier shall be lapped 1'-0" or shall be sealed with tape. 3.05 Inspection of Work before Placing Concrete A. Inspect the area to receive concrete for any deficiencies which would prevent proper placing of concrete. Do not proceed with placing concrete until such deficiencies are corrected. B. Do not place in the concrete any item that is not required to be in the concrete by the Drawings and Specifications. Insert all the items shown on the Drawings or specified properly positioned and secured. Openings other than those which are facilitated by sleeves shall be properly formed and positioned. C. Remove hardened, or partially hardened, concrete on forms or reinforcement • before placing concrete. D. Do not place concrete on earth until the fill or excavation has been prepared as set forth under applicable sections of the Specifications for that work. E. Give the Engineer at least 48 hours notice before any concrete is to be placed. Concrete shall not be placed until the Resident Inspector has signed a Concrete Preplacement Sign-Off Card completed by the Contractor. The Concrete Preplacement Sign-Off Card certifies that the formwork, reinforcing, and all inserts required for mechanical and electrical work, instrumentation, plumbing, process piping, metal embeds, and any other inserts or miscellaneous specialties required for the work are supported in their proper position; that the formed enclosure is clean, and the surfaces to receive concrete are prepared as specified. A sample of the Concrete Pre-Placement Sign-Off Card is attached to this Section. 3.06 Placing, Protection, and Curing Concrete A. In normal weather, conform to ACI 3O4R. No concrete shall be placed during rain or if rain is forecast unless there is sufficient time to complete the placement and finishing. B. Hot Weather Concreting: Protect in accordance with ACI 3O5R except as modified • herein. 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-11 Concrete Work • 1. Provide adequate methods of lowering temperature of concrete ingredients so that the temperature of concrete when placed does not exceed 90 degrees F. 2. Concrete shall not be placed when the air temperature is expected to exceed 100 degrees F within 12 hours after casting. 3. When the air temperature is 75 degrees F. and above, forms and reinforcing shall be thoroughly wetted with water so that the concrete will be placed against wet and cooled surfaces. All excess water shall be removed before casting the concrete. 4. Protection and Curing-Slabs (On Grade and Formed) a. Protect slabs from damage due to dry winds and high temperatures. Concrete surfaces shall not be allowed to surface dry prior to the start of curing. Should surfaces begin to dry they shall be misted with clean water until final curing can begin. b. Protect slabs from direct sun at temperatures of 85 degrees F. and above. • c. Moist curing of all slabs shall start as soon as the surface of the fresh concrete is hard enough to permit curing without damage to the surface of the concrete. 5. Protection and Curing - Formed Surfaces: As soon as the concrete has set, wet the forms and keep the forms wet during the curing period. Provide for keeping the top of the walls, and other top surfaces, moist during the curing period. C. Cold-Weather Concreting: Protect in accordance with ACI 3O6R except as modified herein. 1. Provide adequate equipment for heating concrete materials and protecting concrete from damage during freezing or near-freezing weather. No frozen materials, or materials containing ice, shall be used. 2. All concrete materials and all reinforcement, forms, fillers and ground with which concrete is to come into contact shall be free from frost. 3. Whenever the temperature of the surrounding air is below 40 degrees F. and falling, all concrete placed in the forms shall have a temperature of between 70 and 80 degrees F., and adequate means shall be provided for maintaining • a temperature of not less than 70 degrees F. for three days, or 50 degrees F. for five days, or for as much more time as is necessary to insure proper curing 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300- 12 Concrete Work of the concrete. If high early strength concrete is used, the requirement for • maintenance of 50 degrees F. may be reduced to three days. 4. Use only the specified non-chloride accelerator. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing more than 0.1 percent chloride ions are not permitted. 5. Housing, covering or other protection used in connection with curing shall remain in place and intact at least 24 hours after the artificial heat is discontinued. D. Conform to ACI 302.1 R, ACI 308 and as specified herein. E. Consolidation 1. During and immediately after placement, concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated and worked into all corners and angles and around reinforcement and embedded fixtures in a manner to fill all voids, prevent honeycombing against the forms an avoid segregation of coarse aggregate This operation shall be performed by the use of spades or forks and internal vibrators. 2. Vibration shall be transmitted directly to the concrete and in no case shall it be transmitted through the forms. Vibration driving mechanisms shall • revolve at not less than 7,000 rpm. The vibration shall be sufficiently intense to cause the concrete to flow and settle readily into place and to visibly affect the concrete over a radius of at least 18 inches. Vibration shall be supplemented by manual forking or spading adjacent to the forms on exposed faces in order to secure smooth, dense surfaces. Special care shall be taken to ensure consolidation around reinforcement, pipes, and other shapes built into the work. Vibrators shall not be used to transport concrete within the forms. Vibrators shall be kept in motion at all times to prevent excessive vibration in one spot. The operation shall be continuous and all concrete shall be in final position before initial set has started. 3. In addition to the vibrators in actual use while concrete is being placed, the Contractor shall have on hand at least one operable vibrator as a spare in case of equipment failure. No concrete shall be placed until all vibrating equipment, including spares, is at the placement site. 4. Concrete shall be thoroughly consolidated prior to top finishing. All laitance, debris, and surplus water shall be removed from concrete surfaces at topes of forms by screeding, scraping, or other effective means. Wherever the top of a wall will be exposed to weathering, the forms shall be overfilled and after the concrete has been compacted, the excess shall be screeded off. F. Approved curing methods are as follows: • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-13 Concrete Work • 1. Water curing by covering the entire surface of concrete with water. The curing water should not be more than 20 degrees F cooler than the concrete. 2. Water curing by fog spraying or sprinkling to provide a continuous film of water over the entire surface of concrete. 3. Water curing by means of covering the entire surface with absorbent materials which shall be kept moist. Absorbent materials can be burlap, cotton mats, rugs, or other approved materials. 4. Curing by means of covering the entire surface with waterproof sheet materials to reduce the loss of mixing water from the concrete. Materials can be polyethylene sheeting, waterproof paper, or polyethylene-coated burlap. On slabs, the sheets should extend over the edges at least twice the slab thickness. During cold weather, black polyethylene sheeting should be used, and in hot weather, white polyethylene sheeting should be used. Do not use polyethylene on slab surfaces that will be exposed. 5. Curing by means of spraying or rolling a liquid membrane forming curing compound according to manufacturer's recommendations over the entire • surface. A white-pigmented Class 2 compound shall be used when the concrete is exposed to the sun; otherwise, use Class 1. Curing compounds shall not be used in areas to receive adhesives for floor coverings or paint without certification of compatibility from the Contractor. G. Minimum period of curing for all methods is 7 days unless a shorter period is approved by the Engineer. 3.07 Finishes A. Vertical and overhead surface finishes shall be as follows except where noted otherwise on the drawings or finish schedule. 1. Unfinished Areas: Vertical and overhead concrete surfaces exposed in unfinished areas, or concealed will not require additional finishing. 2. Interior and Exterior Exposed Areas (to be Painted): All fins, burrs, and similar projections on surface shall be knocked off flush and rubbed lightly with a fine abrasive stone. 3. Interior and Exterior Exposed Areas (Finished): Finished areas unless otherwise shown shall be given a rubbed finish of uniform color, treated as 411 follows: 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-14 Concrete Work a. Chip away all "high" spots and fill all "low" spots (tie marks, form • marks, and honey combs) with a grout composed of the same cement/sand ratio as the original concrete. b. Rub entire surface of concrete with a fine abrasive stone to create a smooth surface, free of all form marks. Finishing is to start as soon as possible after concrete will support itself. Finishing of any section is to be complete within 4 hours of the stripping of forms on that section. B. Slab Finishes 1. Scratch Finish: Slab surfaces to receive a bonded applied cementitious application shall all be thoroughly raked or wire broomed after partial setting (within 2 hours after placing) to roughen surface to insure a permanent bond between base slab and applied cementitious materials. 2. Float Finish: Unless noted otherwise, surfaces to receive a float finish shall include interior stair treads, equipment pads and surfaces intended to receive roofing or waterproofing membranes. After the concrete has been placed, struck off, and leveled, the concrete shall not be worked further until ready for floating. Floating shall begin when the water sheen has disappeared. During the first floating, the slabs shall be checked for planeness of surface. The slab shall then be refloated immediately to a • uniform sandy texture. 3. Troweled Finish: Unless noted otherwise, surfaces to receive a troweled finish include exposed concrete floors and floors to receive resilient floor covering or carpet. The surface shall first be float-finished as specified above. It shall then be power troweled, and finally, hand troweled such that the finished surface is essentially free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. 4. Broom Finish: Unless noted otherwise, surfaces to receive a broom finish include exterior platforms, steps, and landings; and exterior and interior ramps. Immediately after the concrete has received a float finish, it shall be given a coarse texture by drawing a broom across the surface. 3.08 Joints A. Control joints in floor slabs shall be sawcut 1/8" wide by a depth equal to 1/4 the slab thickness unless shown otherwise on the drawings. The slab shall be sawed as soon as the edges of the cut will not ravel. B. Construction joints shall be located by the Contractor in conformity with the predetermined joint layout. If concreting is interrupted long enough for the • placed concrete to harden, a construction joint shall be used. The details of the 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-15 Concrete Work • joint shall be as shown on the drawings. C. Joints shall be filled no sooner than 90 days after concrete slabs are poured. 1. Premolded expansion joint filler shall conform to one of the following specification: ASTM D 994, ASTM D 1751, or ASTM D 1752. 2. Joint Sealant: All expansion joints shall be sealed per detail on project drawings. Other joints to be sealed will be indicated on the project drawings. Joint sealant shall meet the requirements of ASTM C 920, Type S or M, Grade P, Class 25. 3. Control Joint Filler: All saw cut control joints shall be filled per the detail on the project drawings. Joint filler shall meet the requirements of to ACI 302 recommendations. 3.09 Tolerances A. Float and Broom Finish: Plane within 5/16-inch in 10 feet as determined by a 10-foot straightedge. B. Steel Trowel Finish: Plane within 1/4-inch in 10 feet, 5/16-inch on metal deck, • as determined by a 10-foot straightedge. C. Formed Surfaces: ACI 301. D. Reinforcement (Fabricating and Placing): ACI 301. E. Other tolerance requirements: Conform to ACI 117. 3.10 Repair and Replacement A. Repair of Surface Defects: All honeycombed and other defective concrete shall be removed down to sound concrete and patched. When chipping away loose or defective material, no featheredging will be permitted. B. Tie holes shall be plugged with patching mortar unless stainless steel, noncorrosive, or acceptably coated ties are used. C. Where a portion of an existing concrete driveway or sidewalk is removed, the existing section shall be cut to a minimum depth of 4inches with a suitable saw prior to breaking out pavement. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300- 16 Concrete Work 3.11 Testing A. Tests shall be made by an independent laboratory approved by the Owner. The cost of all testing shall be paid by the Owner through a Cash Allowance. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify the testing laboratory before all concrete pours. B. Samples: The testing agency shall obtain samples of fresh concrete in accordance with ASTM C172. Samples for pumped concrete shall be taken at the hose discharge point. Samples for other concrete shall be taken at the hopper of concreting equipment or transit mix truck. C. Testing Frequency. The frequency of tests on each type of concrete shall be one test per 50 cubic yards, one test per 4,000 square feet of surface area for slabs or walls, one test per 100 linear feet of sidewalk, one test per 200 linear feet of curb and gutter, one test per truck for columns and piers, or one test minimum per day. D. Test Specimens. 1. Each test shall consist of four cylinders which are made and cured in accordance with ASTM C31 and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. One cylinder shall be tested at 7 days, two cylinders shall be tested at 28 days, and one kept as a spare. The minimum average of the 28-day cylinders • shall be the specified design strength. The strength level of the concrete will be considered satisfactory so long as the average of all sets of three consecutive strength results equal or exceed the specified strength and not more than 10% of the strength test results shall have values less than the specified design strength. No individual strength test shall be less than the specified strength by more than 500 psi. 2. Should the average compressive strength of the 28-day specimens or the compressive strength of any single specimen fall more than 500 psi below the minimum strengths specified above, the Engineer shall have the right to order a change in the mix design for the remaining portion of the work. The Engineer shall also have the right to order additional curing of the affected concrete followed by cores taken in accordance with ASTM 042 and ACI 318, all at the expense of the Contractor. If the additional curing does not bring the average compressive strength of the 28-day cores taken in the affected area to at least the minimum strength specified, the Engineer may require that the Contractor strengthen the structure by means of additional concrete and steel or he may require that the Contractor replace the affected portions. The cost of all such changes in mix designs and any modifications to or replacement of deficient concrete shall be borne by the Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300-17 Concrete Work • E. Slump. Determine the slump of concrete for each test in accordance with ASTM C143. If a HPWR admixture is used then the slump shall be measured before and after the addition of the admixture. The slump shall be as specified when measured in accordance with ASTM C 143. Samples for slump determination shall be taken from the concrete during placing. Tests shall be made at the beginning of concrete placing operations and at subsequent intervals to insure that the specification requirements are met. When concrete is pumped, slump tests shall be taken from concrete at the discharge end of the pump hose. Slump tests shall also be performed whenever standard cylinders are cast. F. Air Content. Determine air content of concrete for each test only for the concrete requiring air entrainment. Air content tests shall be made in accordance with ASTM C231. G. Temperature tests shall be made at frequent intervals during hot or cold weather conditions until satisfactory temperature control is established. Whenever standard cylinders are cast, temperature tests shall be performed. Air content tests shall be in accordance with ASTM C 231 and shall be measured whenever standard cylinders are cast. H. The testing agency shall report all test data in a concrete test report to the Engineer. 1111 I. The evaluation and acceptance of concrete shall be in accordance with ACI 318. 3.12 Flowable Fill The mixture of dry material per cubic yard shall be 50 pounds cement, 600 pounds fly-ash, and 2,500 pounds sand. Depending on the slump requested for the specific job, water added shall be 65 gallons (541 pounds) for a 6-inch slump, to 55 gallons (458 pounds) for a 3-inch slump. One cubic yard of 6-inch slump will contain more than 27 cubic feet due to the additional water. Unconfined compressive strength shall be 80 psi at 7 days and 150 psi at 28 days. 3.13 Loads Applied to New Concrete A. Loads including, but not limited to, earth loads, loads exerted from bracing or shoring, wind loads, hydrostatic or hydraulic loads, equipment or vehicle loads, or loads exerted by stacked materials, shall not be permitted until the concrete has reached its specified 28-day strength. B. Concrete which has cracked due to overloading, loading before required strength has developed, or otherwise damaged shall be repaired or replaced as • determined by the Engineer. END OF SECTION 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300 03300- 18 Concrete Work THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. • 08/04/2017 G003-109-2017A\TS-03300